[go: up one dir, main page]

CN101405556B - Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and manufacturing method thereof - Google Patents

Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and manufacturing method thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN101405556B
CN101405556B CN2007800098012A CN200780009801A CN101405556B CN 101405556 B CN101405556 B CN 101405556B CN 2007800098012 A CN2007800098012 A CN 2007800098012A CN 200780009801 A CN200780009801 A CN 200780009801A CN 101405556 B CN101405556 B CN 101405556B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
flat
sheet
duct
insert
heat exchanger
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN2007800098012A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN101405556A (en
Inventor
沃纳·祖博尔
詹斯·涅斯
罗兰·斯特海尔
戴尔特·梅兹
瑞纳尔·凯森吉尔
齐格弗里德·埃塞尔
查理斯·詹姆斯·罗杰斯
托马斯·费徳赫格
克劳蒂亚·索默
伯恩哈德·斯蒂芬
彼得·安布罗斯
安德里亚斯·斯托尔兹
弗兰克·奥普佛赫
维莱纳·曼克尔
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Yi'er Ao Heat Exchange Co ltd
Original Assignee
Modine Manufacturing Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from DE102006002627A external-priority patent/DE102006002627A1/en
Priority claimed from DE102006002789A external-priority patent/DE102006002789A1/en
Priority claimed from DE102006002932.1A external-priority patent/DE102006002932B4/en
Priority claimed from DE200610006670 external-priority patent/DE102006006670B4/en
Priority claimed from DE102006016711.2A external-priority patent/DE102006016711B4/en
Priority claimed from DE200610029378 external-priority patent/DE102006029378B4/en
Priority claimed from DE102006032406A external-priority patent/DE102006032406B4/en
Priority claimed from DE102006033568A external-priority patent/DE102006033568B4/en
Priority claimed from DE102006035210.6A external-priority patent/DE102006035210B4/en
Priority claimed from DE102006041270.2A external-priority patent/DE102006041270B4/en
Application filed by Modine Manufacturing Co filed Critical Modine Manufacturing Co
Priority claimed from PCT/US2007/060769 external-priority patent/WO2007084984A2/en
Publication of CN101405556A publication Critical patent/CN101405556A/en
Publication of CN101405556B publication Critical patent/CN101405556B/en
Application granted granted Critical
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K1/00Soldering, e.g. brazing, or unsoldering
    • B23K1/0008Soldering, e.g. brazing, or unsoldering specially adapted for particular articles or work
    • B23K1/0012Brazing heat exchangers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21CMANUFACTURE OF METAL SHEETS, WIRE, RODS, TUBES, PROFILES OR LIKE SEMI-MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS OTHERWISE THAN BY ROLLING; AUXILIARY OPERATIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL
    • B21C37/00Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape
    • B21C37/06Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape of tubes or metal hoses; Combined procedures for making tubes, e.g. for making multi-wall tubes
    • B21C37/14Making tubes from doubled flat material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21CMANUFACTURE OF METAL SHEETS, WIRE, RODS, TUBES, PROFILES OR LIKE SEMI-MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS OTHERWISE THAN BY ROLLING; AUXILIARY OPERATIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL
    • B21C37/00Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape
    • B21C37/06Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape of tubes or metal hoses; Combined procedures for making tubes, e.g. for making multi-wall tubes
    • B21C37/15Making tubes of special shape; Making tube fittings
    • B21C37/151Making tubes with multiple passages
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21CMANUFACTURE OF METAL SHEETS, WIRE, RODS, TUBES, PROFILES OR LIKE SEMI-MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS OTHERWISE THAN BY ROLLING; AUXILIARY OPERATIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL
    • B21C37/00Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape
    • B21C37/06Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape of tubes or metal hoses; Combined procedures for making tubes, e.g. for making multi-wall tubes
    • B21C37/15Making tubes of special shape; Making tube fittings
    • B21C37/156Making tubes with wall irregularities
    • B21C37/157Perforations
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21CMANUFACTURE OF METAL SHEETS, WIRE, RODS, TUBES, PROFILES OR LIKE SEMI-MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS OTHERWISE THAN BY ROLLING; AUXILIARY OPERATIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL
    • B21C37/00Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape
    • B21C37/06Manufacture of metal sheets, rods, wire, tubes, profiles or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape of tubes or metal hoses; Combined procedures for making tubes, e.g. for making multi-wall tubes
    • B21C37/15Making tubes of special shape; Making tube fittings
    • B21C37/156Making tubes with wall irregularities
    • B21C37/158Protrusions, e.g. dimples
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21DWORKING OR PROCESSING OF SHEET METAL OR METAL TUBES, RODS OR PROFILES WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21D53/00Making other particular articles
    • B21D53/02Making other particular articles heat exchangers or parts thereof, e.g. radiators, condensers fins, headers
    • B21D53/06Making other particular articles heat exchangers or parts thereof, e.g. radiators, condensers fins, headers of metal tubes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K1/00Soldering, e.g. brazing, or unsoldering
    • B23K1/008Soldering within a furnace
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28FDETAILS OF HEAT-EXCHANGE AND HEAT-TRANSFER APPARATUS, OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    • F28F1/00Tubular elements; Assemblies of tubular elements
    • F28F1/02Tubular elements of cross-section which is non-circular
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28FDETAILS OF HEAT-EXCHANGE AND HEAT-TRANSFER APPARATUS, OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    • F28F3/00Plate-like or laminated elements; Assemblies of plate-like or laminated elements
    • F28F3/02Elements or assemblies thereof with means for increasing heat-transfer area, e.g. with fins, with recesses, with corrugations
    • F28F3/025Elements or assemblies thereof with means for increasing heat-transfer area, e.g. with fins, with recesses, with corrugations the means being corrugated, plate-like elements
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28FDETAILS OF HEAT-EXCHANGE AND HEAT-TRANSFER APPARATUS, OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    • F28F3/00Plate-like or laminated elements; Assemblies of plate-like or laminated elements
    • F28F3/02Elements or assemblies thereof with means for increasing heat-transfer area, e.g. with fins, with recesses, with corrugations
    • F28F3/04Elements or assemblies thereof with means for increasing heat-transfer area, e.g. with fins, with recesses, with corrugations the means being integral with the element
    • F28F3/042Elements or assemblies thereof with means for increasing heat-transfer area, e.g. with fins, with recesses, with corrugations the means being integral with the element in the form of local deformations of the element
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28FDETAILS OF HEAT-EXCHANGE AND HEAT-TRANSFER APPARATUS, OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    • F28F9/00Casings; Header boxes; Auxiliary supports for elements; Auxiliary members within casings
    • F28F9/02Header boxes; End plates
    • F28F9/04Arrangements for sealing elements into header boxes or end plates
    • F28F9/16Arrangements for sealing elements into header boxes or end plates by permanent joints, e.g. by rolling
    • F28F9/162Arrangements for sealing elements into header boxes or end plates by permanent joints, e.g. by rolling by using bonding or sealing substances, e.g. adhesives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K2101/00Articles made by soldering, welding or cutting
    • B23K2101/04Tubular or hollow articles
    • B23K2101/14Heat exchangers
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F28HEAT EXCHANGE IN GENERAL
    • F28FDETAILS OF HEAT-EXCHANGE AND HEAT-TRANSFER APPARATUS, OF GENERAL APPLICATION
    • F28F2225/00Reinforcing means
    • F28F2225/04Reinforcing means for conduits

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Heat-Exchange Devices With Radiators And Conduit Assemblies (AREA)

Abstract

A number of flat tubes, flat tube heat exchangers, and methods of making both are described and illustrated. The flat tube may be constructed from one, two or more pieces of material. A shaped insert, either integral with the flat tube or constructed from another sheet of material, may be used to define a plurality of flow channels through the flat tube. The flat tubes may be constructed of a relatively thin material and may be reinforced with folds and/or inserts of flat tube material in areas subject to high pressure and thermal stresses. Furthermore, the relatively thin flat tube material may have a corrosion resistant layer to enable the material to resist failure due to corrosion. Heat exchangers having such flat tubes connected to a header are also disclosed, as are the ways in which such tubes may be provided with fins.

Description

扁平管道、扁平管道热交换器及其制造方法Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and manufacturing method thereof

本申请在此要求享受以下申请的优先权:2006年1月19日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 002 627.6、2006年1月20日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 002 789.2、2006年1月21日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 002 932.1、2006年2月14日递交的德国专利申请No.DE102006 006 670.7、2006年4月8日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 016711.2、2006年6月27日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 029 378.9、2006年7月13日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 032 406.4、2006年7月20日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 033 568.6、2006年7月29日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 035 210.6、2006年9月2日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 041 270.2、以及2006年9月9日递交的德国专利申请No.DE10 2006 042 427.1,这些申请的全部内容通过引用而被包含于此。This application hereby claims priority to the following applications: German Patent Application No. DE10 2006 002 627.6 filed on January 19, 2006, German Patent Application No. DE10 2006 002 789.2 filed on January 20, 2006, 2006 German patent application No.DE10 2006 002 932.1 submitted on January 21, German patent application No.DE102006 006 670.7 submitted on February 14, 2006, German patent application No.DE10 2006 016711.2 submitted on April 8, 2006, German Patent Application No. DE10 2006 029 378.9 filed on June 27, 2006, German Patent Application No. DE10 2006 032 406.4 filed on July 13, 2006, German Patent Application No. DE10 filed on July 20, 2006 2006 033 568.6, German Patent Application No. DE10 2006 035 210.6 filed on July 29, 2006, German Patent Application No. DE10 2006 041 270.2 filed on September 2, 2006, and German Patent Application No. DE10 2006 041 270.2 filed on September 9, 2006 Patent application No. DE10 2006 042 427.1, the entire contents of which applications are hereby incorporated by reference.

发明内容 Contents of the invention

在一些实施例中,本发明提供了一种热交换器,包括:至少部分地由具有不大于约0.15mm的厚度的材料片界定的管道体,所述管道体具有厚度、大于所述厚度并大体垂直于所述厚度的宽度、至少部分地由所述材料片界定的外壁、具有沿着所述管道体的所述宽度的方向延伸的最大宽度的内室、宽侧、以及每一者都界定了所述内室的内表面的第一和第二窄侧,所述材料片被弯曲以至少部分地界定所述管道体的所述第一窄侧。本发明的热交换器还可以包括所述外壁的第一部分,所述外壁的所述第一部分与所述外壁的第二部分在所述第二窄侧处叠置并界定了咬边,其中所述第一部分在沿着所述管道的所述宽度的位置处具有端部,并且其中所述内室从所述管道的中心经过所述位置延伸到所述第二窄侧的所述内表面。In some embodiments, the present invention provides a heat exchanger comprising: a duct body at least partially bounded by a sheet of material having a thickness no greater than about 0.15 mm, the duct body having a thickness greater than the thickness and a width generally perpendicular to the thickness, an outer wall at least partially bounded by the sheet of material, an inner chamber having a maximum width extending along the direction of the width of the duct body, a broad side, and each Defining first and second narrow sides of an interior surface of the interior chamber, the sheet of material is curved to at least partially define the first narrow side of the duct body. The heat exchanger of the present invention may further comprise a first portion of said outer wall, said first portion of said outer wall overlapping a second portion of said outer wall at said second narrow side and defining an undercut, wherein said The first portion has an end at a location along the width of the duct, and wherein the interior chamber extends from the center of the duct past the location to the inner surface of the second narrow side.

本发明还提供了一种一种热交换器管道,包括至少部分地形成管道体的外壁的材料片,所述管道体具有第一窄侧、第二窄侧和宽侧,所述材料片具有小于约0.15mm的厚度,并在所述管道体的所述第一窄侧处折叠,所述第一窄侧和所述第二窄侧被加强使得所述第一窄侧和所述第二窄侧每一者都具有大于所述材料片的厚度的厚度。The invention also provides a heat exchanger tube comprising a sheet of material at least partially forming an outer wall of a tube body, the tube body having a first narrow side, a second narrow side and a wide side, the sheet of material having less than about 0.15 mm in thickness and folded at the first narrow side of the duct body, the first narrow side and the second narrow side being reinforced such that the first narrow side and the second narrow side The narrow sides each have a thickness greater than the thickness of the sheet of material.

此外,本发明提供了一种形成热交换器管道的方法,所述方法包括如下步骤:将具有不大于约0.15mm的厚度的材料片成型为形成管道体,所述管道体具有厚度、大于所述厚度并大体垂直于所述厚度的宽度、至少部分地由所述材料片界定的外壁、具有沿着所述管道体的所述宽度的方向延伸的最大宽度的内室、宽侧、以及每一者都界定了所述内室的内表面的第一和第二窄侧。所述方法还可以包括如下步骤:将所述材料片弯曲以至少部分地界定所述管道体的所述第一窄侧;以及将所述外壁的第一部分与所述外壁的第二部分在所述第二窄侧处叠置并形成咬边,所述外壁的所述第一部分在沿着所述管道的所述宽度的位置处具有端部,并且其中所述内室从所述管道的中心经过所述位置延伸到所述第二窄侧的所述内表面。In addition, the present invention provides a method of forming a heat exchanger tube, the method comprising the steps of: forming a sheet of material having a thickness not greater than about 0.15 mm to form a tube body having a thickness greater than the a width substantially perpendicular to said thickness, an outer wall at least partially bounded by said sheet of material, an inner chamber having a maximum width extending along said width of said duct body, a broad side, and each Both define first and second narrow sides of the inner surface of the inner chamber. The method may further comprise the steps of: bending the sheet of material to at least partially define the first narrow side of the conduit body; and aligning the first portion of the outer wall with the second portion of the outer wall at the overlaps and forms an undercut at the second narrow side, the first portion of the outer wall has an end at a position along the width of the duct, and wherein the inner chamber extends from the center of the duct The inner surface extends past the location to the second narrow side.

附图说明 Description of drawings

图1是根据本发明一些实施例的管道的侧视图。Figure 1 is a side view of a duct according to some embodiments of the invention.

图2是图1所示的管道的端部的放大视图。FIG. 2 is an enlarged view of the end of the pipe shown in FIG. 1 .

图3示意性地图示了可以用于形成图1所示的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。FIG. 3 schematically illustrates a set of exemplary fabrication steps that may be used to form the tube shown in FIG. 1 .

图4是图1所示的管道的窄侧的放大视图。FIG. 4 is an enlarged view of the narrow side of the duct shown in FIG. 1 .

图5是图1所示的窄侧的另一个放大视图。FIG. 5 is another enlarged view of the narrow side shown in FIG. 1 .

图6是根据本发明另一个实施例的管道的窄侧的放大视图。Figure 6 is an enlarged view of the narrow side of a pipe according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图7是根据本发明另一个实施例的管道的窄侧的放大视图。Fig. 7 is an enlarged view of the narrow side of a pipe according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图8是根据本发明另一个实施例的管道的窄侧的放大视图。Figure 8 is an enlarged view of the narrow side of a pipe according to another embodiment of the invention.

图9是根据本发明另一个实施例的管道的窄侧的放大视图。Figure 9 is an enlarged view of the narrow side of a pipe according to another embodiment of the invention.

图10是根据本发明另一个实施例的管道的窄侧的放大视图。Figure 10 is an enlarged view of the narrow side of a pipe according to another embodiment of the invention.

图11是根据本发明另一个实施例的管道的窄侧。Figure 11 is the narrow side of a pipe according to another embodiment of the invention.

图12是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括内折叠的管道的一部分的放大视图。Figure 12 is an enlarged view of a portion of a tube including an inner fold according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图13是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括内折叠的管道的一部分的放大视图。Figure 13 is an enlarged view of a portion of a tube including an inner fold according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图14是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括插入件的管道的一部分的放大视图。14 is an enlarged view of a portion of a conduit including an insert according to another embodiment of the invention.

图15是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括插入件的管道的一部分的放大视图。15 is an enlarged view of a portion of a conduit including an insert according to another embodiment of the invention.

图16示意性地图示了可以用于形成包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 16 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of manufacturing steps that may be used to form a duct comprising first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material.

图17是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的放大视图。17 is an enlarged view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图18是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的放大视图。18 is an enlarged view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图19是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的侧视图。19 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图20是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的侧视图。20 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图21是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的侧视图。21 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图22是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的侧视图。22 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图23是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的侧视图。23 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图24是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括由共同的折叠材料件形成的第一和第二部分的管道的侧视图。24 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions formed from a common folded piece of material according to another embodiment of the invention.

图25是根据本发明一些实施例的包括第一和第二部分以及位于第一和第二部分之间的插入件的管道的分解视图。25 is an exploded view of a conduit including first and second sections and an insert between the first and second sections, according to some embodiments of the invention.

图26是图25所示的管道的分解视图。FIG. 26 is an exploded view of the conduit shown in FIG. 25 .

图27是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括第一和第二部分以及位于第一和第二部分之间的插入件的管道的分解视图。27 is an exploded view of a conduit including first and second portions and an insert between the first and second portions according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图28是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括第一和第二部分以及位于第一和第二部分之间的插入件的管道的侧视图。28 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions and an insert between the first and second portions according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图29是图28所示的管道的一部分的放大视图。FIG. 29 is an enlarged view of a portion of the conduit shown in FIG. 28 .

图30是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括第一和第二部分以及位于第一和第二部分之间的插入件的管道的侧视图。30 is a side view of a duct including first and second portions and an insert between the first and second portions according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图31是图30所示的管道的一部分的放大视图。FIG. 31 is an enlarged view of a portion of the conduit shown in FIG. 30 .

图32A是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括第一和第二部分以及位于第一和第二部分之间的插入件的管道的侧视图。32A is a side view of a duct including first and second portions and an insert between the first and second portions according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图32B是图32A所示的管道的一部分的放大视图。Figure 32B is an enlarged view of a portion of the tubing shown in Figure 32A.

图33是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括第一和第二部分以及位于第一和第二部分之间的插入件的管道的一部分的侧视图。33 is a side view of a portion of a conduit including first and second portions and an insert between the first and second portions according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图34图示了根据本发明一些实施例的管道的十个实施例。Figure 34 illustrates ten examples of conduits according to some embodiments of the invention.

图35是根据本发明一些实施例的管道的侧视图。Figure 35 is a side view of a conduit according to some embodiments of the invention.

图36是用于图35所示的管道的内插入件的侧视图。36 is a side view of an inner insert for the tubing shown in FIG. 35. FIG.

图37是图36所示的内插入件的俯视图。FIG. 37 is a top view of the inner insert shown in FIG. 36 .

图38是图35所示的内插入件的一部分的立体图。38 is a perspective view of a portion of the inner insert shown in FIG. 35. FIG.

图39是根据本发明一些实施例的管道的侧视图。Figure 39 is a side view of a conduit according to some embodiments of the invention.

图40是用于图39所示的管道的内插入件的放大立体图。FIG. 40 is an enlarged perspective view of an inner insert for the tubing shown in FIG. 39 .

图41是图40所示的内插入件的一部分的立体图。41 is a perspective view of a portion of the inner insert shown in FIG. 40. FIG.

图42是图40所示的内插入件的放大立体图。FIG. 42 is an enlarged perspective view of the inner insert shown in FIG. 40. FIG.

图43是用于根据本发明一些实施例的管道的内插入件的一部分的俯视图。Figure 43 is a top view of a portion of an inner insert for use with tubing according to some embodiments of the invention.

图44是在虚线扁平管道内示出的根据本发明实施例的插入件的侧图。Figure 44 is a side view of an insert according to an embodiment of the present invention shown within a dotted flattened duct.

图45是在虚线扁平管道内示出的根据本发明实施例的另一个插入件的侧视图。Figure 45 is a side view of another insert according to an embodiment of the present invention shown within a dotted flattened duct.

图46示意性地图示了可以用于形成根据本发明一些实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 46 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to form tubing according to some embodiments of the present invention.

图47图46所示的管道的部分分解侧视图。Figure 47 is a partially exploded side view of the duct shown in Figure 46.

图48示意性地图示了可以用于制造根据本发明一些实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 48 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to fabricate tubing according to some embodiments of the present invention.

图49是可以用于制造根据本发明一些实施例的管道的辊压制造生产线。Figure 49 is a roll forming line that may be used to manufacture tubing according to some embodiments of the present invention.

图50示意性地图示了可以用于形成根据本发明一些实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 50 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to form tubing according to some embodiments of the present invention.

图51示意性地图示了可以用于形成根据本发明其他实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 51 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to form tubing according to other embodiments of the invention.

图52示意性地图示了可以用于形成根据本发明其他实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 52 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to form tubing according to other embodiments of the invention.

图53示意性地图示了可以用于形成根据本发明其他实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 53 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to form tubing according to other embodiments of the invention.

图54示意性地图示了可以用于形成根据本发明其他实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 54 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to form tubing according to other embodiments of the invention.

图55图示了可以用于制造根据本发明其他实施例的管道的一组示例性制造步骤。Figure 55 illustrates an exemplary set of fabrication steps that may be used to fabricate tubing according to other embodiments of the invention.

图55A是示出图55所示的制造生产线的打口台的剖视图。Fig. 55A is a cross-sectional view showing a punching station of the manufacturing line shown in Fig. 55 .

图55B是示出图55A所示的打口台的侧视图。Fig. 55B is a side view showing the punching station shown in Fig. 55A.

图55C是示出图55所示的制造生产线的中断辊和杆的剖视图。FIG. 55C is a cross-sectional view showing interrupted rolls and bars of the manufacturing line shown in FIG. 55 .

图55D是示出图55所示的制造生产线的中断辊和杆的侧视图。FIG. 55D is a side view showing interrupted rolls and bars of the manufacturing line shown in FIG. 55 .

图56是图55A所示的打口台的一部分的侧视图。Figure 56 is a side view of a portion of the punch station shown in Figure 55A.

图57A是示出行进通过图55A所示的打口台的一部分的材料片的侧视图。57A is a side view showing a sheet of material advancing through a portion of the punch station shown in FIG. 55A.

图57B是示出行进通过图55A所示的打口台的一部分的材料片的俯视图。57B is a top view showing a sheet of material advancing through a portion of the punching station shown in FIG. 55A.

图58是示出图55所示的制造生产线的中断辊和杆的侧视图Figure 58 is a side view showing interrupted rolls and bars of the manufacturing line shown in Figure 55

图59是图55所示的制造生产线的一系列示意性的端视图,其示出了形成具有插入件的扁平管道的不同阶段。Fig. 59 is a series of schematic end views of the manufacturing line shown in Fig. 55 showing the different stages of forming the flat tube with the insert.

图60是图55所示的制造生产线的折叠辊部分的示意性俯视图。FIG. 60 is a schematic top view of the folding roll portion of the manufacturing line shown in FIG. 55 .

图60A是图60所示的折叠辊部分的端视图。FIG. 60A is an end view of the folding roller portion shown in FIG. 60. FIG.

图61是根据本发明实施例的具有鳍片的扁平管道制造生产线的示意性端视图。Figure 61 is a schematic end view of a flat tube manufacturing line with fins in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

图62是根据本发明实施例的包括具有鳍片的扁平管道的热交换器的分解视图。Figure 62 is an exploded view of a heat exchanger including flat tubes with fins in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

图63A-C是根据本发明不同实施例的鳍片组的局部视图。63A-C are partial views of fin sets according to various embodiments of the invention.

图64是根据本发明实施例的具有鳍片的扁平管道制造处理的示意图。64 is a schematic illustration of a finned flat tube fabrication process in accordance with an embodiment of the invention.

图65是图64所示的制造处理的一部分的立体侧视图。FIG. 65 is a perspective side view of a portion of the fabrication process shown in FIG. 64 .

图66是根据本发明实施例的包括具有鳍片的扁平管道的热交换器的详细视图。Figure 66 is a detailed view of a heat exchanger including flat tubes with fins in accordance with an embodiment of the invention.

图67是扁平管道的详细视图,该扁平管道可以用于制造根据本发明实施例的具有鳍片的扁平管道。Figure 67 is a detailed view of a flat tube that may be used to make a flat tube with fins in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.

图68是根据本发明另一个实施例的包括具有鳍片的扁平管道的热交换器的详细侧视图。Figure 68 is a detailed side view of a heat exchanger including flat tubes with fins according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图69是图68所示的热交换器的一部分的详细立体图。Fig. 69 is a detailed perspective view of a portion of the heat exchanger shown in Fig. 68 .

图70是根据本发明实施例的集管箱的侧视图。Figure 70 is a side view of a header tank according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图70A是图70所示的集管箱的端视图。70A is an end view of the header tank shown in FIG. 70. FIG.

图71是具有图70和70A所示的集管箱的热交换器的详细视图。Figure 71 is a detailed view of a heat exchanger having the header tank shown in Figures 70 and 70A.

图72是根据本发明实施例的集管箱的立体图。Figure 72 is a perspective view of a header tank according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图73是图72所示的具有集管箱的热交换器的详细立体图。Figure 73 is a detailed perspective view of the heat exchanger with header tank shown in Figure 72 .

图74是图73所示的热交换器的另一个详细立体图。FIG. 74 is another detailed perspective view of the heat exchanger shown in FIG. 73 .

图75是图72所示的集管箱的详细立体图。Fig. 75 is a detailed perspective view of the header tank shown in Fig. 72 .

图76是图70-71所示的具有集管箱的热交换器的另一个详细立体图。Figure 76 is another detailed perspective view of the heat exchanger with header tank shown in Figures 70-71.

图77是图71和76所示的热交换器的正视图。Figure 77 is a front view of the heat exchanger shown in Figures 71 and 76 .

图78是根据本发明另一个实施例的具有集管箱的热交换器的详细侧视图。Figure 78 is a detailed side view of a heat exchanger with a header tank according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图79是图78所示的热交换器的详细端视图。FIG. 79 is a detailed end view of the heat exchanger shown in FIG. 78. FIG.

图80是图78和79所示的热交换器的集管箱的详细侧视图。Figure 80 is a detailed side view of the header tank of the heat exchanger shown in Figures 78 and 79 .

图80A是图78-80所示的集管箱的端视图。Figure 80A is an end view of the header tank shown in Figures 78-80.

图81是根据本发明另一个实施例的具有集管箱的热交换器的详细侧视图。Figure 81 is a detailed side view of a heat exchanger with a header tank according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图82是根据本发明另一个实施例的具有集管箱的热交换器的详细端视图。Figure 82 is a detailed end view of a heat exchanger with a header tank according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图83是图81所示的热交换器的集管箱的详细侧视图。Fig. 83 is a detailed side view of the header tank of the heat exchanger shown in Fig. 81 .

图84是根据本发明实施例的热交换器制造处理的流程图。84 is a flowchart of a heat exchanger manufacturing process according to an embodiment of the invention.

图84A是根据图84的流程图制造的热交换器的示意图。84A is a schematic diagram of a heat exchanger fabricated according to the flow diagram of FIG. 84. FIG.

图85是根据本发明另一个实施例的热交换器的分解立体图。Fig. 85 is an exploded perspective view of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图86是根据本发明另一个实施例的热交换器的分解立体图。Fig. 86 is an exploded perspective view of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图87是图86所示的热交换器的扁平管道的端视图。87 is an end view of the flat tubes of the heat exchanger shown in FIG. 86. FIG.

图88是根据本发明另一个实施例的热交换器的分解立体图。Fig. 88 is an exploded perspective view of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图89图示了根据本发明的可选扁平管道的端视图。Figure 89 illustrates an end view of an alternative flat tube according to the present invention.

图90是根据本发明另一实施例的热交换器的分解立体图。Fig. 90 is an exploded perspective view of a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图91是在不同的形成阶段示出的根据本发明另一个实施例的扁平管道的视图。Figure 91 is a view of a flattened tube according to another embodiment of the present invention shown at various stages of formation.

图92-95图示了根据本发明的实施例将热交换器的部分连接的方法。92-95 illustrate a method of connecting sections of a heat exchanger according to an embodiment of the invention.

图96是示出根据本发明的一些实施例对于连接的热交换器的硅扩散深度的图。Figure 96 is a graph showing silicon diffusion depth for connected heat exchangers according to some embodiments of the invention.

具体实施方式 Detailed ways

在详细解释本发明的任何实施例之前,应该理解的是,本发明在其应用方面不限于在以下描述中阐述或以下附图中图示的构造细节和部件布置。本发明能够具有其他实施例并能够以各种方式实现或实施。此外,应该理解的是,本文使用的措辞和术语是用于说明的目的,而不应视为限制。本文中“包括”、“包含”或“具有”及其等同措辞的使用表示包容有此后所列的项目及其等同项目,并还包容有额外项目。除非以其他方式指明或限定,术语“安装”、“连接”、“支撑”和“耦合”及其各种变化术语是以广义方式使用的,并包容有直接和间接安装、连接、支撑和耦合的含义。此外“连接”和“耦合”不限于物理或机械的连接或耦合。Before any embodiments of the invention are explained in detail, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of parts set forth in the following description or illustrated in the following drawings. The invention is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or carried out in various ways. Also, it is to be understood that the phraseology and terminology used herein are for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. The use of "comprising", "comprising" or "having" and their equivalents herein means the inclusion of the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof, and additional items are also included. Unless otherwise indicated or qualified, the terms "mount", "connect", "support" and "couple" and variations thereof are used in a broad manner and include direct and indirect mounting, connecting, supporting and coupling meaning. Furthermore, "connected" and "coupled" are not limited to physical or mechanical connections or couplings.

如以下更详细描述的,本发明的许多实施例涉及或基于如下管道的使用:在沿着与该管道的纵向轴线垂直的平面截取的情况下具有大体扁平的横截面形状。具体而言,每个这种管道能够具有主尺度和与主尺度垂直的更小的副尺度。这些尺度在本文中有时被称为“直径”,不过术语“直径”的使用并不意在仅指示或意味圆形、近圆形或具有其他特定形状的特征。相反,术语“直径”仅用于表示管道在所指示的方向和位置上的最大尺度。每个这种管道可以具有界定了管道的面的两个相对壁(本文称作管道的“宽侧”),以及将宽侧连接的两个更短但更稳定的壁(本文称作管道的“窄侧”)。管道的宽侧和窄侧共同界定了流体能够以任何状态(包括但不限于任意压力或真空(包括无压力或真空)的气体、液体、蒸汽及其任意组合)流动所通过的内部空间。As described in more detail below, many embodiments of the invention involve or are based on the use of a duct having a generally flat cross-sectional shape when taken along a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the duct. In particular, each such duct can have a main dimension and a smaller subdimension perpendicular to the main dimension. These dimensions are sometimes referred to herein as "diameter," although the use of the term "diameter" is not intended to indicate or connote only circular, nearly circular, or other particular shaped features. Instead, the term "diameter" is used only to denote the largest dimension of a conduit in the direction and position indicated. Each such conduit may have two opposing walls that define the faces of the conduit (referred to herein as the "broad sides" of the conduit), and two shorter but more stable walls (referred to herein as the "broad sides" of the conduit) connecting the broad sides. "narrow side"). Together, the broad and narrow sides of the conduit define an interior space through which fluid can flow in any state including, but not limited to, gases, liquids, vapors, and any combination thereof, at any pressure or vacuum (including no pressure or vacuum).

在本发明的许多实施例中扁平管道的另一个特征(以下更详细描述)是用于构造扁平管道的壁中的至少一些的相对较小厚度的材料。在一些实施例中,扁平管道的壁材料具有不大于约0.20mm(0.007874英寸)的厚度。在另一个实施例中,扁平管道的壁材料具有不大于约0.15mm(0.00590055英寸)的厚度。此外,通过利用本文所述的扁平管道特征中的一个或多个,本发明人已经发现,在保持更重的传统扁平管道所具有的强度和热交换性能的同时,能够使用显著减少的材料来构造适用于各种应用的具有各种特性的大量不同的扁平管道。在一些实施例中,不小于约0.050mm(即,不小于约0.0019685英寸)的扁平管道的壁材料厚度提供了良好的强度和抗腐蚀性,而在其他实施例中,可以使用不小于0.030mm(0.00118英寸)的扁平管道的壁材料厚度。Another feature of the flat tubes in many embodiments of the invention (described in more detail below) is the relatively small thickness of material used to construct at least some of the walls of the flat tubes. In some embodiments, the wall material of the flat tube has a thickness of no greater than about 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches). In another embodiment, the wall material of the flat tube has a thickness of not greater than about 0.15 mm (0.00590055 inches). Furthermore, by utilizing one or more of the flat tube features described herein, the inventors have discovered that significantly less material can be used to Construct a large number of different flat pipes with various characteristics for various applications. In some embodiments, a wall material thickness of not less than about 0.050 mm (i.e., not less than about 0.0019685 inches) of flat tubing provides good strength and corrosion resistance, while in other embodiments, not less than 0.030 mm may be used. (0.00118 inches) of wall material thickness for flat pipes.

如以下更详细描述的,本文所述的热交换器管道和热交换器的其他部分可以使用大量制造技术和处理来制造,并可以包括防腐蚀特征,例如以下所述并在图92—95中图示的那些技术和处理。此后涉及的大量制造处理和技术以及防腐蚀特征在应用于具有显著减小的材料厚度的热交换器管道和热交换器的部分时是特别有利的。此外,这些技术、处理和防腐蚀特征提供了与由这种材料制成的扁平管道和热交换器的总体性能相关的显著优点。As described in more detail below, the heat exchanger tubes and other parts of the heat exchanger described herein can be manufactured using a number of manufacturing techniques and processes, and can include anti-corrosion features, such as described below and in FIGS. 92-95 Those techniques and treatments are illustrated. The extensive manufacturing processes and techniques involved hereafter and the anti-corrosion features are particularly advantageous when applied to heat exchanger tubes and portions of heat exchangers with significantly reduced material thickness. Furthermore, these technical, processing and anti-corrosion features provide significant advantages related to the overall performance of flat pipes and heat exchangers made from this material.

本发明的许多实施例利用了如上所述具有主尺度和副尺度(在以下文本中分别表示为D和d)的扁平管道,其在许多应用中提供了独特的优点。例如,在与刚刚所述的材料厚度结合并与以下各种实施例中所述的扁平管道的其他特征结合使用时,可以制造适用于大量不同应用的扁平管道。此外,通过使用上述相对较薄的壁材料,可以有助于本文所述的具有主尺度D和副尺度d的扁平管道的产能。Many embodiments of the present invention utilize flattened ducts having major and minor dimensions (denoted D and d respectively in the text below) as described above, which provide unique advantages in many applications. For example, when used in combination with the material thicknesses just described and with the other features of the flat tubes described in the various embodiments below, it is possible to manufacture flat tubes suitable for a multitude of different applications. Furthermore, the capacity of the flat pipes described herein having a major dimension D and a minor dimension d can be facilitated by using the relatively thinner wall materials described above.

例如,在本发明的一些实施例中,主尺度D(即,本文所示实施例中扁平管道的宽度)不小于约10mm(0.39370英寸)。此外,在一些实施例中,此主尺度D不大于约300mm(3.9370英寸)。在其他实施例中,主尺度D不大于约200mm(7.87402英寸)。作为另一个示例,在本发明的一些实施例中,副尺度d(即,本文所示实施例中扁平管道的厚度)不小于约0.7mm(0.02756英寸)。此外,在一些实施例中,此副尺度d不大于约10mm(0.39370英寸)。在其他实施例中,副尺度d大于约7mm(0.2756英寸)。这些主尺度和副尺度应用于本文所述和/或所图示的扁平管道实施例中的任一者。For example, in some embodiments of the invention, the major dimension D (ie, the width of the flat tube in the embodiments shown herein) is not less than about 10 mm (0.39370 inches). Furthermore, in some embodiments, this major dimension D is no greater than about 300 mm (3.9370 inches). In other embodiments, the major dimension D is no greater than about 200 mm (7.87402 inches). As another example, in some embodiments of the invention, the secondary dimension d (ie, the thickness of the flattened tube in the embodiments shown herein) is not less than about 0.7 mm (0.02756 inches). Furthermore, in some embodiments, this minor dimension d is no greater than about 10 mm (0.39370 inches). In other embodiments, the minor dimension d is greater than about 7 mm (0.2756 inches). These major and minor dimensions apply to any of the flat duct embodiments described and/or illustrated herein.

在许多实施例中,在扁平管道的应用时,主尺度D和副尺度d至少部分地独立。例如,在冷凝器应用中,在一些实施例踪扁平管道的主直径D不小于约10mm(0.39370英寸)。此外,在一些冷凝器应用中扁平管道的主直径D不大于约20mm(0.78740英寸)。此外,在一些冷凝器应用中扁平管道的副直径d不大于约2.0mm(0.078740英寸)。作为另一个示例,在散热器应用中,扁平管道的主直径D不小于约10mm(0.39370英寸)。此外,在一些散热器应用中扁平管道的主直径D不大于约200mm(7.8740英寸)。用于扁平管道的一些散热器应用的副直径d不小于约0.7mm(0.027559英寸)。此外,在一些散热器应用中扁平管道的副直径d不大于约2.0mm(0.078740英寸)。作为另一个示例,在进气冷却器(charge air cooler)应用中,扁平管道的主直径D不小于约20mm(0.78740英寸)。此外,在一些进气冷却器应用中扁平管道的主直径D不大于约160mm(6.29921英寸)。用于扁平管道的一些进气冷却器应用的副直径d不小于约4.0mm(0.15748英寸)。此外,在一些进气冷却器应用中扁平管道的副直径d不大于约10.0mm(0.39370英寸)。In many embodiments, the major dimension D and the minor dimension d are at least partially independent in the application of flat ducts. For example, in condenser applications, in some embodiments the major diameter D of the flattened tubing is not less than about 10 mm (0.39370 inches). Additionally, the major diameter D of the flat tubes in some condenser applications is no greater than about 20 mm (0.78740 inches). Additionally, the minor diameter d of the flat tubes in some condenser applications is no greater than about 2.0 mm (0.078740 inches). As another example, in radiator applications, the major diameter D of the flat tubing is not less than about 10 mm (0.39370 inches). Additionally, the major diameter D of the flattened tubing in some radiator applications is no greater than about 200 mm (7.8740 inches). Some radiator applications for flat pipes have a minor diameter d of not less than about 0.7 mm (0.027559 inches). Additionally, the minor diameter d of the flattened tubes in some radiator applications is no greater than about 2.0 mm (0.078740 inches). As another example, in a charge air cooler application, the major diameter D of the flat duct is not less than about 20 mm (0.78740 inches). Additionally, the major diameter D of the flat ducts in some charge cooler applications is no greater than about 160 mm (6.29921 inches). Some charge air cooler applications for flat ducts have a minor diameter d of not less than about 4.0 mm (0.15748 inches). Additionally, the minor diameter d of the flattened ducts in some charge cooler applications is no greater than about 10.0 mm (0.39370 inches).

根据本文所述的实施例的任一者的扁平管道的其他应用包括油冷却器。在油冷却器应用中,扁平管道的主直径D不小于约10mm(0.49470英寸)。此外,在一些油冷却器应用中扁平管道的主直径D不大于约150mm(5.90551英寸)。用于扁平管道的一些油冷却器应用的副直径d不小于约1.5mm(0.05906英寸)。此外,在一些油冷却器应用中扁平管道的副直径d不大于约4.0mm(0.15748英寸)。作为另一个示例,在蒸发器应用中,扁平管道的主直径D不小于约30mm(1.18110英寸)。此外,在一些蒸发器应用中扁平管道的主直径D不大于约75mm(2.95276英寸)。用于扁平管道的一些蒸发器应用的副直径d不小于约1.0mm(0.039370英寸)。此外,在一些蒸发器应用中扁平管道的副直径d不大于约2.0mm(0.078740英寸)。应该理解,本发明所述和/或所图示的扁平管道的其他应用(例如,气体冷却器)也是可能的,并且落在本发明的精神和范围内。Other applications of flat pipes according to any of the embodiments described herein include oil coolers. In oil cooler applications, the major diameter D of the flat tubing is not less than about 10 mm (0.49470 inches). Additionally, the major diameter D of the flat tubing in some oil cooler applications is no greater than about 150 mm (5.90551 inches). Some oil cooler applications for flat piping have a minor diameter d of not less than about 1.5 mm (0.05906 inches). Additionally, the minor diameter d of the flattened tubing in some oil cooler applications is no greater than about 4.0 mm (0.15748 inches). As another example, in evaporator applications, the flat tubes have a major diameter D of not less than about 30 mm (1.18110 inches). Additionally, the major diameter D of the flat tubes in some evaporator applications is no greater than about 75 mm (2.95276 inches). Some evaporator applications for flat tubing have a minor diameter d of not less than about 1.0 mm (0.039370 inches). Additionally, the minor diameter d of the flattened tubes in some evaporator applications is no greater than about 2.0 mm (0.078740 inches). It should be understood that other applications of the flat ducts described and/or illustrated herein (eg, gas coolers) are possible and within the spirit and scope of the present invention.

以下所述的扁平管道实施例中的许多由包括铝(例如,铝或铝合金)的金属构成。但是,可以代替使用许多其他类型的金属而仍提供为在热交换器设备中使用所期望的强度、热传递和制造特性。在一些实施例中,扁平管道的金属材料设置有硬钎焊(brazing)材料涂层。硬钎焊材料涂层可以具有许多不同的可能厚度,并在一些实施例中不小于扁平管道壁材料的厚度的约10%,以得到良好的性能结果。此外,在一些实施例中,硬钎焊材料涂层不大于扁平管道壁材料的厚度的约30%。在扁平管道将被软钎焊(soldering)而不是硬钎焊的其他实施例中,扁平管道的金属材料可以设置有焊接材料涂层。可以使用许多不同的紧固操作(硬钎焊、焊接(welding)和软钎焊等)来构造本文所述和/或所图示的各种扁平管道和热交换器组件中的任一者。但是,以下文本的一些部分仅涉及硬钎焊,不过应该理解的是,在这些实施例中可以等同地应用其他类型的紧固操作(包括焊接和软钎焊)。Many of the flat tube embodiments described below are constructed of metals including aluminum (eg, aluminum or an aluminum alloy). However, many other types of metals could be used instead and still provide the strength, heat transfer and manufacturing characteristics desired for use in heat exchanger devices. In some embodiments, the metallic material of the flat tube is provided with a brazing material coating. The brazing material coating can be of many different possible thicknesses, and in some embodiments is not less than about 10% of the thickness of the flat pipe wall material for good performance results. Additionally, in some embodiments, the brazing material coating is no greater than about 30% of the thickness of the flattened conduit wall material. In other embodiments where the flat tubes are to be soldered rather than brazed, the metallic material of the flat tubes may be provided with a coating of solder material. Any of the various flat tube and heat exchanger assemblies described and/or illustrated herein may be constructed using a number of different fastening operations (brazing, welding, soldering, etc.). However, some portions of the following text refer only to brazing, although it should be understood that other types of fastening operations (including welding and soldering) could be equally applied in these embodiments.

上述许多扁平管道特征涉及使用相对较薄的片材料来构造管道壁。在一些实施例中,通过使稳定的窄侧中的任一侧或两侧设置有与扁平管道的宽侧大体垂直或大体平行的折叠(fold),来产生对薄壁扁平管道性能的增强。例如,可以通过将片金属的相邻的纵向边缘辊扎或折叠到彼此上或彼此内,来形成这种折叠。在其中扁平管道的窄侧中的任一侧或两侧具有大体平行于扁平管道的宽侧的折叠的本发明的那些实施例中,这种折叠可以具有相对于彼此相同或不同的长度。如以下更详细描述的,在扁平管道的窄侧处的折叠可以成型为勾体或彼此配合——一个在扁平管和/或采用该扁平管的热交换器的制造中有利的特征。Many of the flat duct features described above involve the use of relatively thin sheets of material to construct the duct walls. In some embodiments, the performance enhancements to the thin walled flat tubes are produced by providing either or both of the stable narrow sides with folds that are generally perpendicular or generally parallel to the broad sides of the flat tubes. Such a fold may be formed, for example, by rolling or folding adjacent longitudinal edges of the sheet metal onto or into each other. In those embodiments of the invention in which either or both of the narrow sides of the flat tube have folds that are generally parallel to the broad side of the flat tube, such folds may have the same or different lengths relative to each other. As described in more detail below, the folds at the narrow sides of the flat tubes can be formed as hooks or fit into each other—an advantageous feature in the manufacture of flat tubes and/or heat exchangers using them.

在以下实施例中,所公开的扁平管具有折叠的窄侧,还具有形成在扁平管内的其他折叠和/或变形部。在制造处理中,可以在这种其他折叠和/或变形部制造之后制造形成窄侧的折叠,不过其他制造可选方案也是可能的。此外,应该注意,形成在扁平管道内的折叠可以是多个折叠,并在一些实施例中彼此紧闭抵靠或倚靠地布置。In the following embodiments, flattened tubes are disclosed having folded narrow sides, with additional folds and/or deformations formed within the flattened tubes. In the production process, the folds forming the narrow sides can be produced after such other folds and/or deformations have been produced, but other production alternatives are also possible. Furthermore, it should be noted that the folds formed within the flat tube may be multiple folds and in some embodiments are arranged tightly against or against each other.

图1-5中图示了根据本发明的扁平管道10的第一实施例。扁平管道10构造有被成型以界定内部流动通道16的两个片金属部分12、14。两个部分12、14每个都可以由经过具有材料切割设备(例如,激光器、锯、喷水器、刀具等)的生产线的一个无末端材料带或卷盘形成,材料切割设备用于生产两个材料带,这两个材料带接着将如下所述被接合在一起。或者,两个部分12、14可以由经过生产线的两个无末端材料带或卷盘形成。在任一种情况下,生产线都可以配备有扎辊(如以下作为示例所解释的)或其他片形成元件以使带成型,如以下更详细描述的。如本文和所附权利要求所使用的,术语“无末端”并非如字面那样表示具有无限供应的元件或产品。相反,术语“无末端”仅表示从某个上游批量形式的相当大量的连续材料供应体(例如,材料的盘卷的供应体)接收元件或产品。A first embodiment of a flat duct 10 according to the invention is illustrated in Figures 1-5. The flat duct 10 is constructed with two sheet metal portions 12 , 14 shaped to define an internal flow channel 16 . Each of the two sections 12, 14 may be formed from one endless strip or reel of material passing through a production line with material cutting equipment (e.g., lasers, saws, water jets, knives, etc.) for producing the two parts. strips of material, which are then spliced together as described below. Alternatively, the two sections 12, 14 may be formed from two endless strips or reels of material passing through the production line. In either case, the production line may be equipped with nip rolls (as explained below as an example) or other sheet forming elements to form the strip, as described in more detail below. As used herein and in the appended claims, the term "endless" does not literally denote an element or product having an unlimited supply. In contrast, the term "endless" simply means receiving a component or product from some upstream batch form of a relatively large continuous supply of material (eg, a supply of coils of material).

虽然部分12、14可以具有落在上述范围中的任一个范围内的厚度,但是图1-5所示的实施例中的部分12、14具有例如约0.10mm(0.0039369英寸)的厚度。在一些实施例中,部分12、14包括由铝或铝合金形成的材料。但是,在其他实施例中可以代替地使用其他部分材料(如上所述)。部分12、14的任一侧或两侧可以涂覆有硬钎焊材料涂层,例如为该部分厚度的约10-30%的硬钎焊涂覆层。While portions 12, 14 may have a thickness falling within any of the above ranges, portions 12, 14 in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 1-5 have a thickness of, for example, about 0.10 mm (0.0039369 inches). In some embodiments, portions 12, 14 include a material formed from aluminum or an aluminum alloy. However, other part materials (as described above) may be used instead in other embodiments. Either or both sides of the portions 12, 14 may be coated with a coating of brazing material, for example a brazing coating of about 10-30% of the thickness of the portion.

如图2所示,图示实施例的扁平管道10界定了小直径d。使用先前所述的壁厚,本发明人已经发现至少约0.8mm(0.031496英寸)的小直径d在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。此外,使用先前所述的壁厚,本发明人已经发现不大于约2.0mm(0.78740英寸)的小直径d在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。但是,在一些实施例中,使用不大于约1.5mm(0.059055英寸)的最大小管道直径d。如图1所示,图示实施例的扁平管道10还界定了大直径D。使用先前所述的壁厚,本发明人已经发现至少约40mm(1.5748英寸)的大直径D在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。此外,使用先前所述的壁厚,本发明人已经发现不大于约45mm(1.7717英寸)的大直径D在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。但是,可以至少部分地基于所使用的制造处理、所意图的管道应用和/或更厚或更薄壁材料的使用,使扁平管道10界定具有其他尺寸的大直径D和小直径d,包括以上参照本文公开的全部扁平管道所述的那些尺寸。为此,具有特定宽度的部分12、14是可能的,并且可以根据所期望的直径D和d来调节生产线的安装。As shown in FIG. 2 , the flat tube 10 of the illustrated embodiment defines a small diameter d. Using the previously described wall thicknesses, the inventors have found that a small diameter d of at least about 0.8 mm (0.031496 inches) provides good performance results in many applications. Furthermore, using the previously described wall thicknesses, the inventors have found that a small diameter d of no greater than about 2.0 mm (0.78740 inches) provides good performance results in many applications. However, in some embodiments, a maximum minor conduit diameter d of no greater than about 1.5 mm (0.059055 inches) is used. As shown in FIG. 1 , the flattened duct 10 of the illustrated embodiment also defines a major diameter D. As shown in FIG. Using the previously described wall thicknesses, the inventors have found that a major diameter D of at least about 40 mm (1.5748 inches) provides good performance results in many applications. Furthermore, using the previously described wall thicknesses, the inventors have found that a major diameter D of no greater than about 45 mm (1.7717 inches) provides good performance results in many applications. However, the flattened pipe 10 may define a major diameter D and a minor diameter d having other dimensions based at least in part on the manufacturing process used, the intended pipe application, and/or the use of thicker or thinner wall materials, including the above Those dimensions are described with reference to all flat ducts disclosed herein. For this, sections 12, 14 with specific widths are possible and the installation of the production line can be adjusted according to the desired diameters D and d.

图1-5的图示实施例中的扁平管道10包括第一窄侧18、第二窄侧20、第一宽侧22和第二宽侧24。第一宽侧22和第二宽侧24分别对应于部分12和14。具体参考图1,第一宽侧22和第二宽侧24界定了许多折叠28。折叠28从第一宽侧22和第二宽侧24延伸以界定了四个流动通道16。在其他实施例中,扁平管道10可以包括界定在折叠28之间的更多或更少流动通道16。虽然折叠28能够以沿着扁平管道10的整个长度不间断和连续的方式延伸,以将相邻的流动通道16彼此隔开。但是,在其他实施例中,折叠28可以在沿着其长度的一个或多个位置上间断或开口,以允许流动通道16之间的流动。无论折叠28是不间断的还是间断的,折叠28都能够在抵抗压缩方面加强扁平管道10,并在其中折叠28的末端以硬钎焊或任意其他合适方式安装到扁平管道10的宽侧24的那些实施例中能够在抵抗伸展方面加强扁平管道10。折叠28还可以提供硬化功能以抵抗扁平管道10的弯曲。The flattened duct 10 in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 1-5 includes a first narrow side 18 , a second narrow side 20 , a first broad side 22 and a second broad side 24 . The first broadside 22 and the second broadside 24 correspond to the portions 12 and 14, respectively. Referring specifically to FIG. 1 , the first broadside 22 and the second broadside 24 define a number of folds 28 . Folds 28 extend from the first broadside 22 and the second broadside 24 to define the four flow channels 16 . In other embodiments, the flat tube 10 may include more or fewer flow channels 16 defined between the folds 28 . Although the folds 28 can extend in an uninterrupted and continuous manner along the entire length of the flat tube 10 to separate adjacent flow channels 16 from one another. However, in other embodiments, folds 28 may be interrupted or opened at one or more locations along their length to allow flow between flow channels 16 . Whether the folds 28 are continuous or discontinuous, the folds 28 are capable of strengthening the flat tube 10 against compression, and wherein the ends of the folds 28 are mounted to the ends of the wide sides 24 of the flat tube 10 by brazing or in any other suitable manner. Those embodiments enable the flattened duct 10 to be strengthened against stretching. The folds 28 may also provide a stiffening function against bending of the flat tube 10 .

现在参考图1和2,第一宽侧22和第二宽侧24还界定了许多突起26。在其他实施例中,侧22,24均不具有上述突起26。所示突起通常是延伸到扁平管道10的流动通道16内的凸块,并能够具有任意期望的印迹,例如圆形印迹,方形、三角形或其他多边形印迹,任何长形印迹(例如,沿着任意期望的流动通道的长度行进、与流动通道成横向行进的长形肋等),不规则形印迹,或任何其他形状(例如,蜿蜒形、锯齿形、人字形等)的印迹。在被使用处,26可以用于在扁平管道10中引起或抑制紊流,从而增强在这些位置处的热传递。此外,类似于上述折叠28,突起26可以提供硬化功能以帮助使扁平管道10的宽侧22、24强硬。突起26能够以任意图案或无图案的方式位于扁平管道10中,并在一些实施例中仅位于流动通道16的特定区域以产生所期望的流动和热传递效果。Referring now to FIGS. 1 and 2 , the first broadside 22 and the second broadside 24 also define a plurality of protrusions 26 . In other embodiments, neither side 22 , 24 has the aforementioned protrusion 26 . The protrusions shown are generally bumps extending into the flow channel 16 of the flat tube 10 and can have any desired footprint, such as a circular footprint, a square, triangular or other polygonal footprint, any elongated footprint (e.g., along any length of the desired flow channel, elongated ribs running transversely to the flow channel, etc.), an irregular shaped footprint, or any other shaped footprint (eg, serpentine, zigzag, herringbone, etc.). Where used, 26 may be used to induce or suppress turbulence in the flat duct 10, thereby enhancing heat transfer at these locations. Additionally, similar to the folds 28 described above, the protrusions 26 may provide a stiffening function to help stiffen the broad sides 22 , 24 of the flat tube 10 . The protrusions 26 can be located in the flat tube 10 in any or no pattern, and in some embodiments only in specific areas of the flow channel 16 to produce the desired flow and heat transfer effects.

图3示意性地图示了能够用于形成如图1、2、4和5所示的扁平管道10的一组示例性制造步骤。从将界定有宽度W的第一材料部分12和界定有较小宽度w的第二材料部分14开始,形成所期望数量的折叠折叠28,并将有助于界定流动通道16。在图示实施例中折叠28形成在部分12、14两者上。在其他实施例中,折叠28仅形成在部分12、14中的一者上。类似地,在图示实施例中突起26形成在部分12、14两者上,不过在其他实施例中突起26仅形成在部分12、14中的一者上。折叠28和突起26位于界定了部分12、14的材料的纵向边缘(例如,界定了部分12、14的片材料的纵向边缘)之间。FIG. 3 schematically illustrates an exemplary set of manufacturing steps that can be used to form the flat tube 10 shown in FIGS. 1 , 2 , 4 and 5 . Starting with the first material portion 12 that will define the width W and the second material portion 14 that will define the smaller width w, a desired number of folding folds 28 are formed and will help define the flow channel 16 . Folds 28 are formed on both portions 12, 14 in the illustrated embodiment. In other embodiments, the fold 28 is formed on only one of the portions 12,14. Similarly, protrusions 26 are formed on both portions 12, 14 in the illustrated embodiment, although protrusions 26 are formed on only one of portions 12, 14 in other embodiments. Fold 28 and protrusion 26 are located between longitudinal edges of the material bounding portions 12, 14 (eg, longitudinal edges of a sheet of material bounding portions 12, 14).

在图1-5的图示实施例中第一部分12的宽度W和第二部分14的宽度w在折叠28和突起26的形成期间减小。应该理解,其他变形部可以根据需要包括在图3的示例性制造步骤中,以产生扁平管道10的其他特征。继续参考图3的制造示例,在成了所需要的折叠28和突起26之后,在部分12、14的纵向边缘的每个处都形成额外的一组折叠30,从而界定了扁平管道10的窄侧18和20。尽管图3所示的处理基于生产线设定和操作可以提供显著的制造优点,但是在其他实施例中,额外的那几组折叠30中的任一者或两者都可以在相比形成折叠28和突起26的时间更早或相同的时间来产生。如图4和5最佳示出的,部分12、14每个的额外折叠30彼此配合以分布界定了管道的第一窄侧18和第二窄侧20。利用两件式扁平管道10的部分12、14的纵向边缘之间的这种配合,即使在部分12、14上进行硬钎焊或其他紧固操作,部分12、14也可以保持在一起。更具体而言,图4和5图示了一个部分14的折叠30界定了比另一个部分12的30更大的长度的情况。因此,一个部分12的30可以绕了一个部分14的折叠进行折叠,其也示出在图2中。The width W of the first portion 12 and the width w of the second portion 14 decrease during the formation of the fold 28 and the protrusion 26 in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 1-5 . It should be understood that other deformations may be included in the exemplary fabrication steps of FIG. 3 as desired to create other features of the flat tube 10 . Continuing with the manufacturing example of FIG. 3 , after forming the required folds 28 and protrusions 26 , an additional set of folds 30 are formed at each of the longitudinal edges of the portions 12 , 14 to define the narrow diameter of the flat tube 10 . Side 18 and 20. While the process shown in FIG. 3 may provide significant manufacturing advantages based on line setup and operation, in other embodiments either or both of the additional sets of folds 30 may be formed in comparison to folds 28 and protrusion 26 are generated earlier or at the same time. As best shown in Figures 4 and 5, the additional folds 30 of each of the portions 12, 14 cooperate with each other to distribute the first narrow side 18 and the second narrow side 20 defining the duct. With this fit between the longitudinal edges of the sections 12, 14 of the two-piece flat tubing 10, the sections 12, 14 remain together even if brazing or other fastening operations are performed on the sections 12, 14. More specifically, FIGS. 4 and 5 illustrate the situation where the fold 30 of one portion 14 defines a greater length than the fold 30 of the other portion 12 . Thus, a portion 12 of 30 may be folded about a fold of a portion 14, which is also shown in FIG. 2 .

如图1-5的图示实施例所示出的,在一些实施例中,一个部分12足够长以绕另一个部分14的纵向边缘包裹并将其容纳(例如,由此一个部分14的纵向边缘嵌套在另一个部分12的折叠纵向边缘内)。在其他实施例中,替代地使一个部分12仅足够长以与另一个部分的纵向边缘叠置。但是,与图1-5相关的上述实施例可以提供与扁平管道10的组装和制造相关的显著优点,包括如上所述部分12、14的保持、以及基于在窄侧18、20处更厚的材料的更大程度的窄侧的加强和强度。在图1-5的图示实施例中,窄侧18、20两者都设置有如图2-5最佳示出的折叠结构。但是,在其他实施例中,扁平管道10的两个窄侧18、20中的仅一者具有上述折叠结构中的任一种。在这种实施例中,能够以任何其他期望方式进行在另一个窄侧18、20处两个部分12、14之间的连接。As shown in the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 1-5 , in some embodiments, one portion 12 is long enough to wrap around and accommodate the longitudinal edge of the other portion 14 (e.g., thereby the longitudinal edge of one portion 14 The edge nests within the folded longitudinal edge of the other part 12). In other embodiments, one section 12 is instead made only long enough to overlap the longitudinal edge of the other section. However, the above-described embodiment in relation to FIGS. 1-5 can provide significant advantages in relation to the assembly and manufacture of the flat pipe 10, including retention of the portions 12, 14 as described above, and due to the fact that they are thicker at the narrow sides 18, 20. A greater degree of reinforcement and strength of the narrow side of the material. In the illustrated embodiment of Figures 1-5, both narrow sides 18, 20 are provided with a folded configuration as best shown in Figures 2-5. However, in other embodiments, only one of the two narrow sides 18, 20 of the flattened duct 10 has any of the folded configurations described above. In such an embodiment, the connection between the two parts 12 , 14 at the other narrow side 18 , 20 can be made in any other desired manner.

图6-11图示了根据本发明的其他实施例的管道的可选构造。相比上述结合图1-5所述的扁平管道的实施例,这些实施例采用了大部分相同构造并具有许多相同属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图1-5所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与图6-11所示的扁平管道的实施例的结构和特征以及与这些结构和特征的可选方案相关的额外信息,应该对以上结合图1-5所进行的描述进行参考。此后如图6-11所示的实施例的与图1-5的实施例的结构和特征相对应的结构和特征被分配以各个百系列的附图标记(例如,112、212、312等)。6-11 illustrate alternative configurations of conduits according to other embodiments of the invention. These embodiments employ much of the same construction and share many of the same attributes as the flat duct embodiments described above in connection with Figures 1-5. Accordingly, the following description is mainly directed to structures and features that are different from the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 1-5 . For additional information regarding the structures and features of the embodiments of the flat ducts shown in Figures 6-11 and alternatives to these structures and features, reference should be made to the description above in connection with Figures 1-5. Structures and features of the embodiment shown in FIGS. 6-11 that correspond to those of the embodiment of FIGS. 1-5 are hereafter assigned a respective series of reference numerals (eg, 112, 212, 312, etc.). .

图6-11图示了窄侧118、218、318、418、518、618和/或120、220、320、420、520、620的其他构造。为了简化描述,此处仅涉及各个管道110、210、310、410、510、610的窄侧118、218、318、418、518、618中的一者,应该理解,其他窄侧118、218、318、418、518、618可以根据需要具有相同或不同的结构。如图6-11所示的窄侧118、218、318、418、518、618能够以与以上参考图3所述的那些步骤相似的步骤来制造。此外,考虑到在一些实施例中用于构造管道壁的材料的相对较小厚度:如上所述在一些实施例约0.050-0.15mm(0.0019685-0.0059055英寸),在其他实施例中约0.030-0.15mm(0.00118-0.0059055英寸),以及在本文所述的其他材料厚度范围,与传统扁平管道设计相比,与如图6-11所示的窄侧118、218、318、418、518、618每个都对管道110、210、310、410、510、610提供了强度和/或稳定性。6-11 illustrate other configurations of narrow sides 118 , 218 , 318 , 418 , 518 , 618 and/or 120 , 220 , 320 , 420 , 520 , 620 . To simplify the description, only one of the narrow sides 118 , 218 , 318 , 418 , 518 , 618 of each duct 110 , 210 , 310 , 410 , 510 , 610 is involved here, it being understood that the other narrow sides 118 , 218 , 318, 418, 518, 618 may have the same or different structures as desired. The narrow sides 118 , 218 , 318 , 418 , 518 , 618 as shown in FIGS. 6-11 can be fabricated in steps similar to those described above with reference to FIG. 3 . Also, take into account the relatively small thickness of the material used to construct the conduit walls in some embodiments: about 0.050-0.15 mm (0.0019685-0.0059055 inches) in some embodiments, about 0.030-0.15 mm (0.00118-0.0059055 inches), and other material thickness ranges described herein, compared to conventional flat duct designs, with narrow sides 118, 218, 318, 418, 518, 618 per Each provides strength and/or stability to the conduit 110, 210, 310, 410, 510, 610.

如图6、7和9所示的扁平管道110、210、310的窄侧118、218、418可以通过将两个管道部分112、212、412和114、214、414的相邻纵向边缘折叠或辊扎在一起从而界定数个折叠130、230、330、430、530、630来形成。应该注意,本文和所附权利要求被称为“折叠”的形式是无论其是通过辊扎或折叠操作形成的,并且无论其得到的形状是近圆形的(例如图6)、堆叠的(例如图7-9)还是成角度的(例如图10和11)。继续参考图6、7和9,每个窄侧118、218、418提供了独特的热传递、强度和稳定特性,并能够使用不同技术来形成。折叠或辊扎的纵向边缘的至少一部分(在图7和9所示的窄侧218、418的情况下,折叠或辊扎纵向边缘的大部分)被形成为与扁平管道110、210、410的宽侧122、222、422和124、224、424近似垂直。The narrow sides 118, 218, 418 of the flattened ducts 110, 210, 310 as shown in Figures 6, 7 and 9 can be formed by folding or The rolls are bundled together to define a number of folds 130, 230, 330, 430, 530, 630 to form. It should be noted that forms referred to herein and in the appended claims as "folded" are whether they are formed by rolling or folding operations, and whether the resulting shape is nearly circular (eg, Figure 6), stacked ( eg Figures 7-9) or angled (eg Figures 10 and 11). With continued reference to Figures 6, 7 and 9, each narrow side 118, 218, 418 provides unique heat transfer, strength and stability characteristics and can be formed using different techniques. At least a portion of the folded or rolled longitudinal edge (in the case of the narrow sides 218, 418 shown in FIGS. Broad sides 122, 222, 422 and 124, 224, 424 are approximately vertical.

参考如图10和11所示的扁平管道510、610的窄侧518、618,也可以通过将两个管道部分512、612和514、614的相邻纵向边缘折叠或辊扎在一起来形成部分512、612和514、614的纵向边缘。同样,扁平管道510、610的窄侧518、618每个都提供了独特的热传递、强度和稳定特性,并能够使用不同的技术来形成。在两者的情况下,部分512、612和514、614的纵向边缘可以在其自身上折叠以界定扁平管道510、610的蜿蜒边缘。虽然在一些实施例中,此蜿蜒边缘的折叠530、630可以在相邻的折叠530、630之间具有甚微的空间或不具有空间的情况下彼此抵靠,但是在一些实施例中(见图10和11),在每个折叠的相邻部分之间存在空间。在这些实施例中,可以基于折叠530、630的方位(例如,大体垂直于宽侧522、622和524、624,或者相对于宽侧522、622和524、624成小于90度的显著角度)来根据需要选择扁平管道510、610的热传递、稳固性、强度和/或尺寸。With reference to the narrow sides 518, 618 of the flattened ducts 510, 610 as shown in Figures 10 and 11, sections may also be formed by folding or rolling adjacent longitudinal edges of two duct sections 512, 612 and 514, 614 together The longitudinal edges of 512,612 and 514,614. Likewise, the narrow sides 518, 618 of the flat tubes 510, 610 each provide unique heat transfer, strength, and stability characteristics and can be formed using different techniques. In both cases, the longitudinal edges of the portions 512 , 612 and 514 , 614 may be folded upon themselves to define the serpentine edges of the flattened ducts 510 , 610 . While in some embodiments, the folds 530, 630 of this meandering edge may abut each other with little or no space between adjacent folds 530, 630, in some embodiments ( See Figures 10 and 11), there is a space between adjacent parts of each fold. In these embodiments, it may be based on the orientation of the folds 530, 630 (e.g., generally perpendicular to the broadsides 522, 622 and 524, 624, or at a significant angle of less than 90 degrees relative to the broadsides 522, 622 and 524, 624) The heat transfer, robustness, strength and/or size of the flat ducts 510, 610 can be selected as desired.

图8的图示实施例提供了窄侧318的折叠330中的至少一部分(在一些情况下,折叠330的大部分)是如何平行于或大体平行于扁平管道310的宽侧322、324的示例。这些折叠330的一些或全部可以抵靠彼此地平展以提高其间的热传递。在一些实施例中,窄侧318的折叠330可以具有大体相同的长度L,例如在期望与扁平管道310的窄侧318相邻具有特定的流动通道形状的情况下。但是,在其他实施例中(例如如图8所示的实施例),与宽侧322、324平行的窄侧折叠330中的至少一些具有与其他折叠不同的长度。例如,不同尺寸的折叠可以界定相邻流动通道316的大体凹侧(图8)或凸侧,例如界定所期望的与窄侧318相邻的流动通道形状。参考图8的图示实施例,每个折叠330的长度L从扁平管道310的外侧朝向扁平管道310的内侧变小(即,抵靠宽侧322平展的第一折叠330具有比相继的折叠330更大的长度L,并且抵靠另一个宽侧324平展的最后折叠330具有比先前折叠330更大的长度)。在这些实施例中,窄侧310的这些形状可以帮助避免沿着扁平管道310的突然的温度变化,否则将在许多应用中导致管道故障。作为另一个示例,不同尺寸的折叠可以界定楔形窄侧318,其能够提供沿着宽侧322、324之间的距离非对称的热传递路径。由平行于宽侧322、324的不同尺寸的折叠330界定的窄侧318的其他形状是可能的,并且落在本发明的精神和范围内。The illustrated embodiment of FIG. 8 provides an example of how at least a portion (in some cases, a majority of the fold 330 ) of the narrow side 318 is parallel or substantially parallel to the broad sides 322 , 324 of the flattened duct 310 . . Some or all of these folds 330 may lie flat against each other to improve heat transfer therebetween. In some embodiments, the folds 330 of the narrow side 318 may have substantially the same length L, such as where a particular flow channel shape is desired adjacent the narrow side 318 of the flattened duct 310 . However, in other embodiments, such as that shown in FIG. 8 , at least some of the narrow side folds 330 that are parallel to the broad sides 322 , 324 have a different length than the other folds. For example, folds of different sizes may define generally concave sides ( FIG. 8 ) or convex sides of adjacent flow channels 316 , such as defining a desired flow channel shape adjacent narrow sides 318 . Referring to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 8 , the length L of each fold 330 decreases from the outside of the flat tube 310 towards the inside of the flat tube 310 (i.e., a first fold 330 that is flattened against the broad side 322 has a longer length than successive folds 330 . greater length L, and the last fold 330, which is flattened against the other broad side 324, has a greater length than the previous fold 330). In these embodiments, these shapes of the narrow side 310 can help avoid sudden temperature changes along the flat tube 310 that would otherwise lead to tube failure in many applications. As another example, folds of different sizes may define tapered narrow sides 318 that can provide an asymmetrical heat transfer path along the distance between the broad sides 322 , 324 . Other shapes of the narrow side 318 defined by differently sized folds 330 parallel to the broad sides 322, 324 are possible and within the spirit and scope of the invention.

在其中窄侧318的折叠330平行或基本平行于两件式扁平管道310的宽侧322、324的那些实施例中,由第一部分312形成的折叠330可以与由第二部分314形成的折叠勾在一起或互相配合(例如,见图8)。结果,所形成的扁平管道310可以在部分312、314上进行硬钎焊或其他紧固操作之前保持在一起,这可以帮助将扁平管道310组装成管道组并/或帮助具有这种扁平管道310的热交换器的组装,其将在以下进一步解释。应该理解,在以上参考图6、7和9-11所述的其他窄侧实施例中存在相似的优点。In those embodiments in which the fold 330 of the narrow side 318 is parallel or substantially parallel to the broad sides 322, 324 of the two-piece flat tubing 310, the fold 330 formed by the first portion 312 can be aligned with the fold formed by the second portion 314. Together or in cooperation with each other (see, eg, Figure 8). As a result, the formed flat tube 310 can be held together prior to brazing or other fastening operations on the sections 312, 314, which can aid in assembling the flat tube 310 into a tube set and/or have such a flat tube 310 The assembly of the heat exchanger, which will be explained further below. It will be appreciated that similar advantages exist in the other narrow side embodiments described above with reference to Figures 6, 7 and 9-11.

在其中如上所述窄侧18、118、218、318、418、518、618、20、120、220、320、420、520、620中的任一侧或两侧具有折叠30、130、230、330、430、530、630的本发明的那些实施例中,尽管前述扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610的相对较小的壁厚,但这些折叠30、130、230、330、430、530、630大体可以对窄侧18、118、218、318、418、518、618、20、120、220、320、420、520、620提供增强的稳定性。窄侧18、118、218、318、418、518、618、20、120、220、320、420、520、620处更大量的折叠30、130、230、330、430、530、630也可以对扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610提供抵抗由于例如高内压、来自物体的冲击、腐蚀等引起的损伤的更好保护。这在这些扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610用于机动车辆的热交换器中时是相当重要的。wherein either or both of the narrow sides 18, 118, 218, 318, 418, 518, 618, 20, 120, 220, 320, 420, 520, 620 have folds 30, 130, 230, 330, 430, 530, 630 of those embodiments of the invention, these folds 30, 130, 230, 330 , 430 , 530 , 630 may generally provide increased stability to narrow sides 18 , 118 , 218 , 318 , 418 , 518 , 618 , 20 , 120 , 220 , 320 , 420 , 520 , 620 . A greater number of folds 30, 130, 230, 330, 430, 530, 630 at the narrow sides 18, 118, 218, 318, 418, 518, 618, 20, 120, 220, 320, 420, 520, 620 can also be used for The flat pipes 10, 110, 210, 310, 410, 510, 610 provide better protection against damage due to eg high internal pressure, impact from objects, corrosion etc. This is of particular importance when these flat tubes 10 , 110 , 210 , 310 , 410 , 510 , 610 are used in heat exchangers of motor vehicles.

虽然在上述扁平管道实施例中不需要,但是第一和/或第二部分12、112、212、312、412、512、612和14、114、214、314、414、514、614可以具有位于扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610的窄侧18、118、218、318、418、518、618与20、120、220、320、420、520、620之间的一个或多个折叠折叠28。关于这一点,在图1-5的图示实施例中的这些折叠28的描述可等同地应用于上述其他实施例。为了简化描述,现在将使用图1-5的实施例的附图标记,参考图12和13的图示实施例,给出与折叠28相关的进一步的信息。Although not required in the flat duct embodiments described above, the first and/or second sections 12, 112, 212, 312, 412, 512, 612 and 14, 114, 214, 314, 414, 514, 614 may have One or Multiple folds fold 28 . In this regard, the description of these folds 28 in the illustrated embodiment of Figures 1-5 is equally applicable to the other embodiments described above. In order to simplify the description further information relating to the fold 28 will now be given with reference to the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 12 and 13 using the reference numerals of the embodiment of FIGS. 1-5 .

在一些实施例中,本发明人已经揭示了可以选择内折叠28的位置以界定不同尺寸的流动通道16,而能够在相同扁平管道10的不同位置上具有不同的流体和/或流动特性(例如,流率和/或方向、压力、多个流体类型等),并能够在不同位置具有不同的热传递方式。参考图12的图示实施例,内折叠28之间的宽度或距离“a”被界定为大体平行于扁平管道10的第一和第二宽侧22、24,并基于对沿着扁平管道10的宽度的温度改变的期望抵抗程度而改变。In some embodiments, the inventors have disclosed that the location of the inner folds 28 can be selected to define flow channels 16 of different sizes, enabling different fluid and/or flow properties at different locations on the same flat tube 10 (e.g. , flow rate and/or direction, pressure, multiple fluid types, etc.), and can have different heat transfer patterns at different locations. Referring to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 12 , the width or distance "a" between the inner folds 28 is defined generally parallel to the first and second broadsides 22, 24 of the flat tube 10 and based on the The width varies with the desired degree of resistance to temperature changes.

在一些实施例中,诸如图12所示的实施例,内折叠28之间的距离“a”可以从扁平管道10的窄侧18和20中的任一侧或两侧起朝向扁平管道10的中心变大。因此,在一些实施例中,距离“a”从一个窄侧18、20起沿着朝向扁平管道10的中间的方向从内折叠28到内折叠28增大,并随后沿着朝向另一个窄侧20、18的方向再次减小。在这些实施例中,由折叠28形成的各个流动通道16的横截面面积分别增大和减小。在一些实施例中,“a”在窄侧18、20中的任一侧或两侧处以约0.5mm(0.19685英寸)的大小开始,并增大到数毫米。In some embodiments, such as the embodiment shown in FIG. The center gets bigger. Thus, in some embodiments the distance "a" increases from one narrow side 18, 20 in a direction towards the middle of the flat tube 10 from inner fold 28 to inner fold 28 and then along the direction towards the other narrow side. The direction of 20, 18 decreases again. In these embodiments, the cross-sectional area of each flow channel 16 formed by folds 28 increases and decreases, respectively. In some embodiments, "a" starts at a size of about 0.5 mm (0.19685 inches) at either or both narrow sides 18, 20 and increases to several millimeters.

例如,在这种情况下,具有约42mm(约1.6634英寸)的宽度的扁平管道10可以包括较大数量的内折叠28和流动通道16。可以构思的是,扁平管道10可以包括大致与窄侧18、20中的任一侧或两侧相邻的相对较宽的流动通道16,以及在扁平管道10的中心附近较窄的流动通道16。此外,虽然在许多实施例中的流动通道16具有上述尺寸的宽度“a”,但是在其他实施例中这些宽度可以显著更大,包括至少1cm(0.39370英寸)的范围。For example, in this case, a flattened duct 10 having a width of about 42 mm (about 1.6634 inches) may include a greater number of inner folds 28 and flow channels 16 . It is contemplated that the flattened duct 10 may include a relatively wider flow channel 16 generally adjacent either or both of the narrow sides 18, 20, and a narrower flow channel 16 near the center of the flattened duct 10. . Furthermore, while in many embodiments the flow channel 16 has a width "a" of the dimensions described above, in other embodiments these widths may be significantly greater, including in the range of at least 1 cm (0.39370 inches).

在一些实施例中,扁平管道10可以包括彼此紧接着相邻的内折叠28,其中这样的内折叠紧接着形成折叠28或在部分12、14上硬钎焊或其他紧固操作之后彼此抵靠或紧密接触。例如,多个内折叠28可以彼此紧密抵靠地布置。在这些情况的任一者中,两个或更多折叠28可以界定内折叠28组32。扁平管道10可以具有任意数量的这种折叠28的组32,诸如图13所示的那些,并且可以仅具有这样的组或者与任何数量的单折叠28结合。如图13所示的每个内折叠28的组32包括三个单独的内折叠28。但是,在其他实施例中,两个内折叠28可以足够形成组32,并/或四个或更多内折叠28可以形成组32。因此,可以基于扁平管道10的期望应用和其他因素来自由选择形成组32的内折叠28的数量。关于这一点,扁平管道10的部分12、14中的任一者或两者可以具有包括任意数量的内折叠28的折叠组32,以及组32与不同数量的内折叠28的结合。In some embodiments, the flat tube 10 may include inner folds 28 immediately adjacent to each other, wherein such inner folds abut against each other immediately after forming the folds 28 or after brazing or other fastening operations on the portions 12 , 14 . or close contact. For example, a plurality of inner folds 28 may be arranged closely against each other. In either of these cases, two or more folds 28 may define a set 32 of inner folds 28 . The flat tube 10 may have any number of such sets 32 of folds 28 , such as those shown in FIG. 13 , and may have such sets alone or in combination with any number of single folds 28 . Each set 32 of inner folds 28 as shown in FIG. 13 includes three individual inner folds 28 . However, in other embodiments, two inner folds 28 may be sufficient to form group 32 and/or four or more inner folds 28 may form group 32 . Accordingly, the number of inner folds 28 forming groups 32 may be freely selected based on the desired application of the flat tube 10 and other factors. In this regard, either or both of the sections 12 , 14 of the flat tubing 10 may have fold sets 32 including any number of inner folds 28 , and combinations of sets 32 with different numbers of inner folds 28 .

单内折叠28和/或内折叠28的组32可以任意期望的布置全部位于同一部分12或14上,或者在扁平管道10的部分12、14两者上。例如,多个内折叠28的组32可以关于扁平管道10的中心位置对称地布置(例如图13所示的内折叠组32的布置),其中再中心位置的相对联测上的相应组32从同一部分12、14或从不同部分12、14(例如,图13)延伸。此外,在一些实施例中,扁平管道10的一个部分12、14上的一个或多个单内折叠28和/或一个或多个内折叠28的组32可以嵌套在扁平管道10的另一个部分14、12上的内折叠28的组32内。The single inner folds 28 and/or groups 32 of inner folds 28 may all be located on the same portion 12 or 14 , or on both portions 12 , 14 of the flat pipe 10 , in any desired arrangement. For example, groups 32 of a plurality of inner folds 28 may be arranged symmetrically about the central position of the flat tube 10 (such as the arrangement of inner fold groups 32 shown in FIG. The same portion 12, 14 or extend from a different portion 12, 14 (eg, FIG. 13). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more single inner folds 28 and/or groups 32 of one or more inner folds 28 on one section 12, 14 of the flat tube 10 may be nested within another section 12, 14 of the flat tube 10. Within the set 32 of the inner folds 28 on the parts 14,12.

可以利用如上所述内折叠28的组32来提供对压力具有更高抵抗并具有更搭的承载能力的扁平管道10,并还可以用于改变流动通道16的横截面。应该注意,与具有各种的流动通道的各种扁平管道10相关的上述特征可以等同地应用于其中利用内折叠28的组32的实施例。此外,在其中利用硬钎焊形成扁平管道10的那些实施例中,一个宽侧22、24上的内折叠28(无论是单个形式或组32的形式)可以形成与另一个宽侧24、22的硬钎焊接合,从而提高扁平管道10内的接合。Sets 32 of inner folds 28 as described above may be utilized to provide a flattened duct 10 with higher resistance to pressure and better load carrying capacity, and may also be used to vary the cross-section of flow passage 16 . It should be noted that the features described above in relation to the various flattened tubes 10 having various flow passages are equally applicable to embodiments in which groups 32 of inner folds 28 are utilized. Furthermore, in those embodiments where brazing is used to form the flattened tube 10, the inner folds 28 on one broadside 22, 24 (whether individually or in groups 32) may be formed with the other broadside 24, 22. Brazed joint, thereby improving the joint in the flat pipe 10.

图14和15图示了根据本发明其他实施例的扁平管道的其他构造。这些实施例采用了与以上结合图1-13所述的扁平管道的实施例相同的许多结构并具有许多相同属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图1-13所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与图14和15所示的扁平管道的结构和特征相关的额外信息、以及这些结构和特征的可选方案,将对以上结合图1-13的描述进行参考。此后,如图14和15所示的实施例的与图1-13的实施例的结构和特征相对应的结构和特征将被分别分配有700和800系列的附图标记。14 and 15 illustrate other configurations of flat pipes according to other embodiments of the present invention. These embodiments employ many of the same structures and have many of the same attributes as the flat tube embodiments described above in connection with Figures 1-13. Accordingly, the following description is primarily directed to structures and features that differ from the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 1-13 . For additional information regarding the structures and features of the flat tubes shown in Figures 14 and 15, and alternatives to these structures and features, reference is made to the description above in connection with Figures 1-13. Hereinafter, structure and features of the embodiment shown in Figures 14 and 15 corresponding to those of the embodiment of Figures 1-13 will be assigned reference numerals in the 700 and 800 series, respectively.

以上如图1-13所示的扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610每个都具有由第一和/或第二部分12、112、212、312、412、512、612、14、114、214、314、414、514、614的内折叠28界定的内壁。但是,至少部分地界定了流动通道16、116、216、316、416、516、616的这些壁可以由连接到第一和第二部分12、112、212、312、412、512、612、14、114、214、314、414、514、614中的任一个部分或两个部分的单独材料部分来界定。虽然这样与上述的扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610不同,但是这样的可选扁平管道能够具有以上结合图1-13所述的任一构造特征(例如,外壁厚度和材料、管道直径、内壁形状、位置、间距、和组,以及窄侧构造)。Each of the above flat pipes 10, 110, 210, 310, 410, 510, 610 shown in FIGS. , 14, 114, 214, 314, 414, 514, 614 the inner wall defined by the inner fold 28. However, the walls at least partially defining the flow channel 16, 116, 216, 316, 416, 516, 616 may be connected to the first and second portions 12, 112, 212, 312, 412, 512, 612, 14 , 114, 214, 314, 414, 514, 614 in any one part or two parts of the separate material part to define. While this differs from the flattened ducts 10, 110, 210, 310, 410, 510, 610 described above, such alternative flattened ducts can have any of the constructional features (e.g., outer wall thickness and material, pipe diameter, inner wall shape, location, spacing, and grouping, and narrow side configuration).

例如,如图14和15所示的扁平管道710、810每个都使用分别使用两个部分712、714和821、814,在这两个部分之间布置有由另一个材料部分界定的插入件734、834。在这两个情况下,插入件734、834都具有波纹形状,由此插入件734、834的波纹可以在扁平管道710、810内形成流动通道716、816。扁平管道710、810的窄侧718、720和818、820中的任一侧或两侧(图14和15每个都仅示出了其中一侧)可以通过将第一和第二部分712、714和821、814的边缘与插入件734、834的边缘共同折叠而与插入件734、834的一部分相结合。例如,在一些实施例中,扁平管道710具有如图14所示的蜿蜒窄侧718、720,其中插入件734的边缘与第一和第二部分712、714的纵侧折叠在一起,并折叠在第一和第二部分712、714的纵侧内。在其他实施例中,扁平管道810的窄侧818、820如图15所示彼此紧闭抵靠地折叠,其中插入件834的边缘也与第一和第二部分812、814的纵侧折叠在一起,并折叠在第一和第二部分812、814的纵侧内。在其他实施例中,插入件的纵向边缘可以如图6-扁平管道10所示的窄侧结构的任一种来辊轧到第一和第二部分的这些部分中。For example, the flat ducts 710, 810 shown in Figures 14 and 15 each use two sections 712, 714 and 821, 814, respectively, between which are arranged an insert bounded by another material section 734, 834. In both cases, the insert 734 , 834 has a corrugated shape whereby the corrugations of the insert 734 , 834 can form the flow channels 716 , 816 within the flat tube 710 , 810 . Either or both of the narrow sides 718, 720 and 818, 820 of the flat ducts 710, 810 (Figs. The edges of 714 and 821 , 814 are co-folded with the edges of insert 734 , 834 to join a portion of insert 734 , 834 . For example, in some embodiments, the flattened duct 710 has serpentine narrow sides 718, 720 as shown in FIG. Folds within the longitudinal sides of the first and second portions 712,714. In other embodiments, the narrow sides 818, 820 of the flat tube 810 are folded tightly against each other as shown in FIG. together and fold within the longitudinal sides of the first and second portions 812,814. In other embodiments, the longitudinal edges of the insert may be rolled into these portions of the first and second sections in any of the narrow side configurations shown in FIG. 6 - flat tube 10 .

上述本发明实施例每个都利用了两个单独的材料体来界定扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610、710、810的第一和第二部分12、112、212、312、412、512、612、712、812和14、114、214、314、514、614、714、814。虽然这种管道构造具有独特的有点,包括部分与部分间配合特征和制造有点,但是本发明的扁平管道也可以由一个部件形成,例如由单个或未划分的无末端片金属带来形成。通过使单个部件变形,可以将无纵向边缘的单个部件放置在一起并通过硬钎焊、焊接或其他紧固操作来接合。换言之,根据本发明的扁平管道的一些实施例可以在仍然界定了两个稳定的窄侧的情况下由一个部件(例如,片金属带)形成。以下详细描述这种一个部件式的扁平管道的各种实施例。除了下述一个部件式的扁平管道的与以上参考图1-15的两件式实施例所述的管道特征不同或不兼容的那些特征之外,下述一个部件式的管道可以具有以上结合图1-15所述的任意构造特征(例如,外壁厚度和材料、管道材料、内壁形状、位置、间距、和组,以及窄侧构造)。The embodiments of the invention described above each utilize two separate bodies of material to define the first and second portions 12, 112, 212, 12, 112, 212, 312, 412, 512, 612, 712, 812 and 14, 114, 214, 314, 514, 614, 714, 814. While this duct construction has unique advantages, including part-to-part mating features and manufacturing advantages, the flat ducts of the present invention may also be formed from one piece, such as a single or undivided strip of endless sheet metal. By deforming the individual components, individual components without longitudinal edges may be placed together and joined by brazing, welding or other fastening operations. In other words, some embodiments of flat ducts according to the present invention may be formed from one piece (eg, a strip of sheet metal) while still defining two stable narrow sides. Various embodiments of such a one-part flat duct are described in detail below. In addition to those features of the following one-piece flat pipe that are different or incompatible with the features of the pipe described above with reference to the two-piece embodiment of FIGS. Any of the construction features described in 1-15 (eg, outer wall thickness and material, tubing material, inner wall shape, location, spacing, and grouping, and narrow side configuration).

下述一件式管道至少基于能够采用相对较薄的管道壁材料而比传统扁平管道具有提高的热性能。此外,可以简化在热交换器内扁平管道的组装。The one-piece tubing described below has improved thermal performance over conventional flat tubing based at least on the ability to employ relatively thinner tubing wall materials. Furthermore, the assembly of the flat tubes in the heat exchanger can be simplified.

与上述两件式扁平管道相似,形成在下述一件式扁平管道的窄侧处的折叠可以与宽侧大体垂直或大体平行。例如,扁平管道的第一窄侧可以由单个金属片的连续部分形成,并可以包括多个折叠的组。在一些实施例中,这些折叠可以界定多个长度(例如,与以上结合图8描述的那些实施例相似),这可以帮助避免由于热疲劳引起裂纹的形成。扁平管道的第二窄侧可以由无纵向边缘的单个材料片形成,并还可以具有多个折叠。尽管片金属厚度在一些实施例中为0.05-0.15mm(0.0019685-0.00591英寸),并在其他实施例中为0.03-0.15mm(0.00118-0.00591英寸),但是形成第二窄侧的单片材料的纵向边缘可以通过硬钎焊、焊接或其他紧固操作来连接。同样类似于上述两件式的扁平管道,一件式的扁平管道的宽侧中的任一侧或两侧可以包括内折叠和其他变形部(例如,指向内的凸缘、肋、或不需要跨越扁平管道的内部的其他突起)。内折叠可以在扁平管道内形成流动通道,并能够以以上参考两件式扁平管道所述的任意方式来布置。仅作为示例,内折叠可以成为组,可以处于沿着扁平管道的宽度可变或不可变的特定间距,并可以在从窄侧中的任一侧或两侧朝向扁平管道的中部的方向上增大。作为这种内折叠和内折叠布置的结果,可以显著提高一件式扁平管道抵抗较高的温度变化负荷的能力。Similar to the two-piece flat tubing described above, the folds formed at the narrow side of the one-piece flat tubing described below may be generally perpendicular or generally parallel to the broad side. For example, the first narrow side of the flat tube may be formed from a continuous section of a single metal sheet and may comprise a plurality of folded groups. In some embodiments, these folds can define multiple lengths (eg, similar to those embodiments described above in connection with FIG. 8 ), which can help avoid crack formation due to thermal fatigue. The second narrow side of the flattened duct may be formed from a single sheet of material without longitudinal edges and may also have a plurality of folds. Although the sheet metal thickness is 0.05-0.15 mm (0.0019685-0.00591 inches) in some embodiments, and 0.03-0.15 mm (0.00118-0.00591 inches) in other embodiments, the single piece of material forming the second narrow side The longitudinal edges may be joined by brazing, welding or other fastening operations. Also similar to the two-piece flat tubing described above, one-piece flat tubing may include inward folds and other deformations (e.g., inwardly pointing flanges, ribs, or unnecessary other protrusions spanning the interior of flat ducts). The inner folds can form flow channels within the flat tube and can be arranged in any of the ways described above with reference to the two-piece flat tube. By way of example only, the inner folds may be grouped, may be at specific pitches along the width of the flat tube, may or may not be variable, and may increase in a direction from either or both of the narrow sides towards the middle of the flat tube. big. As a result of this fold-in and fold-in arrangement, the resistance of the one-piece flat pipe to higher temperature-varying loads can be significantly increased.

在图16-24中示出了具有这些特征中的一些的一件式扁平管道的示例,其每个都具有由被折叠为所示形状的共同的材料体形成的第一和第二部分912、914、1012、1014、1112、1114、1212、1214、1312、1314、1412、1414、1512、1514、1612、1614、1712、1714。虽然可以如结合两件式扁平管道所更详细描述的那样,采用其他材料和材料厚度,但是所示的第一和第二部分912、914、1012、1014、1112、1114、1212、1214、1312、1314、1412、1414、1512、1514、1612、1614、1712、1714由具有约0.10mm(0.003937英寸)的铝或铝合金片金属带形成。扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710中的任一者都可以具有在任一侧或两侧上的硬钎焊材料涂层,其中每层硬钎焊材料涂层可以具有片金属带厚度的约10-20%的厚度。Examples of one-piece flat tubing having some of these features are shown in FIGS. 16-24 , each having first and second portions 912 formed from a common body of material folded into the shape shown. , 914, 1012, 1014, 1112, 1114, 1212, 1214, 1312, 1314, 1412, 1414, 1512, 1514, 1612, 1614, 1712, 1714. The first and second portions 912, 914, 1012, 1014, 1112, 1114, 1212, 1214, 1312 shown , 1314, 1412, 1414, 1512, 1514, 1612, 1614, 1712, 1714 are formed from a strip of aluminum or aluminum alloy sheet metal having a thickness of approximately 0.10 mm (0.003937 inches). Any of the flat tubes 910, 1010, 1110, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710 may have a coating of brazing material on either or both sides, wherein each layer of brazing material is coated The layer may have a thickness of about 10-20% of the thickness of the sheet metal strip.

利用前述壁厚,本发明人已经发现,对于所示扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的至少0.8mm(0.031496英寸)的小直径d在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。还利用前述壁厚,本发明已经发现,对于所示扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的不大于约2.0mm(0.07874英寸)的小直径d在许多实施例中提供了良好的性能结果。但是,在一些实施例中,使用对于所示扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的不大于约1.5mm(0.059055英寸)的最大小直径d。此外,对于扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710中任一者的大直径D通常可在某个制造限制内自由选择。在一些实施例中,作为一个示例,大直径D是约50mm(1.969英寸)。但是,也可以制造具有更大或更小的直径D、d(包括以上针对本文揭示的全部扁平管道实施例所述的那些)的一件式扁平管道910、1010、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710,在这些情况下,用于形成扁平管道910、1010、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的材料的初始宽度W(例如,见图16)可在生产线上可获取。Utilizing the aforementioned wall thicknesses, the inventors have found that a small diameter d of at least 0.8 mm (0.031496 inches) for the flattened ducts 910, 1010, 1110, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710 shown provides in many applications good performance results. Also utilizing the aforementioned wall thicknesses, the present inventors have found that a minor diameter d of no greater than about 2.0 mm (0.07874 inches) for the flattened ducts 910, 1010, 1110, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710 shown in many implementations The example provides good performance results. However, in some embodiments, a maximum minor diameter d of no greater than about 1.5 mm (0.059055 inches) for the flattened tubes 910 , 1010 , 1110 , 1210 , 1310 , 1410 , 1510 , 1610 , 1710 shown is used. Furthermore, the major diameter D for any of the flat tubes 910, 1010, 1110, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710 is generally freely selectable within certain manufacturing constraints. In some embodiments, major diameter D is about 50 mm (1.969 inches), as one example. However, one-piece flat tubes 910, 1010, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510 can also be manufactured with larger or smaller diameters D, d, including those described above for all flat tube embodiments disclosed herein. , 1610, 1710, in these cases, the initial width W of the material used to form the flat tubes 910, 1010, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710 (eg, see FIG. 16 ) may be available on the production line.

如上所述,可以在本文所述的一件式管道中采用结合图1-15的实施例描述的各种类型的窄侧折叠和内折叠。在一些一件式管道实施例中,例如图19-24所示的那些,扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的窄侧1218、1220、1318、1320、1418、1420、1518、1520、1618、1620、1718、1720可以包括多个折叠1230、1330、1430、1530、1630、1730,其能够提供相对更稳定和更大强度的管道窄侧1218、1220、1318、1320、1418、1420、1518、1520、1618、1620、1718、1720。结果,相对更稳定的窄侧1218、1220、1318、1320、1418、1420、1518、1520、1618、1620、1718、1720可以对扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710提供抵抗由于温度和/或压力疲劳、来自物体的冲击和腐蚀等引起的损伤的充分保护,从而荡在用于(例如)机动车辆的热交换器中时提供更好的性能。As noted above, the various types of narrow side folds and inner folds described in connection with the embodiment of FIGS. 1-15 may be employed in the one-piece tubing described herein. In some one-piece duct embodiments, such as those shown in FIGS. 19-24 , the narrow sides 1218 , 1220 , 1318 , 1320 , 1418, 1420, 1518, 1520, 1618, 1620, 1718, 1720 may include a plurality of folds 1230, 1330, 1430, 1530, 1630, 1730 that can provide a relatively more stable and stronger narrow side of the tube 1218, 1220, 1318, 1320, 1418, 1420, 1518, 1520, 1618, 1620, 1718, 1720. As a result, the relatively more stable narrow sides 1218, 1220, 1318, 1320, 1418, 1420, 1518, 1520, 1618, 1620, 1718, 1720 can provide greater stability to the , 1710 provides adequate protection against damage due to temperature and/or pressure fatigue, impact from objects and corrosion, etc., thereby providing better performance when used in heat exchangers for, for example, motor vehicles.

现在参考图16,示出了可以制造一件式管道910的方式的示例。具体而言,图16图示了形成一件式扁平管道910的制造处理的至少一部分。在初始材料片中制成单个和/或多个折叠,其将至少部分地界定扁平管道910的内折叠928以及扁平管道910内的流动通道916。在一些实施例中,初始材料片是无末端片,例如从位于用于产生折叠的制造元件的上游的材料盘卷供应的材料片。在相同或不同的时刻,产生额外的折叠,其将至少部分地界定扁平管道910的窄侧920处的折叠。例如,在如图16所示的一件式金属带的中部处或附近产生多个折叠930的组932,以通过沿着在多个折叠930的组932大体相邻处的箭头所示的方向折叠该金属带来界定窄侧920。作为由箭头表示的此折叠的结果,界定了扁平管道910的第一和第二宽侧912、914。另一个窄侧918以及另一个窄侧918的折叠930可以采取如图19-23所示的形式或者以上结合两件式扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610、710、810的窄侧所述和/或所示的形式中的任意形式。图17和第一窄侧18图示了能够采用的可选一件式扁平管道构造(未示出窄侧)的特征。更具体而言,图17提供了在相同的一件式扁平管道1010中如何利用宽侧1022、1024中的任一侧或两侧上的单个内折叠1028和多个内折叠1028的组1032来界定相同或不同尺寸的流动通道1016的示例。图第一窄侧18提供了如何在宽侧1122、1124中的任一侧或两侧上的特定位置产生多个的单个内折叠1128以界定横截面尺寸变化(例如横截面尺寸沿着一件式扁平管道1110的宽度方向逐渐增大)的流动通道1116的示例。Referring now to FIG. 16 , an example of the manner in which a one-piece conduit 910 may be manufactured is shown. Specifically, FIG. 16 illustrates at least a portion of the manufacturing process for forming a one-piece flat tubing 910 . Single and/or multiple folds are made in the initial sheet of material that will at least partially define the inner fold 928 of the flattened duct 910 and the flow channel 916 within the flattened duct 910 . In some embodiments, the initial sheet of material is an endless sheet, such as a sheet of material supplied from a coil of material upstream of the manufacturing element used to create the fold. At the same or a different time, an additional fold is created that will at least partially define the fold at the narrow side 920 of the flattened tube 910 . For example, a group 932 of a plurality of folds 930 is created at or near the middle of a one-piece metal strip as shown in FIG. Folding the metal strip defines narrow sides 920 . As a result of this folding, indicated by the arrows, first and second broad sides 912, 914 of the flattened duct 910 are defined. The other narrow side 918 and the fold 930 of the other narrow side 918 may take the form shown in FIGS. Any of the forms described and/or shown on the narrow side. Figure 17 and first narrow side 18 illustrate features of an alternative one-piece flat duct construction (narrow side not shown) that could be employed. More specifically, FIG. 17 provides how a single inner fold 1028 and a set 1032 of multiple inner folds 1028 on either or both sides of the broadsides 1022, 1024 can be utilized in the same one-piece flat duct 1010 to Examples of flow channels 1016 defining the same or different dimensions. Figure first narrow side 18 provides how to create a plurality of individual inner folds 1128 at specific locations on either or both sides of wide sides 1122, 1124 to define cross-sectional dimension variations (e.g., cross-sectional dimension along a piece An example of the flow channel 1116 of the type flat pipe 1110 gradually increasing in the width direction).

图19-24示出了根据本发明其他实施例的一件式扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610的其他示例。类似于如图16-第一窄侧18所示的一件式管道实施例,如图19-24所示的一件式扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610每个都具有单独和/或成组布置的内折叠1228、1328、1428、1528、1628、1728以界定流动通道1216、1316、1416、1516、1616、1716。在一些情况下,基于一个或多个因素(例如,通过管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的单种或多种流体、预期温度、热应力以及管道宽度和/或长度的不同部分所暴露的热循环、内部流体压力等)来确定单独的内折叠1228、1328、1428、1528、1628、1728和/或这种内折叠1228、1328、1428、1528的组1232、1332、1532的布置。19-24 illustrate other examples of one-piece flat tubing 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610 according to other embodiments of the invention. Similar to the one-piece duct embodiment shown in FIG. 16 - first narrow side 18, the one-piece flat ducts 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610 shown in FIGS. 19-24 each have individual and/or Or inner folds 1228 , 1328 , 1428 , 1528 , 1628 , 1728 arranged in groups to define flow channels 1216 , 1316 , 1416 , 1516 , 1616 , 1716 . In some cases, based on one or more factors (e.g., single or multiple fluids passing through conduits 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710, expected temperature, thermal stress, and different fractions of conduit width and/or length exposure to thermal cycles, internal fluid pressure, etc.) to determine individual inner folds 1228, 1328, 1428, 1528, 1628, 1728 and/or groups 1232, 1332, 1532 of such inner folds 1228, 1328, 1428, 1528 layout.

具体参考图19,扁平管道1210的中心附近的多个内折叠1228界定了未折叠管道材料厚度四倍的材料厚度(即,彼此紧密或紧接着相邻(例如以抵靠方式)布置的两个单折叠1228)。如图19所示的一件式扁平管道1210具有两个这种内折叠1218的组1232,其各组形成在扁平管道1210的不同的宽侧1222、1224中。在图20的实施例中,四组的多个内折叠1328的组1332每个都界定了未折叠管道材料厚度六倍的材料厚度(即,彼此紧密或紧接着相邻(例如以抵靠方式)布置的三个单折叠1228)。在图20的实施例中的内折叠1228被定位为界定了尺寸变化的流动通道1316,这与具有大体相同尺寸的图19的那些流动通道不同。应该理解,在具有或不具有额外的单独内折叠1228、1328(即,也如图19和20所示的不在组1232、1332中的内折叠1228、1328)的情况下,任何其他数量的内折叠组1232、1332可以设置在如图19和20所示的一件式扁平管道1210、1310的宽侧1222、1224、1322、1324中的任一侧或两侧上。Referring specifically to FIG. 19 , a plurality of inner folds 1228 near the center of the flattened tubing 1210 define a material thickness four times the material thickness of the unfolded tubing (i.e., two folds arranged in close proximity to each other or immediately adjacent (e.g., in an abutting manner)). single fold 1228). A one-piece flat tube 1210 as shown in FIG. 19 has two such sets 1232 of inner folds 1218 , each set being formed in a different broadside 1222 , 1224 of the flat tube 1210 . In the embodiment of FIG. 20 , four sets 1332 of the plurality of inner folds 1328 each define a material thickness six times the thickness of the unfolded tubing material (i.e., are closely or immediately adjacent to each other (e.g., in an abutting manner). ) arrangement of three single folds 1228). Inner folds 1228 in the embodiment of FIG. 20 are positioned to define flow channels 1316 of varying dimensions, unlike those of FIG. 19 which are generally of the same size. It should be understood that any other number of inner folds 1228, 1328, with or without additional individual inner folds 1228, 1328 (i.e., inner folds 1228, 1328 not in groups 1232, 1332 as also shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 ) The fold sets 1232, 1332 may be provided on either or both of the broad sides 1222, 1224, 1322, 1324 of the one-piece flat duct 1210, 1310 as shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 .

图21、22和23的实施例提供了一件式扁平管道1410、1510、1610的示例,其中仅使用单折叠1428、1528、1628来形成流动通道1416、1516、1616。例如,如图21和22所示的一件式扁平管道1410、1510的内折叠1428、1528被定位为界定尺寸变化的流动通道1416、1516(朝向各个扁平管道1410、1510、1610的中心增大),这与具有大体相同尺寸的图23的那些流动通道(除了与窄侧1618、1620中的任一侧或两侧紧接着相邻的略微更大的流动通道1616之外)不同。应该注意,在图19-第二宽侧24所示的一件式扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710中的任一者的内折叠1228、1328、1428、1528、1628、1728可以被定位为界定相同或不同尺寸的流动通道1216、1316、1416、1516、1616、1716,并且流动通道1216、1316、1416、1516、1616、1716的宽度可以在沿着管道宽度的大部分或全部的同一方向上朝向扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的中心逐渐增大或减小,或者可以是任何其他方式。此外,扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的其他构造可以根据需要包括不同数量的单折叠1228、1328、1428、1528、1628、1728和多个内折叠1228、1328、1428、1528、1628、1728的组。The embodiments of Figures 21, 22 and 23 provide examples of one-piece flat tubing 1410, 1510, 1610 in which only a single fold 1428, 1528, 1628 is used to form the flow channels 1416, 1516, 1616. For example, the inner folds 1428, 1528 of the one-piece flat tubes 1410, 1510 as shown in FIGS. ), which are different from those flow channels of FIG. 23 (except for a slightly larger flow channel 1616 immediately adjacent to either or both of the narrow sides 1618, 1620) which have substantially the same dimensions. It should be noted that the inner folds 1228 , 1328 , 1428 , 1528 , 1628 , 1728 of any of the one-piece flat ducts 1210 , 1310 , 1410 , 1510 , 1610 , 1710 shown in FIG. The flow channels 1216, 1316, 1416, 1516, 1616, 1716 may be positioned to define the same or different sizes, and the width of the flow channels 1216, 1316, 1416, 1516, 1616, 1716 may be along a majority or All taper or taper towards the center of the flat tube 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710 in the same direction, or could be any other way. Additionally, other configurations of the flat tubes 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710 may include different numbers of single folds 1228, 1328, 1428, 1528, 1628, 1728 and multiple inner folds 1228, 1328, 1428, 1528 as desired , 1628, 1728 groups.

继续参考如图19-24所示的一件式扁平管道实施例,各个扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710都具有由用于构造扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710的材料片的连续折叠部分界定的一个窄侧1220、1320、1420、1520、1620、1720,以及材料片的两个自由纵向边缘被结合在一起并折叠以使扁平管道1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710封闭处的相对窄侧1218、1318、1418、1518、1618、1718。此相对窄侧1218、1318、1418、1518、1618、1718和相对窄侧1218、1318、1418、1518、1618、1718的折叠1230、1330、1430、1530、1630、1730可以采取如图19-24所示的形式或者以上结合两件式扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610、710、810的窄侧所述和/或所示的形式中的任意形式。Continuing with reference to the one-piece flat duct embodiments shown in FIGS. One narrow side 1220, 1320, 1420, 1520, 1620, 1720 defined by the continuous folded portion of the sheet of material 1710, and the two free longitudinal edges of the sheet of material are joined together and folded so that the flattened ducts 1210, 1310, 1410, Opposite narrow sides 1218 , 1318 , 1418 , 1518 , 1618 , 1718 of closures 1510 , 1610 , 1710 . The relatively narrow sides 1218, 1318, 1418, 1518, 1618, 1718 and the folding 1230, 1330, 1430, 1530, 1630, 1730 of the relatively narrow sides 1218, 1318, 1418, 1518, 1618, 1718 can be taken as shown in Figures 19-24 The form shown or any of the forms described and/or shown above in connection with the narrow side of the two-piece flat duct 10 , 110 , 210 , 310 , 410 , 510 , 610 , 710 , 810 .

对于如上所述由连续折叠部分形成的窄侧1220、1320、1420、1520、1620、1720,该窄侧可以采取如图19-24所示的任意形状。但是,该同一窄侧1220、1320、1420、1520、1620、1720也可以采取以上结合两件式扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610、710、810的窄侧所述和/或所示的形状中的任一者,在这些情况下,扁平管道10、110、210、310、410、510、610、710、810的第一和第二部分12、14、112、114、212、214、312、314、412、414、512、514、612、614、712、714、812、814在窄侧18、218、318、418、518、618、718处的末端将被接合为同一连续片材料的一部分。因此,以上接合图1-11、14和15所述的每个窄侧形式的独特优点对于如图19-24所示的实施例的窄侧1218、1318、1418、1518、1618、1718和相对窄侧1218、1318、1418、1518、1618、1718中的任一侧或两侧都成立。For the narrow sides 1220, 1320, 1420, 1520, 1620, 1720 formed by successive folded sections as described above, the narrow sides may take any shape as shown in Figs. 19-24. However, this same narrow side 1220 , 1320 , 1420 , 1520 , 1620 , 1720 may also take the form described and and/or any of the shapes shown, in these cases the first and second portions 12, 14, 112, 114 of the flat duct 10, 110, 210, 310, 410, 510, 610, 710, 810 , 212, 214, 312, 314, 412, 414, 512, 514, 612, 614, 712, 714, 812, 814 at the ends of the narrow side 18, 218, 318, 418, 518, 618, 718 will be joined Part of the same continuous piece of material. Thus, the unique advantages of each of the narrow side forms described above in conjunction with FIGS. Either or both of the narrow sides 1218, 1318, 1418, 1518, 1618, 1718 are true.

具体参考图19的图示实施例,其中所示的一件式扁平管道1210具有窄侧1218、1220,其具有大体垂直于扁平管道1210的宽侧1222、1224布置的折叠1230。形成窄侧1218、1220的多个折叠1230彼此不同之处在于,形成第二窄侧1220的折叠1230由用于产生扁平管道1210的一件式材料带的连续部分形成,而形成第一窄侧1218的折叠1230由该一件式材料带的两个纵向边缘形成。但是,在其他实施例中,扁平管道1210可以替代地具有其折叠1230大体平行于扁平管道1210的宽侧1222、1224的第一和第二窄侧1218、1220。Referring specifically to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 19 , a one-piece flat tubing 1210 is shown having narrow sides 1218 , 1220 with folds 1230 disposed generally perpendicular to the broad sides 1222 , 1224 of the flat tubing 1210 . The plurality of folds 1230 forming the narrow sides 1218, 1220 differ from each other in that the fold 1230 forming the second narrow side 1220 is formed from a continuous portion of the one-piece material strip used to produce the flat duct 1210, while the fold 1230 forming the first narrow side Fold 1230 of 1218 is formed by the two longitudinal edges of the one-piece strip of material. However, in other embodiments, the flat tube 1210 may instead have first and second narrow sides 1218 , 1220 with folds 1230 generally parallel to the broad sides 1222 , 1224 of the flat tube 1210 .

如图20所示的一件式扁平管道1310也具有其多个折叠大体垂直于扁平管道1310的宽侧1322、1324的第二窄侧1320,而第二窄侧1318具有被不知为大体平行于扁平管道1310的宽侧1322、1324的多个折叠1330。但是,在其他实施例中,1310可以替代地具有其折叠1330大体垂直于宽侧1322、1324的第一窄侧1318,以及其折叠1330大体平行于宽侧1322、1324的窄侧1320。The one-piece flat tubing 1310 as shown in FIG. 20 also has a second narrow side 1320 whose folds are generally perpendicular to the broad sides 1322, 1324 of the flat tubing 1310, while the second narrow side 1318 has what is known as being generally parallel to A plurality of folds 1330 of the broad sides 1322 , 1324 of the flattened tubing 1310 . However, in other embodiments, 1310 may instead have first narrow side 1318 with fold 1330 generally perpendicular to broad sides 1322 , 1324 , and narrow side 1320 with fold 1330 generally parallel to broad sides 1322 , 1324 .

如图21所示的一件式扁平管道1410具有其多个折叠1430大体平行于扁平管道1410的宽侧1422、1420的第一和第二窄侧1418、1420。在其他实施例中,窄侧1418、1420中的任一侧或两侧的多个折叠1430替代地大体垂直于扁平管道1410的宽侧1422、1424。虽然在如图21所示的窄侧1418、1420两侧处的多个折叠1430的每个都具有大体相同的长度,但是窄侧1418、1420中的任一侧或两侧的这些折叠可以具有不同的长度L(例如,见图22和23)。在这些实施例中,窄侧1518、1520、1618的变化的长度可以采取以上结合图8的实施例所述的形式中的任一者,并因此可以具有其中所述的优点的任一者。参考图22和23的实施例,所图示的窄侧1518、1520、1630的变化长度的折叠1530、1630(即,较短折叠1530、1630两侧是较长折叠1530、1630)通常可以在支撑温度变化负荷的情况下是有效的。此外,可以利用这种布置来避免从窄侧1518、1520、1618到宽侧1522、1524、1622、1624的压力的突然变化。此外,对于本发明所述的其他一件式扁平管道实施例,可以利用一组或多组的多个折叠1528的组(例如同图23所示的单个组)和/或相对大量的流动通道1616(例如图23所示的那些)来帮助支撑温度变化负荷,并帮助承受压力的突然变化。针对提高对温度变化负荷的抵抗的其他手段是改变折叠之间的距离“a”来界定朝向扁平管道1510的中心变宽的流动通道1516。The one-piece flat tubing 1410 as shown in FIG. 21 has first and second narrow sides 1418 , 1420 with a plurality of folds 1430 generally parallel to the broad sides 1422 , 1420 of the flat tubing 1410 . In other embodiments, the plurality of folds 1430 on either or both of the narrow sides 1418 , 1420 are instead generally perpendicular to the broad sides 1422 , 1424 of the flattened duct 1410 . Although each of the plurality of folds 1430 at both sides of the narrow sides 1418, 1420 as shown in FIG. Different lengths L (see, eg, Figures 22 and 23). In these embodiments, the varying lengths of the narrow sides 1518, 1520, 1618 may take any of the forms described above in connection with the embodiment of Fig. 8, and thus may have any of the advantages described therein. Referring to the embodiment of FIGS. 22 and 23 , the illustrated folds 1530 , 1630 of varying lengths on the narrow sides 1518 , 1520 , 1630 (i.e., shorter folds 1530 , 1630 flanked by longer folds 1530 , 1630 ) can generally be made between Effective for supporting loads subject to temperature changes. Furthermore, this arrangement can be utilized to avoid sudden changes in pressure from the narrow sides 1518 , 1520 , 1618 to the broad sides 1522 , 1524 , 1622 , 1624 . Additionally, one or more sets of multiple folds 1528 (such as a single set as shown in FIG. 23 ) and/or a relatively large number of flow channels may be utilized for other one-piece flat tubing embodiments described herein. 1616 (such as those shown in Figure 23) to help support temperature changing loads and to help withstand sudden changes in pressure. Other means aimed at increasing resistance to temperature changing loads is to vary the distance "a" between the folds to define a flow channel 1516 that widens towards the center of the flat tube 1510 .

图24示出了如图6-11、14和15的两件式扁平管道所示的窄侧结构中的任一者可以在如上所述具有连续材料片的一件式扁平管道的窄侧中采用的方式的示例。除了抵靠相邻的折叠1730和界定了折叠1730的单个连续材料片而非两个叠置的材料片(或者相同材料片的两个叠置部分)之外,如图24所示的窄侧1718在许多方面类似于如上所述图11的窄侧。在此具体示例中,折叠1730与第一内折叠1728之间、以及其他内折叠1728之间的的距离“a”相对较小,并在一些实施例中能够在从0.5mm(0.019685英寸)到2mm(0.07874英寸)或更大(甚至大至1cm(2.54英寸))的范围内。此外,在一些实施例中,此扁平管道1610具有允许多个折叠1728和流动通道1716的约42mm(0.16535英寸)的宽度。Figure 24 shows that any of the narrow side configurations shown in the two-piece flat ducts of Figures 6-11, 14 and 15 can be in the narrow side of a one-piece flat duct with a continuous sheet of material as described above An example of the approach taken. In addition to abutting adjacent folds 1730 and bounding a single continuous sheet of material 1730 rather than two superimposed sheets of material (or two superimposed portions of the same sheet of material), the narrow sides as shown in FIG. 24 1718 is similar in many respects to the narrow side of FIG. 11 as described above. In this particular example, the distance "a" between the fold 1730 and the first inner fold 1728, and between the other inner folds 1728, is relatively small, and in some embodiments can range from 0.5 mm (0.019685 inches) to 2mm (0.07874 inches) or greater (even as large as 1cm (2.54 inches)). Additionally, in some embodiments, this flattened duct 1610 has a width of about 42 mm (0.16535 inches) allowing for multiple folds 1728 and flow channels 1716 .

根据本发明一些实施例的扁平管道可以包括内插入件,其对扁平管道的窄侧中的至少一侧提供加强,同时还可以实现一个或多个其他功能(例如,对管道的宽侧进行加强,界定彼此流体连通或不连通的多个流动通道,界定流动扰乱器等)。该插入件可以在扁平管道的制造时由连接到界定外管道壁的一个或多个材料片的单独材料部分来界定,并可以用作如许多以上实施例中所述的内折叠的补充或代替内折叠。已经结合图14和15的图示实施例提供了该插入件的示例。Flat tubing according to some embodiments of the invention may include an inner insert that provides reinforcement to at least one of the narrow sides of the flat tubing, while also performing one or more other functions (e.g., reinforcing the broad side of the tubing). , define a plurality of flow channels that are in fluid communication or not with each other, define flow disruptors, etc.). The insert may be defined at the time of manufacture of the flat pipe by separate material portions connected to one or more sheets of material delimiting the outer pipe wall and may be used in addition to or instead of the inner fold as described in many of the above embodiments Fold inside. An example of this insert has been provided in connection with the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 14 and 15 .

虽然对于根据本发明一些实施例的一件式扁平管道可以采用插入件(以下更详细描述),但是通过在两件式扁平管道中使用插入件可以获得许多独特的优点。在一些实施例中,在被由具有相对较小厚度的片材料构成的两件式扁平管道中使用插入件获得了这些优点。在一些实施例中,扁平管道的壁材料具有不大于0.20mm(0.007874英寸)的厚度。但是在其他实施例中,本发明人已经发现,具有不大于约)0.15mm(0.0059055英寸)厚度的扁平管道的壁材料提供了与热交换器的整体性能、制造性和在不能使用更厚壁材料的可能壁构造(如此处所揭示的)相关的显著性能结果。相对较小的壁材料厚度可以导致具有插入件的两件式扁平管道的良好热属性。在一些实施例中,这种不小于约0.050mm(即,不小于约0.0019685英寸)的扁平管道的壁材料厚度提供了良好的强度和耐腐蚀性能,而在其他实施例中,可以使用这种不小于约0.030mm(即,不小于约0.00118英寸)的扁平管道的壁材料厚度。此外,如下所述具有插入件的两件式扁平管道具有与以上结合图1-15所述的两件式扁平管道相似的尺度。While inserts (described in more detail below) may be employed with one-piece flat ducts according to some embodiments of the present invention, a number of unique advantages are obtained by using inserts in two-piece flat ducts. In some embodiments, these advantages are achieved using an insert in a two-piece flat duct constructed from sheet material having a relatively small thickness. In some embodiments, the wall material of the flat tube has a thickness of no greater than 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches). In other embodiments, however, the inventors have found that having a wall material of flat tubing having a thickness of no greater than about) 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) provides integrity with the heat exchanger, manufacturability, and stability when thicker walls cannot be used. Significant performance consequences related to the possible wall configuration of the material (as disclosed herein). A relatively small wall material thickness can lead to good thermal properties of the two-part flat pipe with the insert. In some embodiments, such flat pipe wall material thicknesses of not less than about 0.050 mm (i.e., not less than about 0.0019685 inches) provide good strength and corrosion resistance, while in other embodiments, such The wall material thickness of the flat pipe is not less than about 0.030 mm (ie, not less than about 0.00118 inches). Additionally, the two-piece flat tubing with inserts described below has similar dimensions to the two-piece flat tubing described above in connection with Figures 1-15.

如以下更详细解释的,本文所述的热交换器管道和热交换器的其他部分可以使用许多制造技术和处理来制造,并可以包括腐蚀保护特征,例如以下所述和图92-95中所示的那些技术和处理。此后涉及的许多制造处理和技术以及腐蚀保护特征在应用于热交换器管道和热交换器的具有相对减小的材料厚度的部分时是特别有利的。此外,这些技术、处理和腐蚀保护特征提供了与扁平管道的整体性能和由这些材料支撑的热交换器相关的显著优点。As explained in more detail below, the heat exchanger tubes and other parts of the heat exchangers described herein can be fabricated using a number of fabrication techniques and processes, and can include corrosion protection features, such as those described below and in FIGS. 92-95 those techniques and treatments shown. Many of the manufacturing processes and techniques and corrosion protection features involved hereafter are particularly advantageous when applied to heat exchanger tubing and portions of the heat exchanger with relatively reduced material thickness. Furthermore, these technical, processing and corrosion protection features provide significant advantages related to the overall performance of the flat tubes and heat exchangers supported by these materials.

图25-34图示了各种两件式扁平管道1810、1810A、1910、2010、2110、2210、2310、2410、2510、2610、2710、2810、2910、3010、3110、3210,其每个都包括第一部分1812、1812A、1912、2012、2112、2212、2312、2412、2512、2612、2712、2812、2912、3012、3112、3212,第二部分1814、1814A、1914、2014、2114、2214、2314、2414、2514、2614、2714、2814、2914、3014、3114、3214,以及插入件1834、1834A、1934、2034、2134、2234、2334、2434、2534、2634、2734、2834、2934、3034、3134、3234,其全部都可以由诸如金属带或其他材料之类的材料片构成。为了简化描述,以下描述仅涉及图25和26的图示实施例,可以理解,以下描述可以等同地应用于如图25-34所示的全部实施例(不包括不同或不兼容的描述)。25-34 illustrate various two-piece flat tubing 1810, 1810A, 1910, 2010, 2110, 2210, 2310, 2410, 2510, 2610, 2710, 2810, 2910, 3010, 3110, 3210, each of which Including first part 1812, 1812A, 1912, 2012, 2112, 2212, 2312, 2412, 2512, 2612, 2712, 2812, 2912, 3012, 3112, 3212, second part 1814, 1814A, 1914, 2014, 2114, 2214, 2314, 2414, 2514, 2614, 2714, 2814, 2914, 3014, 3114, 3214, and inserts 1834, 1834A, 1934, 2034, 2134, 2234, 2334, 2434, 2534, 2634, 2734, 2834, 2934, 3034 , 3134, 3234, all of which may be constructed from sheets of material such as metal strips or other materials. For simplicity of description, the following description only refers to the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 25 and 26 , and it is understood that the following descriptions are equally applicable to all the embodiments shown in FIGS. 25-34 (excluding different or incompatible descriptions).

在如图25和26所示的两件式扁平管道1810的一些实施例中,第一和第二部分1812、1814以及插入件1834可以由具有相对较小片厚度材料(例如,铝、铝合金或本文所述的其他材料)构成。例如,本发明人已经发现,不大于约0.15mm(0.0098245英寸)的用于这些元件的材料厚度在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。在一些实施例中,用于这些元件的材料也可以具有不小于约0.03mm(0.0011811英寸)的厚度。在许多实施例中,优选地,相比两件式扁平管道1810的第一和第二部分1812、1814,对于插入件1834使用相对更小的片厚度。尽管具有相对较小的片厚度,但是两件式扁平管道1810的窄侧1818、1820可以具有相对提高的稳定性,尤其是在与以下所述的两件式扁平管道1710的特征结合时。In some embodiments of the two-piece flat tubing 1810 as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26, the first and second portions 1812, 1814 and the insert 1834 may be made of a material having a relatively small sheet thickness (e.g., aluminum, an aluminum alloy). or other materials described herein). For example, the inventors have found that material thicknesses for these elements of no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.0098245 inches) provide good performance results in many applications. In some embodiments, the material used for these elements may also have a thickness of no less than about 0.03 mm (0.0011811 inches). In many embodiments, it is preferable to use a relatively smaller sheet thickness for the insert 1834 than for the first and second portions 1812 , 1814 of the two-piece flattened duct 1810 . Despite the relatively small sheet thickness, the narrow sides 1818, 1820 of the two-piece flat duct 1810 may have relatively increased stability, especially when combined with the features of the two-piece flat duct 1710 described below.

在图25和26的图示实施例中,扁平管道1810的每个宽侧1822、1824由单独的材料部分(例如单独的带)形成。材料部分在两个位置叠置以界定两个纵向咬边1844、1846。与其中纵向咬边从扁平管道1810的各个窄侧1818、1820延伸到同一个宽侧的其他图示实施例(例如,见以下更详细描述的图27)不同,两件式扁平管道1810的这些纵向咬边1844、1846从扁平管道1810的各个窄侧1818、1820延伸到相对的宽侧1822、1824。在图25和26的图示实施例中,纵向咬边1844、1846两者都位于扁平管道1810的各个窄侧1818、1820处并从各个窄侧1818、1820延伸到扁平管道1810的宽侧1822、1824中。更具体而言,纵向咬边1844、1846,即扁平管道1810的其中扁平管道1810的片材料叠置处的那些部分延伸了窄侧1818、1820的至少一部分(并在一些实施例中为大部分或全部),并部分地延伸到扁平管道1810的相应宽侧1822、1824。咬边1844、1846的宽度可以根据期望的制造目的来确定。In the illustrated embodiment of Figures 25 and 26, each broadside 1822, 1824 of the flattened duct 1810 is formed from a separate portion of material (eg, a separate strip). The material portions overlap in two locations to define two longitudinal undercuts 1844,1846. Unlike other illustrated embodiments in which longitudinal undercuts extend from respective narrow sides 1818, 1820 of the flat duct 1810 to the same broad side (eg, see FIG. 27 described in more detail below), these two-piece flat duct 1810 Longitudinal undercuts 1844 , 1846 extend from respective narrow sides 1818 , 1820 of flattened duct 1810 to opposing broad sides 1822 , 1824 . In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 25 and 26 , the longitudinal undercuts 1844 , 1846 are both located at and extend from the respective narrow sides 1818 , 1820 of the flat tube 1810 to the wide side 1822 of the flat tube 1810 . , 1824. More specifically, the longitudinal undercuts 1844, 1846, those portions of the flattened duct 1810 where the sheets of material of the flattened duct 1810 overlap, extend at least a portion (and in some embodiments a substantial portion) of the narrow sides 1818, 1820. or all), and partially extend to the respective wide sides 1822, 1824 of the flattened duct 1810. The width of the undercuts 1844, 1846 can be determined according to the desired manufacturing purpose.

在一些实施例中,扁平管道1810的纵向咬边1844、1846呈现了扁平管道1810的平直或大体平直的外表面(例如,提供了扁平管道1810的大体平坦的宽侧1822、1824)。为此,每个咬边1844、1846的纵向边缘(其与另一个纵向边缘叠置)可以通过使重叠的边缘形成有偏移1848、1850而凹入。因此,一个管道部分1812、1814的纵向边缘可以被另一个管道部分1814、1812的相应纵向边缘包围并收纳在凹部1848、1850中,以界定纵向咬边1844、1846。于是,对于咬边1844、1846两者,两个叠置的部分1812、1814的内层纵向边缘可以终止在扁平管道1810的内部,并可以在硬钎焊、焊接或其他紧固技术之前是自由的。作为此构造的结果,尽管对于各个管道部分1812、1814初始材料的宽度保持的宽松的公差(这是因为叠置的纵向咬边1844、1846允许第一和第二管道部分1812、1814在组装状态下的相对横向定位置调节),仍可以将扁平管道1810制造为具有精确的宽度(在一些实施例中,即使在不进行切割或其他机械加工操作的情况下)。具体而言,在一些实施例中,每个管道部分1812、1814的末端纵向边缘1854、1856不会抵靠另一个管道部分1812、1814,从而允许这种调节。In some embodiments, the longitudinal undercuts 1844, 1846 of the flattened duct 1810 present a straight or generally straight outer surface of the flattened duct 1810 (eg, provide generally flat broad sides 1822, 1824 of the flattened duct 1810). To this end, the longitudinal edge of each undercut 1844 , 1846 which overlaps the other longitudinal edge may be recessed by forming the overlapping edge with an offset 1848 , 1850 . Accordingly, the longitudinal edges of one duct portion 1812 , 1814 may be surrounded by corresponding longitudinal edges of the other duct portion 1814 , 1812 and received in the recesses 1848 , 1850 to define longitudinal undercuts 1844 , 1846 . Thus, for both undercuts 1844, 1846, the inner longitudinal edges of the two superimposed portions 1812, 1814 may terminate inside the flat tube 1810 and may be free prior to brazing, welding, or other fastening techniques. of. As a result of this construction, despite the loose tolerances maintained for the width of the initial material of each duct section 1812, 1814 (this is because the overlapping longitudinal undercuts 1844, 1846 allow the first and second duct sections 1812, 1814 to The flattened duct 1810 can still be manufactured to a precise width (in some embodiments, even without cutting or other machining operations) without relative lateral positioning adjustments. Specifically, in some embodiments, the terminal longitudinal edge 1854, 1856 of each duct section 1812, 1814 does not abut the other duct section 1812, 1814, thereby allowing such adjustment.

诸如图25和26的实施例所示的叠置纵向咬边的使用提供了在第一和第二窄侧1818、1820处对扁平管道1810的加强,这在传统扁平管道中热应力、温度变化负荷以及由于压力负荷和碎屑冲击引起的故障较常见的情况下的许多应用中具有重要意义。在一些实施例中,通过第一和/或第二管道部分1812、18114在窄侧1818、1820处(例如,这些部分1812、1814的纵向边缘处)的一个或多个折叠来提供对第一和/或第二窄侧1818、1820的进一步加强。通常,将第一和/或第二管道部分1812、1814的纵向边缘折叠可以增大扁平管道1810的强度和扁平管道1810对损伤的抵抗。在其中通过将第一和第二管道部分1812、1814的纵向边缘叠置(一者绕另一者延伸、收纳另一者、或围绕另一者)来至少部分地界定窄侧1818、1820的那些实施例中,叠置纵向边缘(例如,被围绕和进行围绕的边缘)中的一者或两者可以返回地折叠来增大在窄侧1818、1820处该边缘的厚度。The use of overlapping longitudinal undercuts such as that shown in the embodiments of Figures 25 and 26 provides reinforcement to the flattened duct 1810 at the first and second narrow sides 1818, 1820, which in conventional flattened ducts is subject to thermal stress, temperature variations This is important in many applications where pressure loads and failures due to pressure loads and debris impact are common. In some embodiments, support for the first and/or second duct sections 1812, 18114 is provided by one or more folds at the narrow sides 1818, 1820 (eg, at the longitudinal edges of these sections 1812, 1814). and/or further reinforcement of the second narrow side 1818,1820. In general, folding the longitudinal edges of the first and/or second duct sections 1812, 1814 can increase the strength of the flat duct 1810 and the resistance of the flat duct 1810 to damage. wherein the narrow sides 1818, 1820 are at least partially defined by overlapping (one extending around the other, receiving the other, or surrounding the other) the longitudinal edges of the first and second duct portions 1812, 1814 In those embodiments, one or both of the overlapping longitudinal edges (eg, the surrounding and surrounding edges) may be folded back to increase the thickness of the edge at the narrow sides 1818 , 1820 .

例如,构思管道部分1812、1814在窄侧1818、1820中的任一侧或两侧处的叠置纵向边缘的任一者或两者可以包括与相应的台阶部1858、1860(以下更详细描述)相邻的折叠。例如,在一些实施例中,在叠置纵向边缘中的任一者或两者具有至少一个折叠以使窄侧1818、1820加厚并且插入件1834的材料厚度是约0.10mm(0.003937mm)或更小的情况下,第一和第二管道部分1818、1820的厚度和可以是约0.25mm(0.0098425英寸)或在一些实施例中更小。在这些实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1818、1820的厚度每个可以在0.05-0.15mm(0.0019685-0.0059055英寸)的范围内,并在其他实施例中可以在0.03-0.15mm(0.0019685-0.0059055英寸)的范围内。For example, it is contemplated that either or both of the overlapping longitudinal edges of the duct portions 1812, 1814 at either or both of the narrow sides 1818, 1820 may include corresponding steps 1858, 1860 (described in more detail below). ) adjacent folds. For example, in some embodiments, either or both of the overlapping longitudinal edges have at least one fold to thicken the narrow sides 1818, 1820 and the material thickness of the insert 1834 is about 0.10 mm (0.003937 mm) or In smaller cases, the sum of the thicknesses of the first and second conduit portions 1818, 1820 may be about 0.25 mm (0.0098425 inches) or less in some embodiments. In these embodiments, the thickness of the first and second conduit portions 1818, 1820 can each be in the range of 0.05-0.15 mm (0.0019685-0.0059055 inches), and in other embodiments can be 0.03-0.15 mm (0.0019685 inches). -0.0059055 inches).

还应该注意,在不具有内插入件的扁平管道实施例中也可以采用如图25和26所示的两件式扁平管道的叠置纵向咬边构造。例如,可以在具有例如以上结合图1-13和16-24的实施例所述的那些内折叠的两件式扁平管道中,或在其他两件式扁平管道中采用这种纵向咬边构造。It should also be noted that the stacked longitudinal undercut configuration of the two-piece flat tubes shown in Figures 25 and 26 can also be used in flat tube embodiments without an inner insert. For example, such longitudinal undercut configurations may be employed in two-piece flat tubing having inner folds such as those described above in connection with the embodiments of FIGS. 1-13 and 16-24, or in other two-piece flat tubing.

虽然不必要,但是在许多实施例中,管道部分(例如,图25和26中的管道部分1812、1814)具有大体相同的形状,并甚至可以是一致的。在如上所述组装时,管道部分1812、1814在其纵向边缘相对于彼此反转的情况下布置。例如,两个管道部分1812、1814之一的一个纵向边缘包括如上所述界定了凹部48、50的台阶部1856、1860,并随后接着界定了拱形1862、1864的部分,而另一个管道部分1814、1812的相应纵向边缘包括具有较大拱形1866、1868的部分,较大拱形1866、1868收纳较小拱形1862、1864。因此,在图25和26的图示实施例中,作为两件式扁平管道1810的制造处理的一部分,一个较小的互相部分1862、1864和一个较大的拱形部分1866、1868形成了窄侧1818、1820之一。应该理解,如本文和所附权利要求中使用的术语“拱形”并部限于半圆形。此外,如本文和所附权利要求中使用的术语“拱形”包括用于形成窄侧1818、1820的任意合适的几何形状,其可以包括方形、三角形或其他开口的多边形、波形和其他形式。Although not required, in many embodiments the conduit sections (eg, conduit sections 1812, 1814 in Figures 25 and 26) have substantially the same shape, and may even be uniform. When assembled as described above, the duct sections 1812, 1814 are arranged with their longitudinal edges inverted relative to each other. For example, one longitudinal edge of one of the two duct sections 1812, 1814 includes a step 1856, 1860 defining the recess 48, 50 as described above, and then a section defining the arch 1862, 1864, while the other duct section The respective longitudinal edges of 1814, 1812 include portions with larger arches 1866, 1868 that receive smaller arches 1862, 1864. Thus, in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 25 and 26, as part of the manufacturing process of the two-piece flat duct 1810, a smaller mutual portion 1862, 1864 and a larger arched portion 1866, 1868 form a narrow One of side 1818, 1820. It should be understood that the term "arched" as used herein and in the appended claims is not limited to semicircular shapes. Furthermore, the term "arched" as used herein and in the appended claims includes any suitable geometric shape for forming the narrow sides 1818, 1820, which may include square, triangular or other open polygonal, wavy and other forms.

通过采用具有大体相同形状或一致的管道部分,可以使用较少的部件类型(并在一些情况下,单个部件类型)来构造两件式扁平管道1810,其带来了库存减小、更简单的组装以及显著的成本降低。By employing pipe sections having substantially the same shape or conformance, fewer part types (and in some cases, a single part type) can be used to construct the two-piece flat pipe 1810, which results in reduced inventory, simpler assembly as well as significant cost reductions.

图25中部分示出并且图26中完全示出的内插入件1834由第三片材料形成,并且通常包括两个纵向边缘1838、1840,其任一个边缘或两个边缘可以大体位于扁平管道1810的各个窄侧1818、1820内。在一些实施例中,纵向边缘1838、1840形成有用于此目的的形状,使得纵向边缘1838、1840可以被收纳在窄侧1818、1820的内部形状内。而且在一些实施例中,纵向边缘1838、1840中的任一者或两者的至少一部分具有与窄侧1818、1820的形状相对应的形状。例如,纵向边缘1838、1840中的任一者或两者可以形成为环1842的形状,使得环1842的至少一部分与扁平管道1810的相应窄侧1818、1820的形状相匹配。在一些实施例中,此形状的相对应可以导致扁平管道在窄侧1818、1820处的加强。可以通过经由例如硬钎焊、焊接或以任意其他合适方式将纵向边缘1838、1840中的任一者或两者与窄侧1818、1820连接,来获得进一步的加强。Inner insert 1834, partially shown in FIG. 25 and fully shown in FIG. within each narrow side 1818, 1820 of the . In some embodiments, the longitudinal edges 1838 , 1840 are shaped for this purpose such that the longitudinal edges 1838 , 1840 can be received within the inner shape of the narrow sides 1818 , 1820 . Also in some embodiments, at least a portion of either or both of the longitudinal edges 1838 , 1840 has a shape that corresponds to the shape of the narrow sides 1818 , 1820 . For example, either or both of the longitudinal edges 1838 , 1840 may be formed in the shape of the ring 1842 such that at least a portion of the ring 1842 matches the shape of the corresponding narrow side 1818 , 1820 of the flattened duct 1810 . In some embodiments, this correspondence of shapes may result in reinforcement of the flattened ducts at the narrow sides 1818,1820. Further reinforcement may be obtained by joining either or both of the longitudinal edges 1838, 1840 to the narrow sides 1818, 1820 via, for example, brazing, welding, or in any other suitable manner.

参考图26,其图示了两件式扁平管道1810能够组装的方式,在组装期间将第一和第二管道部分1812、1814置于一起时,内插入件1834示出为收纳在第一和第二管道部分1812、1814的拱形部分1862、1864内。更具体而言,内插入件1834的纵向边缘1838、1840由第一和第二管道部分1812、1814的拱形部分1862、1864支撑,并处于扁平管道1810的此后界定的窄侧1818、1820内,从而一旦在组装完成后对窄侧1818、1820提供加强。得到的两件式扁平管道1810由于延伸经过并超出窄侧1818、1820的叠置纵向咬边1844、1846而使得窄侧1818、1820具有双倍壁厚,并且还具有由内插入件1834的被嵌套的纵向边缘1838、1840的厚度所界定的额外厚度。例如,在一些情况下,两件式扁平管道1810包括第一和第二管道部分1812、1814,其共同界定了约0.20mm(0.007874英寸)的壁厚以帮助防止腐蚀或劣化,并/或提供了对碎屑冲击、压力和温度变换负荷的抵抗。Referring to FIG. 26 , which illustrates the manner in which the two-piece flat tubing 1810 can be assembled, the inner insert 1834 is shown received in the first and second tubing sections 1812, 1814 when the first and second tubing sections 1812, 1814 are brought together during assembly. Within the arcuate portions 1862 , 1864 of the second duct portions 1812 , 1814 . More specifically, the longitudinal edges 1838, 1840 of the inner insert 1834 are supported by the arcuate portions 1862, 1864 of the first and second duct sections 1812, 1814 and lie within narrow sides 1818, 1820 of the flattened duct 1810, which are hereafter defined , thereby providing reinforcement to the narrow sides 1818, 1820 once assembled. The resulting two-piece flat tubing 1810 has double wall thickness on the narrow sides 1818, 1820 due to overlapping longitudinal undercuts 1844, 1846 extending through and beyond the narrow sides 1818, 1820, and also has a The additional thickness is defined by the thickness of the nested longitudinal edges 1838, 1840. For example, in some cases, two-piece flat tubing 1810 includes first and second tubing sections 1812, 1814 that together define a wall thickness of about 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches) to help prevent corrosion or deterioration, and/or provide Provides resistance to debris impact, pressure and temperature shifting loads.

如以下更详细解释的,本文描述的热交换器管道和热交换器管道的其他部分可以使用大量制造技术和处理来制造,并可以包括防腐蚀特征,例如以下如图92-95所述和所示的那些制造处理和技术。本文涉及的许多制造处理和技术以及防腐蚀特征在应用于具有减小的材料厚度的热交换器管道和热交换器的部件时是特别有利的。此外,这些技术、处理和防腐蚀特征提供了与由这些材料制成的扁平管道和热交换器的总体性能相关的显著优点。As explained in more detail below, the heat exchanger tubes described herein and other portions of the heat exchanger tubes can be manufactured using a number of manufacturing techniques and processes, and can include anti-corrosion features, such as those described and described below in FIGS. 92-95 . those manufacturing processes and techniques shown. Many of the manufacturing processes and techniques and corrosion protection features referred to herein are particularly advantageous when applied to heat exchanger tubing and components of the heat exchanger having reduced material thickness. Furthermore, these technical, processing and anti-corrosion features provide significant advantages related to the overall performance of flat pipes and heat exchangers made from these materials.

在图25和26的实施例中图示的内插入件1834在扁平管道1810的宽度上具有许多波纹1852。这些波纹1852可以连接道第一和第二管道部分1812、1814的宽侧1822、1824的内部,以形成在扁平管道1810的纵向上延伸的流动通道1816。通过利用此布置,能够以具有成本效益的方式在扁平管道1810内界定流动通道1816。尽管内插入件1834的壁厚较小(其可以是与第一和第二管道部分1812、1814的上述壁厚相同或更小),形成在两件式扁平管道1810内的流动通道1816可以对扁平管道1810的内压提供提高的稳定性。The inner insert 1834 illustrated in the embodiment of FIGS. 25 and 26 has a number of corrugations 1852 across the width of the flat tube 1810 . These corrugations 1852 may connect inside the broad sides 1822 , 1824 of the first and second duct portions 1812 , 1814 to form flow channels 1816 extending in the longitudinal direction of the flattened duct 1810 . By utilizing this arrangement, a flow channel 1816 can be defined within the flat tube 1810 in a cost-effective manner. Although the inner insert 1834 has a smaller wall thickness (which may be the same as or less than the aforementioned wall thicknesses of the first and second conduit sections 1812, 1814), the flow channels 1816 formed in the two-piece flat conduit 1810 may be relatively The internal pressure of the flat tube 1810 provides increased stability.

流动通道1816的液力直径1816可以通过上述波纹1852的合适设计来确定。例如,在一些实施例中,考虑到两件式扁平管道1810的小直径d可以是约0.8mm(0.31496英寸)并且波纹1852的数量相对较大,流动通道1816的液力直径相对较小。The hydraulic diameter 1816 of the flow channel 1816 may be determined by suitable design of the corrugations 1852 as described above. For example, in some embodiments, the hydraulic diameter of flow channel 1816 is relatively small considering that the minor diameter d of two-piece flat tubing 1810 may be about 0.8 mm (0.31496 inches) and the number of corrugations 1852 is relatively large.

在一些实施例中,波纹1852中的至少一些被成型为具有垂直于或大体垂直于两件式扁平管道1810的宽侧1822、1824的一个波纹侧部,以及相对于宽侧1822、1824倾斜的相邻波纹侧部(例如,见如图25所示的中心波纹1852)。在其他实施例中,波纹1852中的至少一些被成型为每个都具有相对于宽侧1822、1824大体倾斜的两个波纹侧部(例如,见如图25所示的左波纹1852)。在其他实施例中,波纹1852的至少一部分被成型为具有垂直于或大体垂直于两件式扁平管道1810的宽侧1822、1824的两个波纹侧部。In some embodiments, at least some of the corrugations 1852 are formed to have one corrugation side perpendicular or generally perpendicular to the broad sides 1822, 1824 of the two-piece flat duct 1810, and an angled Adjacent corrugation sides (eg, see central corrugation 1852 as shown in FIG. 25). In other embodiments, at least some of the corrugations 1852 are shaped so that each has two corrugation sides that are generally inclined relative to the broad sides 1822, 1824 (see, eg, left corrugation 1852 as shown in FIG. 25). In other embodiments, at least a portion of the corrugations 1852 are formed with two corrugation sides perpendicular or generally perpendicular to the broad sides 1822 , 1824 of the two-piece flat duct 1810 .

这种实施例的示例在图33中示出,图33图示了除了插入件形状之外与图25和26的扁平管道大体相同的两件式扁平管道2210。类似于图25和26的实施例,如图33所示的插入件2234通过在窄侧2218、2220处衬在每个管道部分2212、2214的内表面的至少一部分处的插入件2234的纵向边缘2238、2240,来对窄侧2218、2220提供加强。在其他实施例中,插入件2234的纵向边缘2238、2240中的仅一者延伸成为相应的窄侧2218、2220。应该注意,如图33所示的两件式扁平管道可以具有本文结合图25和26的实施例所述的相同特征中的任一者。在其他实施例中,波纹1852中的至少一些可以界定曲线波形(例如,正弦波)或其中在两件式扁平管道1810的宽度上相同或不同的任何其他成型表面。An example of such an embodiment is shown in Figure 33, which illustrates a two-piece flat tube 2210 that is generally identical to that of Figures 25 and 26 except for the shape of the insert. Similar to the embodiment of FIGS. 25 and 26, the insert 2234 as shown in FIG. 2238, 2240 to provide reinforcement to the narrow sides 2218, 2220. In other embodiments, only one of the longitudinal edges 2238 , 2240 of the insert 2234 extends into the respective narrow side 2218 , 2220 . It should be noted that the two-piece flat duct as shown in FIG. 33 may have any of the same features described herein in connection with the embodiment of FIGS. 25 and 26 . In other embodiments, at least some of the corrugations 1852 may define a curvilinear waveform (eg, a sine wave) or any other contoured surface where the same or different across the width of the two-piece flat tubing 1810 .

在一些实施例中,插入件1834界定了在扁平管道1810的宽度上的许多具有相同形状和尺寸的流动通道1816。在其他实施例中,插入件1834可以成型为使得流动通道1816的形状和/或尺寸在两件式扁平管道1810的宽度上变化(例如,通过使用在两件式扁平管道1810的宽度上的不同位置处具有不同类型的波纹1852的插入件1834)。图25中示出了此示例,其中对于所示插入件1834使用上述两种类型的波纹。在其他实施例中,可以在两件式扁平管道1810的宽度上使用任意数量的不同波纹形状和尺寸。这种在宽度上的变化通过将扁平管道1810的不同部分用于不同的流动和/或环境条件(例如,通过相同扁平管道1810的不同区域的不同流体或流动方向,在扁平管道1810的宽度上的不同位置处的不同内或外流率、温度和/或压力等),可以提供优于传统扁平管道的显著优点。In some embodiments, insert 1834 defines a number of flow channels 1816 of the same shape and size across the width of flattened duct 1810 . In other embodiments, the insert 1834 can be shaped such that the shape and/or size of the flow channel 1816 varies across the width of the two-piece flat tube 1810 (eg, by using differences in the width of the two-piece flat tube 1810 ). Insert 1834 with a different type of corrugation 1852 at the location. An example of this is shown in Figure 25, where both types of corrugations described above are used for the insert 1834 shown. In other embodiments, any number of different corrugation shapes and sizes across the width of the two-piece flat tubing 1810 may be used. This variation in width is achieved by using different portions of the flat duct 1810 for different flow and/or environmental conditions (e.g., different fluid or flow directions through different regions of the same flat duct 1810, over the width of the flat duct 1810). Different internal or external flow rates, temperatures and/or pressures, etc. at different locations of the tubes, can provide significant advantages over traditional flat pipes.

如图25和26所示的内插入件1834由单片材料形成。但是,应该注意,在其他实施例中,内插入件1834可以替代地由多于一个部件形成(在此情况下,如图25和26所示的扁平管道组件可以包括四个或更多部件)。The inner insert 1834 as shown in Figures 25 and 26 is formed from a single piece of material. However, it should be noted that in other embodiments the inner insert 1834 may alternatively be formed from more than one piece (in which case the flat duct assembly as shown in FIGS. 25 and 26 may include four or more pieces) .

继续参考图25和26,至少一个窄侧1818、1820的厚度大体对应于两个宽侧1822、1824(并且,更具体而言,第一和第二部分1812、1814的纵向边缘)和插入件1834的厚度之和。例如,在一些实施例中,第一和第二部分1812、1814的叠置纵向边缘和插入件1834的结合厚度可以是约0.25mm(0.0098425英寸)或更小。应该注意,在一些情况下,第一和第二管道部分1812、1814和插入件1834的每个可以具有大体相同厚度(在上述厚度范围的任一范围内),例如其中使用相同的片材料来构造全部三个零件的情况。在这些情况下,窄侧1818、1820中的任一侧或两侧可以由大约是第一和第二管道部分1812、1814的任一者的材料厚度的三倍的厚度来界定(即,当如上所述,插入件1834的纵向边缘中的任一者或两者上的环1842被收纳在相应窄侧1818、1820内一增大其厚度时)。在一些实施例中,插入件1834的纵向边缘中的任一者或两者可以折叠于自身并接着设置有环1842或另外成型为至少部分地与窄侧1818、1820的内部相对于,从而在窄侧1818、1820处对第一和第二部分1812、1814的壁材料提供加强。可以制造任何数量的用于插入件1834的这种纵向边缘折叠以实现窄侧1818、1820的期望厚度、加强和稳定性。With continued reference to Figures 25 and 26, the thickness of at least one narrow side 1818, 1820 generally corresponds to the thickness of the two broad sides 1822, 1824 (and, more specifically, the longitudinal edges of the first and second portions 1812, 1814) and the insert The sum of the thicknesses of 1834. For example, in some embodiments, the combined thickness of the overlapping longitudinal edges of the first and second portions 1812, 1814 and the insert 1834 can be about 0.25 mm (0.0098425 inches) or less. It should be noted that in some cases, each of the first and second conduit portions 1812, 1814 and insert 1834 may have substantially the same thickness (within any of the thickness ranges described above), such as where the same sheet material is used to Construct the case of all three parts. In these cases, either or both of the narrow sides 1818, 1820 may be bounded by a thickness that is about three times the thickness of the material of either of the first and second conduit portions 1812, 1814 (i.e., when As noted above, the rings 1842 on either or both of the longitudinal edges of the insert 1834 are received within the respective narrow sides 1818, 1820 (when increasing their thickness). In some embodiments, either or both of the longitudinal edges of the insert 1834 may be folded over on itself and then provided with a loop 1842 or otherwise formed at least partially opposite the interior of the narrow sides 1818, 1820 so that the Reinforcement is provided to the wall material of the first and second portions 1812 , 1814 at the narrow sides 1818 , 1820 . Any number of such longitudinal edge folds for the insert 1834 can be made to achieve the desired thickness, reinforcement and stability of the narrow sides 1818 , 1820 .

在具有如上所述窄侧加强插入件1834的一些实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1812、1814每个都可以具有小于0.15mm(0.00591英寸)的厚度,并且插入件1834的厚度可以不大于约0.10mm(0.003937英寸),例如如下所述的扁平管道两件式扁平管道1810:其中第一和第二管道部分1812、1814每个都具有约0.12mm(0.0047224英寸)的厚度,并且其中插入件1834具有不大于约0.10mm(0.0039370英寸)的厚度。在一些实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1812、1814和插入件1834每个的厚度可以不小于约0.05mm(0.0019685英寸)并且不大于约0.15mm(0.0059055)以提供具有良好热传输和强度属性并相对具成本效益的热交换器。在其他实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1812、1814和插入件1834每个的厚度可以不小于约0.03mm(0.00118英寸)。In some embodiments having a narrow side stiffening insert 1834 as described above, the first and second duct portions 1812, 1814 may each have a thickness of less than 0.15 mm (0.00591 inches), and the thickness of the insert 1834 may not Greater than about 0.10 mm (0.003937 inches), such as a flat pipe two-piece flat pipe 1810 as follows: wherein the first and second pipe portions 1812, 1814 each have a thickness of about 0.12 mm (0.0047224 inches), and wherein Insert 1834 has a thickness of no greater than about 0.10 mm (0.0039370 inches). In some embodiments, the thickness of each of the first and second conduit portions 1812, 1814 and the insert 1834 may be no less than about 0.05 mm (0.0019685 inches) and no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) to provide a Strength properties and relatively cost-effective heat exchanger. In other embodiments, the thickness of each of the first and second conduit portions 1812, 1814 and insert 1834 may be no less than about 0.03 mm (0.00118 inches).

第一和第二部分1812、1914和插入件1834中的至少一者可以在其任一侧或两侧上具有硬钎焊材料,以允许所示管道组件的这些部件通过硬钎焊连接。仅作为示例,在图25和26的图示实施例中,扁平管道1810的第一和第二部分1812、1814和插入件1834由在至少一侧涂覆有硬钎焊材料的无末端材料带中可获取的铝或铝合金片。At least one of the first and second portions 1812, 1914 and insert 1834 may have a brazing material on either or both sides thereof to allow these components of the illustrated plumbing assembly to be joined by brazing. By way of example only, in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 25 and 26 , the first and second portions 1812, 1814 and the insert 1834 of the flat tube 1810 are formed from an endless strip of material coated on at least one side with a brazing material. Aluminum or aluminum alloy sheet available in .

如图25和26所示,图示实施例的两件式扁平管道1810界定了小直径d和大直径D。利用前述壁厚,本发明人已经发现,至少以约0.7mm(0.027559英寸)的小直径d在许多应用中(例如在散热器中)提供了良好的性能结果。此外,利用前述壁厚,本发明人已经发现,以不大于约1.5mm(0.059055英寸)的小直径d在许多应用中(例如在散热器中)提供了良好的性能结果。在进气冷却器和其他应用中,本发明人已经发现,小直径d可以大于约1cm(0.3937英寸)以提供良好的性能结果。虽然这种小直径尺度可以用于各种实施例,但是,可以使用以上针对本文所揭示的全部扁平管道实施例所述的小直径尺度中的任一者。至少部分地根据用于构造扁平管道1810的初始材料的宽度,如图25和26所示的两件式扁平管道1810的大直径D可以具有任意期望尺寸(包括以上针对本文所揭示的全部扁平管道实施例所述的那些)。As shown in Figures 25 and 26, the two-piece flat tubing 1810 of the illustrated embodiment defines a minor diameter d and a major diameter D. Using the aforementioned wall thicknesses, the inventors have found that a small diameter d of at least about 0.7 mm (0.027559 inches) provides good performance results in many applications, such as in heat sinks. Furthermore, utilizing the foregoing wall thicknesses, the inventors have found that a small diameter d of no greater than about 1.5 mm (0.059055 inches) provides good performance results in many applications, such as in heat sinks. In charge air coolers and other applications, the inventors have found that the minor diameter d can be greater than about 1 cm (0.3937 inches) to provide good performance results. While such a small diameter scale may be used in various embodiments, any of the small diameter scales described above for all of the flat tube embodiments disclosed herein may be used. Depending at least in part on the width of the starting material used to construct the flat tubing 1810, the major diameter D of the two-piece flat tubing 1810 shown in FIGS. those described in the examples).

如上所述,在一些实施例中,插入件1834的纵向边缘中的任一者或两者可以设置有任何数量的折叠,以实现期望厚度来用于第一和第二部分1812、1814在窄侧1818、1820处增强的加强和稳定性。图28和29中示出了这种实施例的示例。如图28和29所示的两件式扁平管道1910除了插入件形状之外与图25和26的扁平管道大体相同。As noted above, in some embodiments, either or both of the longitudinal edges of the insert 1834 may be provided with any number of folds to achieve a desired thickness for the first and second portions 1812, 1814 in narrow Enhanced reinforcement and stability at sides 1818, 1820. An example of such an embodiment is shown in FIGS. 28 and 29 . The two-piece flat tube 1910 shown in Figures 28 and 29 is generally the same as the flat tube of Figures 25 and 26 except for the shape of the insert.

图28图示了在较大拱形部分1968尚未完全制成的阶段,具有窄侧1918的扁平管道1910。换言之,第二管道部分1914的一个纵向边缘未绕已经成型的较小拱形部分1962(其由第一管道部分1912的相应纵向边缘形成)包围。第二管道部分1914的此纵向边缘绕较小弧形部分1962发生位移或移动以完成窄侧1918。结果,得到的纵向咬边1944延伸到一个宽侧1922中,而两个纵向咬边1946中的另一个延伸到另一个宽侧1924中。如先前实施例所述,这些纵向咬边1944、1946位于两件式扁平管道1910的窄侧1918、1920处。Figure 28 illustrates a flattened duct 1910 with a narrow side 1918 at a stage where the larger arcuate portion 1968 has not yet been fully fabricated. In other words, one longitudinal edge of the second duct portion 1914 does not wrap around the already formed smaller arcuate portion 1962 (which is formed by the corresponding longitudinal edge of the first duct portion 1912). This longitudinal edge of the second duct portion 1914 is displaced or shifted about the smaller arcuate portion 1962 to complete the narrow side 1918 . As a result, the resulting longitudinal undercut 1944 extends into one broadside 1922 , while the other of the two longitudinal undercuts 1946 extends into the other broadside 1924 . These longitudinal undercuts 1944 , 1946 are located at the narrow sides 1918 , 1920 of the two-piece flat duct 1910 as described in previous embodiments.

在图28和29的图示实施例中,插入件1934的纵向边缘1938、1940已经折叠了数次,如图29所最佳示出的。具有这些折叠1970的纵向边缘1938被收纳在两件式扁平管道1910的窄侧1918、1920内,并可以提供在窄侧1918、1920处提供对第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的叠置纵向边缘的显著加强。在其他实施例中,插入件1934的纵向边缘1938、1940中的仅一者具有这种折叠1970。In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 28 and 29 , the longitudinal edges 1938 , 1940 of the insert 1934 have been folded several times, as best shown in FIG. 29 . The longitudinal edge 1938 with these folds 1970 is received within the narrow sides 1918, 1920 of the two-piece flat duct 1910 and may provide for overlapping of the first and second duct sections 1912, 1914 at the narrow sides 1918, 1920. Significant reinforcement of longitudinal edges. In other embodiments, only one of the longitudinal edges 1938 , 1940 of the insert 1934 has such a fold 1970 .

纵向边缘1938、1940的折叠1970的数量可以至少部分地取决于扁平管道1910的尺度。仅作为示例,在一些实施例中,两件式扁平管道1910具有约1.0mm(0.03739英寸)的小直径d,第一和第二管道部分1912、1914每个具有约0.15mm(0.00595055英寸)的材料厚度,并且插入件1934的材料厚度是约0.05mm(0.0019685英寸),其中在插入件1934的每个纵向边缘1938、1940上产生约10个折叠。虽然这些多个折叠1970可以具有不同的长度,但是在一些实施例中,这些折叠的最大长度L是约1.0mm(0.03937英寸)。此外,这些多个折叠1970在一些实施例中可以沿着与两件式扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924平行或大体平行的方向延伸(见图28和29),并在其他实施例中沿着其他方向(例如,与宽侧1922、1924垂直)延伸。应该理解,第一和第二管道部分1912、1914以及插入件1934的壁厚可以基于两件式扁平管道1910的期望规格而不同,如同距离d和L那样。The number of folds 1970 of the longitudinal edges 1938 , 1940 may depend, at least in part, on the dimensions of the flat tube 1910 . By way of example only, in some embodiments, the two-piece flat tubing 1910 has a minor diameter d of about 1.0 mm (0.03739 inches), and the first and second tubing portions 1912, 1914 each have a diameter d of about 0.15 mm (0.00595055 inches). The material thickness, and the material thickness of the insert 1934 is about 0.05 mm (0.0019685 inches), with about 10 folds being created on each longitudinal edge 1938 , 1940 of the insert 1934 . Although the plurality of folds 1970 can have different lengths, in some embodiments, the maximum length L of the folds is about 1.0 mm (0.03937 inches). In addition, these plurality of folds 1970 may in some embodiments extend in a direction parallel or generally parallel to the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the two-piece flat duct 1910 (see FIGS. 28 and 29 ), and in other embodiments along Extend in other directions (eg, perpendicular to broadsides 1922, 1924). It should be understood that the wall thicknesses of the first and second duct sections 1912, 1914 and insert 1934 may vary based on the desired specifications of the two-piece flat duct 1910, as can the distances d and L.

应该注意,如图28和29所示的两件式扁平管道组件可以具有本文结合图25和26所述的任一相同特征。It should be noted that the two-piece flat duct assembly as shown in FIGS. 28 and 29 may have any of the same features described herein in connection with FIGS. 25 and 26 .

图27图示了根据本发明其他实施例的两件式扁平管道。此实施例采用与以上结合图25、26、28、29和33所述的扁平管道的实施例的许多相同结构并具有许多相同属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图25、26、28、29和33所述的扁平管道的实施例的不同之处。对于以下如图27所示和所述的两件式扁平管道的结构和特征的可选方案,以及与结构和特征相关的额外信息,可以对以上结合图25、26、28、29和33的描述进行参考。此后,如图27所示的与图25、26、28、29和33的实施例的结构和特征相对应的结构和特征被分配以1800系列的附图标记。Figure 27 illustrates a two-piece flat duct according to other embodiments of the invention. This embodiment employs many of the same structures and has many of the same attributes as the flat duct embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 25 , 26 , 28 , 29 and 33 . Therefore, the following description is mainly directed to the differences from the embodiments of flat ducts described above in connection with FIGS. 25 , 26 , 28 , 29 and 33 . For alternatives to the construction and features of the two-piece flat duct as shown and described below in FIG. description for reference. Thereafter, structures and features shown in FIG. 27 corresponding to structures and features of the embodiment of FIGS. 25 , 26 , 28 , 29 and 33 are assigned 1800 series reference numerals.

类似于结合图25和26所述的本发明的实施例,图27所示的管道组件具有第一和第二部分1812A、1814A以及插入件1834A。插入件1834A的相对纵向边缘1838A、1840A对第一和第二管道部分1812A、1814A的两对叠置纵向侧部的内表面提供了内衬,从而对扁平管道1810A的窄侧1818A、1820A进行加强。Similar to the embodiment of the invention described in connection with FIGS. 25 and 26, the tubing assembly shown in FIG. 27 has first and second portions 1812A, 1814A and an insert 1834A. The opposing longitudinal edges 1838A, 1840A of the insert 1834A line the inner surfaces of the two pairs of overlapping longitudinal sides of the first and second duct sections 1812A, 1814A, thereby reinforcing the narrow sides 1818A, 1820A of the flattened duct 1810A. .

如图27所示的两件式扁平管道1810A是将扁平管道1810A的第一和第二部分1812A、1814A接合的两个纵向咬边1844A、1846A延伸到扁平管道1810A的同一个宽侧1822A、1824A并在其上延伸的方式的示例。在图27的图示实施例中,两个纵向咬边1844A、1846A延伸到扁平管道1810A的第二宽侧1824A,并在第二宽侧1824A上延伸。可选地,纵向咬边1844A、1846A可以根据需要形成到第一宽侧1822A中。在图示实施例中,主要由第二管道部分1814A界定的第二宽侧1824A能够吸收在其相对纵向边缘处相对较松的公差(即,能够平衡公差)。但是,在一些实施例中,主要由第一管道部分1812A界定的第一宽侧1822A不具有相同的能力或相同程度的能力,这是因为其纵向边缘不能抵靠第二管道部分1814A的台阶部1858A、1860A或与其紧密相邻。The two-piece flat duct 1810A shown in FIG. 27 is that the two longitudinal undercuts 1844A, 1846A joining the first and second portions 1812A, 1814A of the flat duct 1810A extend to the same broadside 1822A, 1824A of the flat duct 1810A. And an example of the way to extend on it. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 27, two longitudinal undercuts 1844A, 1846A extend to and on the second broadside 1824A of the flattened tube 1810A. Optionally, longitudinal undercuts 1844A, 1846A may be formed into first broadside 1822A as desired. In the illustrated embodiment, the second broadside 1824A, primarily defined by the second duct portion 1814A, is capable of absorbing relatively loose tolerances at its opposing longitudinal edges (ie, capable of balancing tolerances). However, in some embodiments, the first broadside 1822A, which is primarily bounded by the first duct portion 1812A, does not have the same capacity, or the same degree of capacity, because its longitudinal edge cannot abut the stepped portion of the second duct portion 1814A. 1858A, 1860A or their immediate neighbors.

继续参考图27的图示实施例,纵向咬边1844A、1846A从各个窄侧1818A、1820A沿着朝向扁平管道1810A的中心的方向延伸。但是,每个纵向咬边1818A、1820A的主要部分(即,台阶部1858A、1860A)位于同一个宽侧1824A中,其中可以根据用于制造管道部分1812A、1814A的期望制造处理来确定每个台阶部1858A、1860A的直到窄侧1818A、1820A的末端边缘的横截面长度e。在图27的图示实施例中,当两件式扁平管道1810A结合在散热器中时,两件式扁平管道1810A的小直径d在约0.7-1.5mm(0.027559-0.059055英寸)的范围内,不过对于相同和不同的应用,也可以使用其他的小直径d,包括以上结合图25和26的实施例所述的直径d,以及以上结合本文所揭示的本发明的全部扁平管道的小直径和大直径所述的那些。例如,在其他构造中,扁平管道1810A的小直径d可以大于1.0cm(约0.39370英寸)。With continued reference to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 27 , longitudinal undercuts 1844A, 1846A extend from each narrow side 1818A, 1820A in a direction toward the center of the flattened duct 1810A. However, a substantial portion of each longitudinal undercut 1818A, 1820A (i.e., step portion 1858A, 1860A) is located in the same broadside 1824A, where each step may be determined according to the desired manufacturing process for manufacturing the duct portion 1812A, 1814A. The cross-sectional length e of the portion 1858A, 1860A up to the terminal edge of the narrow side 1818A, 1820A. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 27, the minor diameter d of the two-piece flat tube 1810A is in the range of about 0.7-1.5 mm (0.027559-0.059055 inches) when the two-piece flat tube 1810A is incorporated in a heat sink, However, other minor diameters d may be used for the same and different applications, including the diameter d described above in connection with the embodiment of FIGS. those described for the larger diameter. For example, in other configurations, the minor diameter d of the flattened duct 1810A may be greater than 1.0 cm (about 0.39370 inches).

对于本文所述的其他两件式扁平管道实施,构思了扁平管道1910的制造处理至少包括根据各个片材料的带来部分地形成两个管道部分1912、1914,以及接着如本文所述通过生产线将至少部分形成的带彼此接合。As with the other two-piece flat duct implementations described herein, it is contemplated that the fabrication process for the flat duct 1910 includes at least partially forming the two duct sections 1912, 1914 from strips of respective sheet material, and then The at least partially formed strips are joined to each other.

图30-32图示了根据本发明其他实施例的扁平管道的两个其他构造。这些实施例采用了与以上结合图25-29和33所述的扁平管道的实施例相同的大量结构并具有许多相同的属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图25-29和33所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与图30-32所示和以下所述的扁平管道的实施例的结构和特征以及与这些结构和特征相关的额外信息,应该对以上结合图25-29所进行的描述进行参考。此后,与图25-29和33的实施例的结构和特征相对应的如图30-31和32所示的实施例的结构和特征分别被分配以2000和2100系列的附图标记。30-32 illustrate two other configurations of flat tubes according to other embodiments of the invention. These embodiments employ much of the same structure and share many of the same attributes as the flat duct embodiments described above in connection with Figures 25-29 and 33. Accordingly, the following description is primarily directed to structures and features that differ from the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 25-29 and 33 . Reference should be made to the description above in connection with FIGS. 25-29 for, and additional information related to, the structures and features of the embodiments of the flat tubes shown in FIGS. 30-32 and described below. Thereafter, structure and features of the embodiment shown in Figures 30-31 and 32 corresponding to structure and features of the embodiment of Figures 25-29 and 33 are assigned reference numerals in the 2000 and 2100 series, respectively.

如图30和31所示的管道组件与如图27所示的管道组件除了插入件形状之外大体相同。具体而言,如图30和31所示的管道组件是插入件2034可以采用不同的形状以界定不同形状和尺寸的流动通道2016的方式的示例。例如,所示的内插入件2034包括具有与两件式扁平管道2010的宽侧2022、2024大体垂直的侧部的波纹2052。波纹侧部通过大体平坦的部分连接在一起,大体平坦的部分可以硬钎焊、焊接或以任何合适方式紧固到第一和第二管道部分2012、2014的宽侧2022、2024的内表面。这种页片或内插入件2034的特定构造通常称为平顶页片。The tubing assembly shown in Figures 30 and 31 is substantially the same as the tubing assembly shown in Figure 27 except for the shape of the insert. In particular, the tubing assembly shown in FIGS. 30 and 31 is an example of the manner in which the insert 2034 may take different shapes to define flow channels 2016 of different shapes and sizes. For example, the illustrated inner insert 2034 includes corrugations 2052 having sides that are generally perpendicular to the broad sides 2022 , 2024 of the two-piece flat tubing 2010 . The corrugated sides are joined together by generally planar portions which may be brazed, welded or secured in any suitable manner to the inner surfaces of the broad sides 2022, 2024 of the first and second duct sections 2012, 2014. This particular configuration of sheets or inserts 2034 is commonly referred to as a flat top sheet.

继续参考图30和31,内插入件2034的纵向边缘2038、2042成型为每个都包括台阶部2072和大体容纳在两件式扁平管道2010的窄侧2018、2020内并对窄侧2018、2020进行加强的连接拱形2074。在其他实施例中,纵向边缘2038、2042的仅一个设置有这些特征。With continued reference to FIGS. 30 and 31 , the longitudinal edges 2038 , 2042 of the inner insert 2034 are shaped to each include a step 2072 and to be received generally within and against the narrow sides 2018 , 2020 of the two-piece flat duct 2010 . Connecting arch 2074 for reinforcement. In other embodiments, only one of the longitudinal edges 2038, 2042 is provided with these features.

在本文所述的插入件实施例的任一者中,插入件可以设置有增大或维持至少部分地由这些插入件界定的流动通道内的紊流。图32A和32B中示出了这些特征的示例。在此实施例中,在所示插入件2134中的波纹2152的侧部和平坦部分包括被定位为增大或维持流动通道2116内的流动紊流的翼片2176(图32A中未示出)。翼片2176能够以任意有图案或无图案的方式沿着扁平管道2110的长度间隔地布置或分布,并能够位于波纹2152的任意特征或特征组合中。此外,应该注意,翼片2176可以包括除了如图32A和32B所示的那些之外的形状。In any of the insert embodiments described herein, the inserts may be configured to increase or maintain turbulence within the flow channels at least partially defined by the inserts. Examples of these features are shown in Figures 32A and 32B. In this embodiment, the sides and flat portions of the corrugations 2152 in the illustrated insert 2134 include fins 2176 (not shown in FIG. 32A ) positioned to increase or maintain flow turbulence within the flow channel 2116 . The fins 2176 can be spaced or distributed along the length of the flat tube 2110 in any patterned or unpatterned manner and can be located in any feature or combination of features of the corrugations 2152 . In addition, it should be noted that the fins 2176 may comprise shapes other than those shown in Figures 32A and 32B.

图32A和32B所示的扁平管道组件还提供了在本文实施例的任一者中的插入件纵向边缘中的任一者或两者不一定被收纳或以其他方式位于第一和第二管道部分的叠置纵向边缘内并且不一定是扁平管道的窄侧的一部分或延伸到扁平管道的窄侧的方式的示例。作为示例,在如图32A和32B所示的特定构造中,内插入件2134包括在窄侧2120之前终止的至少一个纵向边缘2140。或者,纵向边缘2140与宽侧2124之一相邻。插入件2124的其他构造可以包括纵向边缘2138、2140中的任一者或两者与扁平管道2110的另一个宽侧2124相邻,辊压的纵向边缘2138、2140中的任一者或两者不在扁平管道2110的相应窄侧2118、2120内或嵌套在其中等。The flat duct assembly shown in Figures 32A and 32B also provides that either or both of the longitudinal edges of the insert in any of the embodiments herein need not be received or otherwise located in the first and second ducts. An example of the manner in which parts of the overlapping longitudinal edges are within and not necessarily part of or extend to the narrow side of the flat tube. As an example, in a particular configuration as shown in FIGS. 32A and 32B , inner insert 2134 includes at least one longitudinal edge 2140 that terminates forward of narrow side 2120 . Alternatively, longitudinal edge 2140 is adjacent to one of broad sides 2124 . Other configurations of the insert 2124 may include either or both of the longitudinal edges 2138, 2140 adjacent the other broad side 2124 of the flattened duct 2110, either or both of the rolled longitudinal edges 2138, 2140 Not within or nested within the respective narrow sides 2118, 2120 of the flat tube 2110, etc.

图34图示了根据本发明其他实施例的扁平管道的十个构造。这些实施例采用了与以上结合图25-33所述的扁平管道的实施例相同的大量结构并具有许多相同的属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图25-33所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与图34所示和以下所述的扁平管道的实施例的结构和特征以及与这些结构和特征相关的额外信息,应该对以上结合图25-33所进行的描述进行参考。此后,与图25-33的实施例的结构和特征相对应的如图34所示的实施例的结构和特征被分配以2300系列的附图标记。Figure 34 illustrates ten configurations of flat tubes according to other embodiments of the invention. These embodiments employ much of the same structure and share many of the same attributes as the flat tube embodiments described above in connection with Figures 25-33. Accordingly, the following description is primarily directed to structures and features that differ from the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 25-33 . For the structure and features of the embodiment of the flat tube shown in Figure 34 and described below and for additional information relating to these structures and features, reference should be made to the description above in connection with Figures 25-33. Thereafter, structures and features of the embodiment shown in FIG. 34 that correspond to structures and features of the embodiment of FIGS. 25-33 are assigned 2300 series reference numerals.

如以上结合图25和26所述,能够由第一和/或第二管道部分在窄侧处(即,在这些部分的纵向边缘处)的一个或多个折叠来提供扁平管道的第一和/或第二窄侧的进一步加强。通常,使第一和/或第二管道部分的纵向边缘折叠可以增大扁平管道的强度和扁平管道对损伤的抵抗。此特征可以用于结合图25-33所述的实施例的任一者中。具有纵向折叠边缘的扁平管道的示例在图34中示出,其中界定了大体矩形的流动通道并且不延伸或折叠到管道窄侧内的插入件仅作为示例示出。本文所述的其他类型的插入件(或根本不具有插入件)或纵向插入件构造和位置中的任一者可以根据需要来替代地应用。As described above in connection with FIGS. 25 and 26 , the first and/or second folds of the flat duct can be provided by one or more folds of the first and/or second duct sections at the narrow sides, ie at the longitudinal edges of these sections. / or further reinforcement of the second narrow side. In general, folding the longitudinal edges of the first and/or second pipe section increases the strength of the flat pipe and the resistance of the flat pipe to damage. This feature can be used in any of the embodiments described in connection with Figures 25-33. An example of a flat tube with longitudinally folded edges is shown in Figure 34, where an insert defining a generally rectangular flow channel and not extending or folding into the narrow side of the tube is shown as an example only. Any of the other types of inserts (or no insert at all) or longitudinal insert configurations and positions described herein may be used instead as desired.

如图34所示的扁平管道2310、2410、2510、2610、2710、2810、2910、3010、3110、3210每个包括具有折叠2330、2430、2530、2630、2730、2830、2930、3030、3130、3230的第一和第二管道部分2312、2412、2512、2612、2712、2812、2912、3012、3112、3212和2314、2414、2514、2614、2714、2814、2914、3014、3114、3214中至少一者的至少一个纵向边缘。如图34所示的构造每个都包括具有至少个折叠2930、3030、3130、3230的被包围边缘2380、2382...3280、3282(即,至少部分地由另一个管道部分2312、2314...3212、3214的纵向边缘2378、2384围绕的纵向边缘2380、2382...3280、3282)。图34所示的构造中的一些示出了具有至少一个折叠2930,3030,3130,3230的包围边缘2978、2984、3078、3074、3178、、3174、3278、3274(即,至少部分包围其他管道部分2912,2914,3012,3014,3112,3114,3212,3214的纵向边缘2980,2982,3080,3082,3180,3182,3280,3282的纵向边缘2978,2984,3078,3074,3178,3174,3278,3274)。虽然如图34所示的每个两件式扁平管道的相对窄端采用相同的折叠构造,但是在其他实施例(具有或不具有插入件)中,两个窄端中的仅一个具有这种构造,在此情况下,另一个窄端可以具有本文所述的任意其他折叠构造或者根本不具有纵向折叠管道边缘部分。在其他实施例中,两件式扁平管道(具有或不具有插入件)的窄端中的至少一者的纵向边缘每个都具有至少一个折叠。The flat ducts 2310, 2410, 2510, 2610, 2710, 2810, 2910, 3010, 3110, 3210 shown in FIG. At least at least one longitudinal edge of one. The configurations shown in FIG. 34 each include a bounded edge 2380, 2382 . The longitudinal edges 2380, 2382 ... 3280, 3282 surrounded by the longitudinal edges 2378, 2384 of .. 3212, 3214). Some of the configurations shown in Figure 34 show surrounding edges 2978, 2984, 3078, 3074, 3178, 3174, 3278, 3274 with at least one fold 2930, 3030, 3130, 3230 (i.e., at least partially surrounding other conduits longitudinal edges 2980, 2982, 3080, 3082, 3180, 3182, 3280, 3282 longitudinal edges 2978, 2984, 3078, 3074, 3178, 3174, 3278 , 3274). While the opposite narrow ends of each two-piece flat tube as shown in Figure 34 adopt the same folded configuration, in other embodiments (with or without inserts), only one of the two narrow ends has this configuration, in which case the other narrow end may have any of the other folded configurations described herein or have no longitudinally folded duct edge portion at all. In other embodiments, the longitudinal edges of at least one of the narrow ends of the two-piece flat tubing (with or without the insert) each have at least one fold.

在一些实施例中,如图34所示的扁平管道中的任一者的窄端中的一个可以具有如本文所述和/或所示的纵向折叠边缘构造中的任一者,而另一个窄端可以具有以上结合如图1-24所示的实施例(具有或不具有插入件)中任一者所述或所示的折叠构造中的任一者。在这种情况下,另一个窄端可以由如以上结合图流动通道16-22的一件式管道实施例详细所述的连续材料片来界定,从而形成一件式管道。In some embodiments, one of the narrow ends of any of the flat tubes shown in FIG. 34 may have any of the longitudinally folded edge configurations as described and/or illustrated herein, while the other The narrow end may have any of the folded configurations described or shown above in connection with any of the embodiments shown in Figures 1-24 (with or without an insert). In such a case, the other narrow end may be bounded by a continuous sheet of material as described in detail above in connection with the one-piece conduit embodiment of Figures 16-22 of the flow channels, thereby forming the one-piece conduit.

本文所述的第一和第二管道部分的纵向折叠构造与能够在一些实施例种采用的材料的相对小厚度(如上所述)的结合能够产生具有显著减小的重量而不会在强度和稳定性方面折衷的扁平管道。The combination of the longitudinally folded configuration of the first and second duct sections described herein with the relatively small thickness of material (as described above) that can be employed in some embodiments can result in a Flat pipe with a compromise in stability.

为了方便描述,如图34所示的扁平管道2310...3210的构造针对第一和第二部分2312、2314...3212、3214的方位方面包括与如图25和26所示的扁平管道1810相似的构造,并且分类为三组:B、C和D。组B、C和D每个都示出了扁平管道2310...3210的可选特性。如上所述,应该理解的是,如图34所示的特征也可应用于本文所述和/或所示的两件式和一件式扁平管道的其他构造,并可以在具有或不具有插入件的情况下使用。组B和C的扁平管道2310、2410、2510、2610、2710、2810每个分别包括第一和第二管道部分2312、2314、2412、2414、2512、2514、2612、2614、2712、2714、2812、2814的非折叠包围边缘2378、2384、2478、2484、2578、2584、2678、2684、2778、2784、2878、2884。更具体而言,包围边缘2378、2384、2478、2484、2578、2584、2678、2684、2778、2784、2878、2884至少部分地包围具有至少一个折叠2330、2430、2530、2630、2730、2830的被包围边缘2382、2380、2482、2480、2582、2580、2682、2680、2782、2780、2882、2880。被包围边缘2382、2380、2482、2480、2582、2580、2682、2680、2782、2780、2882、2880的折叠2330、2430、2530、2630、2730、2830可以大体平行于宽侧2322、2324、2422、2424、2522、2524、2622、2624、2722、2724、2822、2824(例如,组B和C)。此外,折叠2330、2430、2530可以包括平行于被包围边缘2378、2384、2478、2484、2578、2584的部分(例如,组B)。For ease of description, the configuration of the flat ducts 2310...3210 shown in FIG. 34 includes the same configuration as the flat ducts shown in FIGS. 1810 are of similar construction and are classified into three groups: B, C and D. Groups B, C and D each show optional features of the flat tubes 2310...3210. As noted above, it should be understood that the features shown in FIG. 34 are also applicable to other configurations of two-piece and one-piece flat ducts described and/or illustrated herein, and may be used with or without inserts. used in the case of The flat tubes 2310, 2410, 2510, 2610, 2710, 2810 of groups B and C each include first and second tube sections 2312, 2314, 2412, 2414, 2512, 2514, 2612, 2614, 2712, 2714, 2812, respectively , 2814 non-folded surrounding edges 2378, 2384, 2478, 2484, 2578, 2584, 2678, 2684, 2778, 2784, 2878, 2884. More specifically, surrounding edges 2378, 2384, 2478, 2484, 2578, 2584, 2678, 2684, 2778, 2784, 2878, 2884 at least partially surround the Surrounded edges 2382, 2380, 2482, 2480, 2582, 2580, 2682, 2680, 2782, 2780, 2882, 2880. The folds 2330, 2430, 2530, 2630, 2730, 2830 of the bounded edges 2382, 2380, 2482, 2480, 2582, 2580, 2682, 2680, 2782, 2780, 2882, 2880 may be generally parallel to the broadsides 2322, 2324, 2422 , 2424, 2522, 2524, 2622, 2624, 2722, 2724, 2822, 2824 (eg, groups B and C). Additionally, folds 2330, 2430, 2530 may include portions parallel to enclosed edges 2378, 2384, 2478, 2484, 2578, 2584 (eg, set B).

组D的扁平管道2910、3010、3110包括窄侧2918、2920、3018、3020、3118、3120,其中第一者第二管道部分2912、2914、3012、3014、3112、3114的包围边缘2978、2984、3078、3084、3178、3184和被包围边缘2982、2980、3082、3080、3182、3180两者都具有折叠2930、3030、3130。结果,相对于组B和C中的扁平管道2310、2410、2510、2610、2710、2810的窄侧2318、2320、2418、2420、2518、2520、2618、2620、2718、2720、2818、2820,窄侧2918、2920、3018、3020、3118、3120的稳定性得到增强。此外,组D中的扁平管道2910、3010、3110每个的被包围和包围边缘2982、2980、3082、3080、3182、3180和2978、2984、3078、3084、3178、3184界定了仅一个折叠2930、3030、3130(不过在其他实施例中可以具有更多折叠),而组B和C的扁平管道2310、2410、2510、2610、2710、2810、的被包围边缘2382、2380、2482、2480、2582、2580、2682、2680、2782、2780、2882、2880界定超过一个折叠2330、2430、2530、2630、2730、2830。此外,对于组D的扁平管道2910、3010、3110,每个包围边缘2978、2984、3078、3084、3178、3184的一个折叠2910、3010、3110大体平行于扁平管道2910、3010、3110的最外侧部分,并且每个被包围边缘2982、2980、3082、3080、3182、3180的折叠2930、3030、3130的一部分大体平行于扁平管道2910、3010、3110的宽侧2922、2924、3022、3024、3122、3124。The flat ducts 2910, 3010, 3110 of group D include narrow sides 2918, 2920, 3018, 3020, 3118, 3120, wherein the surrounding edges 2978, 2984 of the first and second duct sections 2912, 2914, 3012, 3014, 3112, 3114 , 3078, 3084, 3178, 3184 and enclosed edges 2982, 2980, 3082, 3080, 3182, 3180 both have folds 2930, 3030, 3130. As a result, relative to the narrow sides 2318, 2320, 2418, 2420, 2518, 2520, 2618, 2620, 2718, 2720, 2818, 2820 of the flat ducts 2310, 2410, 2510, 2610, 2710, 2810 in groups B and C, The stability of the narrow sides 2918, 2920, 3018, 3020, 3118, 3120 is enhanced. Furthermore, the enclosed and enclosed edges 2982, 2980, 3082, 3080, 3182, 3180 and 2978, 2984, 3078, 3084, 3178, 3184 of each of the flat tubes 2910, 3010, 3110 in set D define only one fold 2930 , 3030, 3130 (though in other embodiments may have more folds), while the surrounded edges 2382, 2380, 2482, 2480, 2582, 2580, 2682, 2680, 2782, 2780, 2882, 2880 define more than one fold 2330, 2430, 2530, 2630, 2730, 2830. Furthermore, for the flat tubes 2910, 3010, 3110 of group D, one fold 2910, 3010, 3110 of each surrounding edge 2978, 2984, 3078, 3084, 3178, 3184 is generally parallel to the outermost side of the flat tubes 2910, 3010, 3110 and a portion of each fold 2930, 3030, 3130 surrounded by edges 2982, 2980, 3082, 3080, 3182, 3180 is generally parallel to the broadside 2922, 2924, 3022, 3024, 3122 of the flattened duct 2910, 3010, 3110 , 3124.

继续参考如图34所示的各种扁平管道实施例,应该理解,在包围和被包围边缘2382、2380...3282、3280和2378、2384...3278、3284处折叠2330...3230的数量,以及折叠2330...3230的设计或形状可以根据期望的参数组来调节。此外,虽然如图34所示的扁平管道实施例的内插入件2334、3234并不用于对窄侧2318、2320、...3218、3220进行加强,但是在其他实施例中,插入件2334、3234的纵向边缘2338、2340...3238、3240中的任一者或两者都与第一和第二管道部分2312、2314...3212、3214的纵向边缘2382、2380...3282、3280和2378、2384...3278、3284折叠在一起和折叠在其内。扁平管道的其他构造可以包括如上所述对于一件式的纵向边缘形成折叠。Continuing with reference to the various flat duct embodiments shown in FIG. 34 , it should be understood that the folds 2330 . . . The number, as well as the design or shape of the folds 2330...3230 can be adjusted according to a desired set of parameters. Additionally, while the inner inserts 2334, 3234 of the flat duct embodiment shown in FIG. 34 are not used to reinforce the narrow sides 2318, 2320, . Either or both of the longitudinal edges 2338, 2340...3238, 3240 of 3234 are in contact with the longitudinal edges 2382, 2380...3282, 2382, 3282, 3280 and 2378, 2384...3278, 3284 are folded together and within. Other configurations of the flat duct may include forming the folds for the one-piece longitudinal edges as described above.

在结合图25-34所述的两件式扁平管道实施例的任一者中,构思了在扁平管道1710...3210的制造处理期间,可以对于不同的管道1710...3210调节纵向咬边1744、1746...3244、3246或台阶部1716...3216的宽度。结果,可以对宽侧1722、1724...3222、3224的突然厚度改变进行补偿、减小或甚至避免。为了图示,可以观察到如图31和32B所示的距离e(表示从纵向边缘2156、2256末端到相应管道窄侧2120、2220的末端的距离)在图31的实施例中显著大于其在图32A和32B的实施例中的情况。此距离e可以根据需要在任意实施例中改变。In any of the two-piece flat tube embodiments described in connection with FIGS. 25-34 , it is contemplated that the longitudinal bite can be adjusted for different tubes 1710 . . . The width of the sides 1744, 1746...3244, 3246 or the steps 1716...3216. As a result, sudden thickness changes of the broadsides 1722, 1724...3222, 3224 can be compensated for, reduced or even avoided. To illustrate, it can be observed that the distance e (representing the distance from the end of the longitudinal edge 2156, 2256 to the end of the corresponding narrow side of the pipe 2120, 2220) as shown in Figures 31 and 32B is significantly greater in the embodiment of Figure 31 than it is in the embodiment of Figure 31 Situation in the embodiment of Figures 32A and 32B. This distance e can vary in any embodiment as desired.

图35-45图示了根据本发明各个实施例的数个扁平管道,其任一个都可以用于本文所述和/或所示的任一扁平管道实施例中。在许多实施例中,可以将插入件描述为具有沿着扁平管道至少部分地界定了流动通道的许多峰和谷。35-45 illustrate several flat tubes according to various embodiments of the present invention, any of which may be used in any of the flat tube embodiments described and/or shown herein. In many embodiments, an insert may be described as having a number of peaks and valleys that at least partially define a flow channel along the flattened conduit.

如图35-45所示的扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610每个都包括内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634,其具有通常界定在插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的峰3388、3488、3588、3688和/或谷3390、3490、3590、3690中的长开口3386、3486、3586、3686。长开口3386、3486、3586、3686沿着插入件3334、3434、3534、3634在大体纵向上(即,在沿着扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的内侧、插入件3334、3434、3534、3634将安装所沿的大体纵向延伸的方向)延伸。在扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的一些构造中,长开口3386、3486、3586、3686可以由桥部3392、3492、3592、3692中断。桥部3392、3492、3592、3692可以定向为大体平行于扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的宽侧3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614,并能够以沿着插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的纵向的任意期望的规则或不规则的间隔隔开。The flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 shown in FIGS. 35-45 each include an inner insert 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 having a peak 3388, 3488, 3588, 3688 and/or elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 in valleys 3390, 3490, 3590, 3690. The elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 are generally longitudinal along the inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 (i.e., along the inside of the flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610, inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 will be mounted in a generally longitudinally extending direction). In some configurations of the flattened ducts 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610, the elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 may be interrupted by bridges 3392, 3492, 3592, 3692. The bridges 3392, 3492, 3592, 3692 can be oriented generally parallel to the broad sides 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 of the flattened ducts 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 and can be positioned along the length of the insert. 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 at any desired regular or irregular intervals in the longitudinal direction.

通过如上所述在插入件3334、3434、3534、3634中设置长开口3386、3486、3586、3686,插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的重量(因此配备有包含这种插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的热交换器的重量)可以相比不包含这种长开口3386、3486、3586、3686的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634而显著减小。基于内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的设计,与相似尺寸的连续波纹内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634相比,包含长开口3386、3486、3586、3686的内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的重量可以减小高达50%。By providing elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 in inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 as described above, the weight of inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 (thus equipped with 3534, 3634 flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 heat exchanger weight) can be significantly reduced compared to inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 that do not include such elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 . Based on the design of inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634, inner inserts 3334, 3434 comprising elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 compared to similarly sized continuously corrugated inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 , 3534, 3634 weight can be reduced by up to 50%.

在一些实施例中,通过切割材料片(例如,无末端或离散长度的铝、铝合金、铜、黄铜或其他金属,或者其他材料),并将所切割片的一部分弯曲离开相对于初始片的平面,来制造以上如图35-45所述和所示的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634。例如,在如图35-45所示的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的构造中,内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634可以由约0.03mm(0.0011811英寸)的相对较薄的片金属厚度制造。弯曲部分可以包括长狭缝,通过将与狭缝相邻的片材料弯曲离开相对于初始片的平面来使得狭缝开口。可以在离开初始片的平面的两个方向上,或者在离开该平面的仅一个方向上进行这些弯曲,从而制造具有不同形状的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634。可以进行不同的切割来帮助此弯曲,例如与刚刚所述的长狭缝垂直并连接的狭缝。在一些实施例中,如图35-45的实施例所示,例如弯曲部分包括拱形边缘3394、3494、3594、3694。在一些实施例中,在材料片和得到的长开口3386、3486、3586、3686和桥部3392、3492、3592、3692界定双T形状。In some embodiments, by cutting a sheet of material (e.g., endless or discrete lengths of aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, brass or other metal, or other material) and bending a portion of the cut sheet away from the original sheet plane to make inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 as described and shown above in FIGS. 35-45. For example, in the configuration of inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 as shown in FIGS. Manufactured in thickness. The curved portion may comprise an elongated slit which is opened by bending the sheet material adjacent to the slit out of plane relative to the original sheet. These bends can be made in two directions out of the plane of the initial sheet, or in only one direction out of the plane, to make inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 of different shapes. Different cuts can be made to aid in this bending, such as a slit perpendicular to and connected to the long slit just described. In some embodiments, as shown in the embodiment of FIGS. 35-45 , for example, the curved portion includes arcuate edges 3394 , 3494 , 3594 , 3694 . In some embodiments, the sheet of material and the resulting elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 and bridges 3392, 3492, 3592, 3692 define a double T shape.

本发明人已经发现,可以在包括如图35-45所示的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的扁平管道内实现期望的内压稳定。更具体而言,如图35-45所示的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的硬钎焊表面(由拱形边缘3394、3494、3594、3694的上部界定)足够大以提供插入件3334、3434、3534、3634与扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的宽侧3322、3324、3422、3424、3522、3524的较强接合。也可以通过将拱形边缘3394、3494、3594、3694硬钎焊到扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的相应宽侧3322、3324、3422、3424、3522、3524、3622、3624来将拱形边缘3394、3494、3594、3694的侧部的侧部连接在一起。这种页片或内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的构造通常称为平顶页片。The present inventors have discovered that the desired internal pressure stabilization can be achieved within a flat tube comprising inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 as shown in Figures 35-45. More specifically, the brazing surfaces of inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 as shown in FIGS. . The arched edges 3394, 3494, 3594, 3694 can also be brazed to the corresponding broad sides 3322, 3324, 3422, 3424, 3522, 3524, 3622, 3624 of the flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610. The sides of the sides of the edges 3394, 3494, 3594, 3694 are joined together. This configuration of sheets or inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 is commonly referred to as a flat top sheet.

以上结合如图35-45所示的扁平管道所述以及在本文别处所述的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的使用提供了良好的结果。例如,刚刚所述的接合向由具有前述尺度的相对较薄的片材料构造的本发明的那些扁平管道提供了进一步的强度。还发现了与当使用这些内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634时经历的压力损失相关的优点。此外,如上所述具有长开口3386、3486、3586、3686和桥部3392、3492、3592、3692的内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634可以帮助防止扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的第一和第二部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614被容易地横向偏移离开彼此。例如,此结构可以帮助防止在执行以产生成品扁平管道组件的制造处理期间,第一和第二管道部分3312、3412、3512、3612相对于另一个管道部分3314、3414、3514、3614沿着扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的纵向偏移。一个原因在于上述具有长开口3386、3486、3586、3686的缝3388、3488、3588、3688和谷3390、3490、3590、3690可以施加从扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的内侧到宽侧3322、3324、3422、3424、3522、3524、3622、3624的弹性力,从而将宽侧3322、3324、3422、3424、3522、3524、3622、3624至于张力情况狭以防止或减小这种偏移。The use of the inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 described above in connection with the flat tubing shown in Figures 35-45 and elsewhere herein provided good results. For example, the joining just described provides further strength to those flat tubes of the present invention constructed from relatively thin sheet materials having the aforementioned dimensions. Advantages related to the pressure loss experienced when using these inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 were also found. In addition, inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 having elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 and bridges 3392, 3492, 3592, 3692 as described above can help prevent the collapse of the flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610. The first and second portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 are easily laterally offset away from each other. For example, this configuration can help prevent the first and second duct sections 3312, 3412, 3512, 3612 from being flattened relative to the other duct section 3314, 3414, 3514, 3614 during the manufacturing process performed to produce the finished flat duct assembly. Longitudinal offset of conduits 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610. One reason is that the aforementioned slots 3388, 3488, 3588, 3688 and valleys 3390, 3490, 3590, 3690 with long openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686 can apply the . .

在如图35-45所示的实施例的每个中,插入件3334、3434、3534、3634收纳在两件式扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610(其中将扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的两个部分连接的纵向咬边3344、3346、3444、3446、3544、3546、3644、3646延伸到并至少部分地位于不同部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614)内。在每个实施例中,两个部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614大体彼此相同。但是,在其他实施例中,插入件3334、3434、3534、3634可以用于本文所述本发明的其他一件式或两件式扁平管道的任一者中。例如,两个部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614可以被布置为使得一个纵向咬边3344、3444、3544、3644位于一个宽侧3324、3424、3524、3624中,而另一个纵向咬边3346、3446、3546、3646位于扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的另一个宽侧中,例如图25和26所示的本发明的实施例中那样。在这些实施例中,两个部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614中每一者的一个纵向边缘3354、3356、3454、3456、3554、3556、3654、3656在扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610内大体自由地延伸。结果,两个部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614可以如前结合图25和26的图示实施例所述的那样在其宽度方面具有相对更大的公差。在其他实施例中,两个纵向咬边3344、3346、3444、3446、3544、3546、3644、3646都定位为延伸到同一宽侧3322、3422、3522、3622或3324、3424、3524、3624中,例如图27所示的本发明的实施例那样。In each of the embodiments shown in Figures 35-45, inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 are received in two-piece flat tubing 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 (wherein the flat tubing 3310, 3410, 3510, Longitudinal undercuts 3344, 3346, 3444, 3446, 3544, 3546, 3644, 3646 of two portions of 3610 connecting to and at least partially located in different portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614) Inside. In each embodiment, the two portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 are substantially identical to each other. However, in other embodiments, inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 may be used in any of the other one-piece or two-piece flat tubing of the invention described herein. For example, two sections 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 may be arranged such that one longitudinal undercut 3344, 3444, 3544, 3644 is located in one broadside 3324, 3424, 3524, 3624, while Another longitudinal undercut 3346, 3446, 3546, 3646 is located in the other broad side of the flattened duct 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610, such as in the embodiment of the invention shown in FIGS. 25 and 26 . In these embodiments, one longitudinal edge 3354, 3356, 3454, 3456, 3554, 3556, 3654, 3656 of each of the two sections 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 is in the 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 extend generally freely within. As a result, the two portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 may have relatively greater tolerances in their widths as previously described in connection with the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 25 and 26 . In other embodiments, both longitudinal undercuts 3344, 3346, 3444, 3446, 3544, 3546, 3644, 3646 are positioned to extend into the same broadside 3322, 3422, 3522, 3622 or 3324, 3424, 3524, 3624 , such as the embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 27 .

在一些实施例中,插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的纵向边缘3338、3340、3448、3440、3548、3540、3648、3640中的任一者或两者可以延伸到相应的窄侧3318、3320、3418、3420、2518、3520、3618、3620中,并可以成型为根据以上结合图25-34的图示实施例所述的任意方式对窄侧3318、3320、3418、3420、2518、3520、3618、3620的内部的至少一部分提供内衬。例如,纵向边缘3338、3340、3448、3440、3548、3540、3648、3640中的任一者或两者可以包括台阶部3472、3476(例如见图39-42和45的实施例)和/或拱形边缘3374、3474、3574、3674以对窄侧3318、3320、3418、3420、2518、3520、3618、3620中的任一者或两者提供加强。In some embodiments, either or both of the longitudinal edges 3338, 3340, 3448, 3440, 3548, 3540, 3648, 3640 of the inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 may extend to the respective narrow side 3318, 3320, 3418, 3420, 2518, 3520, 3618, 3620, and may be shaped to align narrow sides 3318, 3320, 3418, 3420, 2518, 3520 in any of the ways described above in connection with the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 25-34. , 3618, 3620 at least a portion of the interior provides a liner. For example, either or both of the longitudinal edges 3338, 3340, 3448, 3440, 3548, 3540, 3648, 3640 may include steps 3472, 3476 (see, for example, the embodiments of FIGS. 39-42 and 45) and/or The edges 3374, 3474, 3574, 3674 are arched to provide reinforcement to either or both of the narrow sides 3318, 3320, 3418, 3420, 2518, 3520, 3618, 3620.

插入件3334、3434、3534、3634与扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610之间的这种关系可以提供如前所述显著的强度和稳定性优点。在这些实施例中,被加强的窄侧3318、3320、3418、3420、2518、3520、3618、3620的厚度对应于第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614的厚度以及插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的厚度的和。在具有这种关系的一些实施例中,第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614每个都可以具有不大于约0.15mm(0.00591英寸)的厚度。此外,第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614每个可以具有不大于约0.10mm(0.003937英寸)的厚度。并且或可选地,在这些实施例中,插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的厚度不大于约0.10mm(0.003937英寸)。例如,扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610可以具有每个的厚度为约0.12mm(0.0047224英寸)的第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614,并且其中插入件3334、3434、3534、3634具有不大于约0.10mm(0.003937英寸)的厚度。在其他实施例中,第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614以及插入件3334、3434、3534、3634每一者的厚度不大约约0.15mm(0.0059055英寸)以提供具有良好热传输和强度属性的相对成本效益的热交换器。此外,在一些实施例中,第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614和/或插入件3334、3434、3534、3634每一者的厚度不小于约0.03mm(0.0011811英寸)。在其他实施例中,插入件3334、3434、3534、3634可以具有以上结合图25-34的图示实施例所述的插入件厚度中的任一者。This relationship between the inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 and the flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 can provide significant strength and stability advantages as previously described. In these embodiments, the thickness of the reinforced narrow sides 3318, 3320, 3418, 3420, 2518, 3520, 3618, 3620 corresponds to the thickness of the first and second duct portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612 , the thickness of 3614 and the sum of the thicknesses of inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634. In some embodiments having this relationship, the first and second conduit portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 can each have a thickness of no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.00591 inches). Additionally, each of the first and second conduit portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 can have a thickness of not greater than about 0.10 mm (0.003937 inches). Also or alternatively, in these embodiments, the thickness of the insert 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 is no greater than about 0.10 mm (0.003937 inches). For example, the flat tubing 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 can have first and second tubing sections 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 each having a thickness of about 0.12 mm (0.0047224 inches), and Wherein the insert 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 has a thickness of not greater than about 0.10 mm (0.003937 inches). In other embodiments, the thickness of each of the first and second conduit portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 and inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 is not about about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) to provide a relatively cost-effective heat exchanger with good heat transfer and strength properties. Additionally, in some embodiments, the thickness of each of the first and second conduit portions 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 and/or inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 is not less than about 0.03mm (0.0011811 inches). In other embodiments, the inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 may have any of the insert thicknesses described above in connection with the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 25-34.

如图35、39、44和45所最佳示出的,在一些实施例中,如图35-45所示的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634被成型为使得上述峰3388、3488、3588、3688和谷3390、3490、3590、3690界定了沿着插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的纵向延伸的波纹3352、3452、3552、3652。这些波纹3352、3452、3552、3652的侧部可以垂直于或大体垂直于扁平管道3310、3410、3510的宽侧3322、3324、3422、3522、3524(见图35、39和42)或者可以相对于扁平管道3610的宽侧3622、3624形成一定的倾斜角。在图35-45的图示实施例的任一者中,可以根据需要使用垂直或成角度的波纹侧部。此外,在一些实施例中,内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634可以由多于一个部件形成,使得得到的扁平管道组件包括四个或更多部件。As best shown in FIGS. 35, 39, 44, and 45, in some embodiments, the inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 shown in FIGS. , 3688 and valleys 3390, 3490, 3590, 3690 define corrugations 3352, 3452, 3552, 3652 extending longitudinally along the insert 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634. The sides of these corrugations 3352, 3452, 3552, 3652 may be perpendicular or generally perpendicular to the broad sides 3322, 3324, 3422, 3522, 3524 of the flattened ducts 3310, 3410, 3510 (see Figures 35, 39 and 42) or may be opposite to each other. A certain inclination angle is formed on the wide sides 3622 , 3624 of the flat pipe 3610 . In any of the illustrated embodiments of Figures 35-45, vertical or angled corrugation sides may be used as desired. Furthermore, in some embodiments, inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 may be formed from more than one piece, such that the resulting flattened duct assembly includes four or more pieces.

在一些实施例中(包括其中如上所述内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634由单个材料片构造的实施例),内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634通常沿着内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634或扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的纵向辊扎。在扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的一些制造处理中,例如提供两种类型的辊以辊扎内插入件3334、3434、3534、3634并如上所述在纵向上产生长开口3386、3486、3586、3686,峰3388、3488、3588、3688和谷3390、3490、3590、3690。第一辊可以时用于在大体平面片上形成狭缝的切割辊。第二辊可以是用于形成界定了图35-45中的拱形边缘3394、3494、3594、3694的峰3388、3488、3588、3688和谷3390、3490、3590、3690的成型辊。类似于上述构造,形成扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614的纵向咬边3344、3346、3544、3546、3644、3646从窄侧3318、3320、3418、3420、3518、3520、3618、3620达到扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的宽侧3322、3324、3424、3522、3524、3622、3624中。但是,如对于前述两件式管道实施例,台阶部3316、3416、3516、3616可以位于宽侧3322、3324、3424、3522、3524、3622、3624中。还如先前实施例所述,台阶部3316、3416、3516、3616的宽度(其测量到相应窄侧3318、3320、3418、3420、3518、3520、3618、3620的末端)可以基于扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的制造处理和期望规格来确定。In some embodiments (including embodiments in which the inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 are constructed from a single piece of material as described above), the inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 generally extend along the length of the inner inserts 3334, 3434. , 3534, 3634 or flat pipe 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 longitudinal rolling. In some manufacturing processes of the flat pipes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610, for example two types of rollers are provided to roll the inner inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 and create the elongated openings 3386, 3486, 3586, 3686, peaks 3388, 3488, 3588, 3688 and valleys 3390, 3490, 3590, 3690. The first roll may be a cutting roll for forming slits in the generally planar sheet. The second roll may be a forming roll for forming the peaks 3388, 3488, 3588, 3688 and valleys 3390, 3490, 3590, 3690 that define the arcuate edges 3394, 3494, 3594, 3694 in FIGS. 35-45. Similar to the configuration described above, the longitudinal undercuts 3344, 3346, 3544, 3546, 3344, 3346, 3544, 3546, 3644, 3646 from narrow sides 3318, 3320, 3418, 3420, 3518, 3520, 3618, 3620 into broad sides 3322, 3324, 3424, 3522, 3524, 3622, 3624 of flat ducts 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610. However, as with the previously described two-piece duct embodiments, the steps 3316 , 3416 , 3516 , 3616 may be located in the broadsides 3322 , 3324 , 3424 , 3522 , 3524 , 3622 , 3624 . Also as described in previous embodiments, the width of the steps 3316, 3416, 3516, 3616 (as measured to the ends of the respective narrow sides 3318, 3320, 3418, 3420, 3518, 3520, 3618, 3620) may be based on the flattened duct 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 manufacturing process and desired specifications.

继续参考图35-45的图示实施例,在如本文所述具有包含长开口3386、3486、3586、3686和桥部3390、3490、3590、3690的插入件3334、3434、3534、3634的扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的一些实施例(包括上述具有相对较薄管道壁材料的那些实施例)中,本发明人已经发现至少约0.7mm(0.027599英寸)的扁平管道小直径d在许多应用中(例如在散热器中)提供了良好的性能结果。本发明人还已经发现,不大于约1.5mm(0.059055英寸)的小直径d在许多应用中(例如在散热器中,并特别在上述据哟相对较薄管道壁材料的本发明的那些扁平管道实施例中)提供了良好的性能结果。本发明人还已经发现,在充气散热器及其他应用领域的情况下,小直径d可以大于约10.0mm(0.3937英寸)同时依然可提供良好的性能结果。此外,应该注意,在其他实施例中,可以替代地使用在以上结合本文所揭示的全部扁平管道实施例所述的小直径d和大直径D中的任一者。至少部分地基于用于构造扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的初始材料的宽度,如图35、39、44和45所示的两件式扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的大直径D可以具有任何期望尺寸(还包括以上结合本文所揭示的全部扁平管道实施例所述的那些)。关于这一点,如果使用辊扎辊来制造扁平管道,这些辊(未示出)可以调节为制造更宽或更窄的扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610。在其他构造中,用于制造扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的辊可以根据扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的期望尺度来替换。Continuing to refer to the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 35-45 , in the flat panel with inserts 3334 , 3434 , 3534 , 3634 comprising elongated openings 3386 , 3486 , 3586 , 3686 and bridges 3390 , 3490 , 3590 , 3690 as described herein, In some embodiments of the conduits 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610, including those described above with relatively thin conduit wall materials, the inventors have found that a flat conduit minor diameter d of at least about 0.7 mm (0.027599 inches) is in many Good performance results are provided in applications such as in heat sinks. The present inventors have also found that a small diameter d of no greater than about 1.5 mm (0.059055 inches) is useful in many applications (such as in radiators, and particularly in those flat pipes of the invention described above based on relatively thin pipe wall materials). Examples) provided good performance results. The present inventors have also found that in the case of gas-filled radiators, among other applications, the minor diameter d can be greater than about 10.0 mm (0.3937 inches) while still providing good performance results. Furthermore, it should be noted that in other embodiments, any of the minor diameter d and major diameter D described above in connection with all of the flat tube embodiments disclosed herein may be used instead. Based at least in part on the width of the initial material used to construct the flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610, the major diameter D of the two-piece flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 shown in FIGS. Can be of any desired size (also including those described above in connection with all of the flat tube embodiments disclosed herein). In this regard, if rolling rolls are used to make the flat tubes, these rolls (not shown) can be adjusted to make wider or narrower flat tubes 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610. In other configurations, the rollers used to make the flat tubes 3310 , 3410 , 3510 , 3610 may be replaced depending on the desired dimensions of the flat tubes 3310 , 3410 , 3510 , 3610 .

在图35-45的实施例所示的扁平管道3310、3410、3510、3610的一些构造中,第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614和/或插入件3334、3434、3534、3634可以包括用于连接这些部件中的任意两个或更多的硬钎焊材料涂层,并/或在一些情况下包括其他元件(例如,热交换器的冷却炉)。虽然在一些实施例中,第一和第二管道部分3312、3314、3412、3414、3512、3514、3612、3614和/或插入件3334、3434、3534、3634由铝或铝合金构造,但是在其他实施例中,这些部件中的任一者或全部可以由适于或不适于硬钎焊的其他材料构造。In some configurations of the flattened ducts 3310, 3410, 3510, 3610 shown in the embodiments of FIGS. Inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 may include a coating of brazing material for joining any two or more of these components, and/or in some cases include other elements (e.g., a cooling furnace). Although in some embodiments the first and second conduit sections 3312, 3314, 3412, 3414, 3512, 3514, 3612, 3614 and/or inserts 3334, 3434, 3534, 3634 are constructed of aluminum or an aluminum alloy, in In other embodiments, any or all of these components may be constructed of other materials that may or may not be suitable for brazing.

现在具体参考图35-38的图示实施例,在一些实施例中,将长开口3386中断的桥部3390不与横跨插入件3344的整个宽度的其他桥部连续或对准。相反,将长开口3386中断的桥部3390可以是相对于长开口3386的任一侧或两侧上的相邻桥部3390交错的(即,位于沿着插入件3344的不同纵向位置处)。在其他实施例中,例如如图39-42所示的实施例,将长开口3486中断的桥部3490可以对准,使得将相邻的长开口3486中断的两个或更多桥部3492对准或大体对准在沿着插入件3444的相同纵向位置处。在其他实施例中,桥部3390、3492之间沿着每个流动通道3316、3416的距离可以是离散的(即,不与相邻的流动通道3316、3416流体连通),这是因为宽侧可以封闭长开口3386、3486。虽然图35-42的实施例所示的桥部布置从制造的角度看提供了优点,但是在其他实施例中,桥部能够以任意其他期望方式布置。Referring now specifically to the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 35-38 , in some embodiments, the bridges 3390 that interrupt the elongated opening 3386 are not continuous or aligned with other bridges that span the entire width of the insert 3344 . Conversely, bridges 3390 interrupting elongated opening 3386 may be staggered (ie, at different longitudinal positions along insert 3344 ) relative to adjacent bridges 3390 on either or both sides of elongated opening 3386 . In other embodiments, such as the embodiment shown in FIGS. 39-42 , bridges 3490 that interrupt elongated openings 3486 may be aligned such that two or more bridges 3492 that interrupt adjacent elongated openings 3486 are aligned. aligned or generally aligned at the same longitudinal position along the insert 3444. In other embodiments, the distance between the bridges 3390, 3492 along each flow channel 3316, 3416 may be discrete (ie, not in fluid communication with an adjacent flow channel 3316, 3416) because the broadside The elongated openings 3386, 3486 may be closed. While the arrangement of the bridges shown in the embodiment of Figures 35-42 provides advantages from a manufacturing standpoint, in other embodiments the bridges can be arranged in any other desired manner.

由流动通道3316、3416界定的液力直径由插入件3334、3434的峰3388、3488和谷3488、3490的相应设计界定。例如,考虑到约0.8mm(0.031496英寸)的小直径d以及经过插入件3334、3434宽度的相对大量的流动通道3316、3416,液力直径可以相对较小。The hydraulic diameter defined by the flow channels 3316, 3416 is defined by the corresponding design of the peaks 3388, 3488 and valleys 3488, 3490 of the inserts 3334, 3434. For example, the hydraulic diameter may be relatively small given the small diameter d of about 0.8 mm (0.031496 inches) and the relatively large number of flow channels 3316, 3416 across the width of the inserts 3334, 3434.

继续参考如图35-38所示的实施例,图示波纹3352绕插入件3344(或扁平管道3310)的中间平面近似“振荡”。换言之,插入件3334的侧部和拱形边缘3374沿着从插入件3334的界定在扁平管道3310的宽侧3322、3324之间并大体平行于宽侧3322、3324的一部分朝向第一和第二管道部分3312、3314的两个相对方向延伸。虽然如图37所示,宽侧3322、3324之间的该部分可以位于插入件3334的中间平面,但是峰3390和谷3388从其延伸的该部分可以位于插入件3334的末端到初始平面片的任一侧之间的任一位置。此外,应该注意,如图35所示的插入件3334的构造具有形成在图示波纹3352的峰3390和谷3388中的长开口3386,不过在其他实施例中这种开口3386、3388不需要界定在峰3390和谷3388两者中。Continuing with reference to the embodiment shown in FIGS. 35-38, the corrugations 3352 are shown approximately "oscillating" about the mid-plane of the insert 3344 (or flat tubing 3310). In other words, the sides and arcuate edge 3374 of the insert 3334 are directed toward the first and second edges from a portion of the insert 3334 defined between and generally parallel to the broad sides 3322, 3324 of the flattened duct 3310. Two opposing directions of the duct sections 3312, 3314 extend. Although as shown in FIG. 37, the portion between the broad sides 3322, 3324 may lie in the mid-plane of the insert 3334, the portion from which the peaks 3390 and valleys 3388 extend may lie at the end of the insert 3334 to the end of the initially planar sheet. Any position in between on either side. Additionally, it should be noted that the configuration of the insert 3334 as shown in FIG. 35 has elongated openings 3386 formed in the peaks 3390 and valleys 3388 of the illustrated corrugations 3352, although in other embodiments such openings 3386, 3388 need not define In both peak 3390 and valley 3388.

在图38-42的实施例中,替代地向插入件3434的一侧形成波纹3452。具体而言,插入件3434不处于相对于扁平管道3410的宽侧3422、3424的中间平面,而是替代地位于扁平管道3410的下宽侧3424附近。此外,如图39所示的插入件3434的构造具有仅在图示波纹3452的峰3488中的长开口3486。In the embodiment of FIGS. 38-42 , corrugations 3452 are instead formed to one side of insert 3434 . Specifically, the insert 3434 is not in a mid-plane relative to the broadsides 3422 , 3424 of the flattened duct 3410 , but is instead located near the lower broadside 3424 of the flattened duct 3410 . Additionally, the configuration of insert 3434 as shown in FIG. 39 has elongated openings 3486 only in peaks 3488 of corrugations 3452 as shown.

在一些实施例中,本文所述的插入件中的任一者可以沿着插入件的宽度分为两个或更多部分以界定在一些实施例中彼此流体隔绝的两个或更多流动通道。此分离可以通过整体或部分地由插入件界定的一个或多个纵向衍生分隔件来产生。例如,在图44和45的实施例中,内插入件3534、3634每个形成有至少一个分隔件3596、3696以使扁平管道3510、3610设置有具有任意期望数量的流动通道2516、3616的至少两个流动室。这样,实现了在扁平管道3510、3610内流动的两种流动介质的分离。如图44和45所示的扁平管道3510、3610每个包括两个这种流动室,允许(例如)介质在一个流动室中朝向一个方向流动,并允许相同介质或不同介质在另一个流动室内朝向相反方向流动。In some embodiments, any of the inserts described herein can be divided into two or more sections along the width of the insert to define two or more flow channels that are in some embodiments fluidly isolated from each other . This separation may be produced by one or more longitudinally derived partitions delimited in whole or in part by the insert. For example, in the embodiment of FIGS. 44 and 45 , the inner inserts 3534 , 3634 are each formed with at least one divider 3596 , 3696 so that the flat tubes 3510 , 3610 are provided with at least one of any desired number of flow channels 2516 , 3616 . Two flow chambers. In this way, separation of the two flow media flowing in the flat ducts 3510, 3610 is achieved. The flat ducts 3510, 3610 as shown in Figures 44 and 45 each include two such flow chambers allowing, for example, a medium to flow in one direction in one flow chamber and the same or a different medium in the other flow chamber. flow in the opposite direction.

以上已经描述了根据本发明的各个实施例的多个扁平管道,作为单件材料构造的情况(见例如图16-23的图示实施例,其示出了多个扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610,其每个都具有由用于构造管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610的同一件材料的第一和第二部分912、914、1012、1014、1112、1114、1212、1214、1312、1314、1412、1414、1512、1514、1612、1614界定的多个内折叠928、1028、1128、1228、1328、1428、1528、1628)。如以上更详细所述,内折叠928、1028、1128、1228、1328、1428、1528、1628至少部分地界定了通过扁平管道910、1010、1110、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610的许多流动通道916、1016、1116、1216、1316、1416、1516、1616。Multiple flat tubes according to various embodiments of the present invention have been described above, constructed as a single piece of material (see, for example, the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. . , 1012, 1014, 1112, 1114, 1212, 1214, 1312, 1314, 1412, 1414, 1512, 1514, 1612, 1614 bounded by multiple inner folds 928, 1028, 1128, 1228, 1328, 1428, 1528, 1628) . As described in more detail above, the inner folds 928 , 1028 , 1128 , 1228 , 1328 , 1428 , 1528 , 1628 at least partially define a number of flows through the flat ducts 910 , 1010 , 1110 , 1210 , 1310 , 1410 , 1510 , 1610 Channels 916, 1016, 1116, 1216, 1316, 1416, 1516, 1616.

在本发明的其他实施例中,一件式扁平管道可以设置有由收纳在一件式扁平管道内(并在一些实施例中,紧固在其内)的单独材料构成的插入件。具有插入件3734、3834的这种扁平管道3710、3810的两个示例在图46-47和48中示出。类似于前述一件式扁平管道,扁平管道3710、3810可以由界定了扁平管道3710、3810的宽侧3722、3724、3822、3824和两个加强窄侧3718、3720、3818、3820的相对较薄材料片(例如,带)构成。在一些实施例中,本发明人已经发现,材料片的厚度可以小于约0.15mm(0.0059055英寸)以在许多应用中提供良好的性能结果。此外,在一些实施例中,本发明人已经发现材料片的厚度可以大于约0.03mm(约0.00118111英寸)以在许多应用中提供良好的性能结果。应该理解,材料片的厚度可以具有未在本文列出的其他尺度。In other embodiments of the invention, the one-piece flat tubing may be provided with an insert made of a separate material housed (and, in some embodiments, secured therein) the one-piece flat tubing. Two examples of such flat tubes 3710, 3810 with inserts 3734, 3834 are shown in Figures 46-47 and 48. Similar to the previously described one-piece flat ducts, the flat ducts 3710, 3810 may be composed of relatively thinner sides 3722, 3724, 3822, 3824 and two reinforcing narrow sides 3718, 3720, 3818, 3820 that define the flat ducts 3710, 3810. Sheets of material (eg, strips) are constructed. In some embodiments, the inventors have discovered that the thickness of the sheet of material can be less than about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) to provide good performance results in many applications. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the inventors have discovered that the thickness of the sheet of material can be greater than about 0.03 mm (about 0.00118111 inches) to provide good performance results in many applications. It should be understood that the thickness of the sheet of material may have other dimensions not listed herein.

继续参考图46-48,材料片的纵向边缘3778、3782、3878、3882成型并移动在一起,使得一个纵向边缘3778、3878抵靠另一个纵向边缘3782、3882以形成扁平管道3710、3810的窄侧3718、3818。此窄侧3718、3818可以由材料片在窄侧3718、3818处的至少一个180°弯曲或者由用于封闭窄侧3718、3818的一个或多个其他类型的折叠(以下更详细描述)来界定。至少部分地通过将材料片折叠以使第一和第二纵向边缘3778、3782、3878、3882如所述的结合在一起,来形成另一个窄侧3720、3820。在一些实施例中,此另一个窄侧3720、3820可以包括通过将材料片在窄侧3720、3820的位置在其自身上折叠两次产生的三倍壁厚。With continued reference to FIGS. 46-48 , the longitudinal edges 3778, 3782, 3878, 3882 of the sheet of material are shaped and moved together such that one longitudinal edge 3778, 3878 abuts the other longitudinal edge 3782, 3882 to form the narrow edge of the flattened duct 3710, 3810. Side 3718, 3818. This narrow side 3718, 3818 may be bounded by at least one 180° bend of the sheet of material at the narrow side 3718, 3818 or by one or more other types of folds (described in more detail below) for closing the narrow side 3718, 3818 . The other narrow side 3720, 3820 is formed at least in part by folding the sheet of material such that the first and second longitudinal edges 3778, 3782, 3878, 3882 are joined together as described. In some embodiments, this other narrow side 3720, 3820 may comprise a triple wall thickness created by folding the sheet of material over itself twice at the location of the narrow side 3720, 3820.

在一些实施例中,制造扁平管道3710、3810的处理可以包括在将材料片折叠以产生窄侧3720处的加强折叠3730、3830(在图46-48中的F处所表示的)之前,折叠或以其他方式形成纵向边缘3778、3782、3878、3882,这些纵向边缘将结合在一起以封闭扁平管道3710、3810。在其他实施例中,这些处理同时或大体同时执行。In some embodiments, the process of making the flat tubing 3710, 3810 may include folding or Longitudinal edges 3778, 3782, 3878, 3882 are otherwise formed which will join together to enclose the flattened ducts 3710, 3810. In other embodiments, these processes are performed concurrently or substantially concurrently.

在一件式扁平管道的一些实施例中,例如图46和47所示的一件式扁平管道3710,用于产生管道3710的材料片的一个纵向边缘3778界定了壁另一个纵向边缘3782的拱形更大的拱形。这种构造的一个优点在于,当更大的拱形纵向边缘3778绕更小的拱形纵向边缘3782成型时,完成的扁平管道3710通常不会裂开或能抵抗裂开。但是,在其他实施例中,纵向边缘3778、3782可以具有除了拱形之外的其他形状。例如,如图48所示的纵向边缘3878、3882可以接合在一起并具有许多不同形状,包括但不限于以上结合图2和6-11所示和/或所述的纵向边缘形状中的任一者。此外,如图48所示的纵向边缘3878、3882可以与纵向边缘3738、3740中的任一者或两者接合在一起,并具有许多不同形状,包括但不限于以上结合图14和15所示和/或所述的纵向边缘形状中的任一者。In some embodiments of a one-piece flat duct, such as the one-piece flat duct 3710 shown in FIGS. A larger arch. One advantage of this configuration is that when the more arcuate longitudinal edge 3778 is formed around the lesser arcuate longitudinal edge 3782, the finished flattened duct 3710 generally does not split or is resistant to splitting. However, in other embodiments, the longitudinal edges 3778, 3782 may have shapes other than arcuate. For example, the longitudinal edges 3878, 3882 as shown in FIG. 48 may be joined together and have many different shapes, including but not limited to any of the longitudinal edge shapes shown and/or described above in connection with FIGS. 2 and 6-11. By. Additionally, the longitudinal edges 3878, 3882 as shown in FIG. 48 may be joined to either or both of the longitudinal edges 3738, 3740 and have many different shapes, including but not limited to those shown above in connection with FIGS. 14 and 15 and/or any of the longitudinal edge shapes described.

如图46-48所示的一件式扁平管道3710、3810的窄侧3718、3720、3818、3820每个具有用于构造管道3710、3810的片材料厚度的至少两倍的厚度。图示窄侧3720、3820中的两个基于在这些窄侧3720、3820的区域中产生的额外折叠3730、3830而具有片材料厚度三倍的厚度。在其他实施例中,可以通过在窄侧3718、3720、3818、3820的的位置处形成一个或多个额外折叠3730、3830来实现任一窄侧3718、3720、3818、3820的进一步加强。结合图1-24的实施例中的任一者所述的折叠类型中的任一种可以用于对如图46-48所示的第一窄侧3718、3818进行加强。类似地,结合图16-24的实施例中的任一者所述的用于对由连续材料片界定的窄侧进行加强的折叠类型中的任一种可以用于对如图46-48所示的第二窄侧3720、3820进行加强。The narrow sides 3718 , 3720 , 3818 , 3820 of the one-piece flat ducts 3710 , 3810 as shown in FIGS. 46-48 each have a thickness at least twice the thickness of the sheet material used to construct the ducts 3710 , 3810 . Two of the illustrated narrow sides 3720 , 3820 have a thickness three times the thickness of the sheet material due to the additional folds 3730 , 3830 produced in the region of these narrow sides 3720 , 3820 . In other embodiments, further strengthening of any of the narrow sides 3718, 3720, 3818, 3820 may be achieved by forming one or more additional folds 3730, 3830 at the location of the narrow sides 3718, 3720, 3818, 3820. Any of the fold types described in connection with any of the embodiments of FIGS. 1-24 may be used to reinforce the first narrow side 3718, 3818 as shown in FIGS. 46-48. Similarly, any of the types of folds described in connection with any of the embodiments of FIGS. 16-24 for reinforcing narrow sides defined by a continuous sheet of material may be used to The second narrow side 3720, 3820 shown is reinforced.

在图46-48的两个图示实施例的每个中,随着扁平管道3710、3810的制造,内插入件3734、3834收纳在扁平管道3710、3810内。在一些实施例中,如图46-48所示,在扁平管道3710、3810仍然部分打开的情况下,插入件3734、3834可以在产生第二窄侧3720、3820(界定了上述加强折叠3730、3830)之后插入。可选地或附加地,扁平管道3710、3810的宽侧3722、3724中的任一者或两者可以具有与至少部分地形成流动通道的如图1-13和16-24(例如)的那些相似的内折叠。In each of the two illustrated embodiments of Figures 46-48, the inner insert 3734, 3834 is received within the flat tube 3710, 3810 as the flat tube 3710, 3810 is manufactured. In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 46-48 , with the flattened duct 3710 , 3810 still partially open, the inserts 3734 , 3834 may be formed after creating the second narrow side 3720 , 3820 (defining the reinforcing folds 3730 , 3730 , described above). 3830) after inserting. Alternatively or additionally, either or both of the broad sides 3722, 3724 of the flattened ducts 3710, 3810 may have a flow channel similar to that of FIGS. 1-13 and 16-24 (for example) Similar inner folds.

用于形成具有插入件3734的一件式扁平管道3710的一个示例性处理在图46中作为示例示出。首先,产生折叠3730(在F处表示),并同时使纵向边缘3778、3782成型。或者,仅一个纵向边缘3778、3782成型而另一个纵向边缘3782、3778保持未成型。在图46的图示实施例中,在图46的图(a)所示的制造阶段,具有拱形3762的一个纵向边缘3782已经完成,并且另一个纵向边缘3778已经设置有简单弯曲,其稍后将进一步成型为至少部分地绕由第一纵向边缘3782界定的拱形3762延伸的较大拱形3766。One exemplary process for forming a one-piece flat tubing 3710 with an insert 3734 is shown as an example in FIG. 46 . First, a fold 3730 (indicated at F) is created while longitudinal edges 3778, 3782 are formed. Alternatively, only one longitudinal edge 3778, 3782 is formed and the other longitudinal edge 3782, 3778 remains unformed. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 46 , at the stage of manufacture shown in diagram (a) of FIG. 46 , one longitudinal edge 3782 having an arcuate shape 3762 has been completed and the other longitudinal edge 3778 has been provided with a simple bend which is slightly curved. It will then be further shaped into a larger arch 3766 extending at least partially around the arch 3762 defined by the first longitudinal edge 3782 .

在如图46的图(b)所示的制造阶段,通过将折叠3730增加到如图(a)所示的折叠3730,来完成两个加强折叠3730。因此,在这些折叠3730的区域中,形成了用于形成一件式扁平管道3710的片材料的三倍厚度。At the stage of manufacture shown in Figure (b) of Figure 46, two reinforcement folds 3730 are accomplished by adding folds 3730 to the folds 3730 shown in Figure (a). Thus, in the area of these folds 3730, three times the thickness of the sheet material used to form the one-piece flat duct 3710 is formed.

在图46的图(C)所示的制造阶段,通过将折叠3730弯曲来新开始将折叠3730形成扁平管道3710的第二窄侧3720。在制造处理的此中间步骤,在与折叠3730大体相邻的宽侧3722的一个中形成台阶部3758以提供一件式扁平管道3710的平滑外表面。在管道3710的可选构造中,台阶部3758还可以形成在与折叠3730大体相邻的另一个宽侧3724中。由这种台阶部3758产生的管道3710的平滑表面以及它们以凹部方式收纳折叠3730或纵向边缘3778的能力在管道3710需要硬钎焊、焊接或粘接到其他元件的情况下是有利的。At the stage of manufacture shown in panel (C) of FIG. 46 , the fold 3730 is newly started forming the second narrow side 3720 of the flattened tube 3710 by bending the fold 3730 . At this intermediate step in the manufacturing process, a step 3758 is formed in one of the broad sides 3722 generally adjacent to the fold 3730 to provide a smooth outer surface for the one-piece flat tubing 3710 . In an alternative configuration of the duct 3710 , a step 3758 may also be formed in the other broadside 3724 generally adjacent to the fold 3730 . The smooth surface of the tube 3710 created by such a step 3758 and their ability to receive the fold 3730 or the longitudinal edge 3778 in a recessed manner is advantageous in situations where the tube 3710 needs to be brazed, welded or bonded to other components.

接着,在图46的图(d)所示的制造阶段,将波纹内插入件3734插入到扁平管道3710中,不过可以替代地使用具有本文所述的其他形状中的任一者的插入件。波纹内插入件3734的纵向边缘3738中的一者可以首先置于纵向边缘3782的小拱形3762中。可选地,如图46和47所示,内插入件3734的一个纵向边缘3740可以首先置于与小拱形3762相对的窄侧3720内。内插入件3734在图46的图(d)和图47所示的步骤插入时可以处于特定的预备张力状况下。更具体而言,插入件3734可以成型为具有将插入件3734略微拱离宽侧3724或者抵抗将插入件3734置于扁平管道3710内所需的压缩而对插入件3734的膨胀产生作用力的张力,并因此插入件3734在一件式扁平管道3710的完全封闭期间被推入窄侧3718、3720。在图46的图(e)所示的制造阶段,大拱形3766形成在纵向边缘3778上,并绕另一个纵向边缘3782的小拱形3762布置,从而封闭一件式扁平管道3710。内插入件3734的前述小弯曲(如果存在)从而被去除,并且内插入件3734的成型的纵向边缘3738、3740两者都安装在扁平管道3710的窄侧3718、3720内。Next, at the stage of manufacture shown in panel (d) of Figure 46, the corrugated inner insert 3734 is inserted into the flattened tubing 3710, although inserts having any of the other shapes described herein could alternatively be used. One of the longitudinal edges 3738 of the corrugated inner insert 3734 may be seated first in the minor arch 3762 of the longitudinal edge 3782 . Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 46 and 47 , one longitudinal edge 3740 of inner insert 3734 may be placed first in narrow side 3720 opposite minor arch 3762 . The inner insert 3734 may be under a specific pre-tension condition when inserted in the steps shown in panels (d) of FIG. 46 and FIG. 47 . More specifically, insert 3734 may be shaped to have a tension that acts to expand insert 3734 by arching insert 3734 slightly away from broadside 3724 or resisting the compression required to place insert 3734 within flattened tubing 3710 , and thus the insert 3734 is pushed into the narrow sides 3718 , 3720 during full closure of the one-piece flat duct 3710 . At the stage of manufacture shown in panel (e) of FIG. 46 , a large arch 3766 is formed on a longitudinal edge 3778 and arranged around a small arch 3762 of the other longitudinal edge 3782 , thereby enclosing the one-piece flat duct 3710 . The aforementioned small bends (if present) of the inner insert 3734 are thereby removed and the profiled longitudinal edges 3738 , 3740 of the inner insert 3734 both fit within the narrow sides 3718 , 3720 of the flattened duct 3710 .

如图48所示用于形成一件式扁平管道3810的处理在许多方面类似于以上参考图46和47所述的处理。因此,除了此后描述的特征以及与以上描述不同或不兼容的特征之外,对于与扁平管道3810的制造相关的更多信息,对以上与扁平管道3710的制造相关的描述进行参考。The process for forming the one-piece flat tubing 3810 as shown in FIG. 48 is similar in many respects to the process described above with reference to FIGS. 46 and 47 . Therefore, reference is made to the above description in relation to the manufacture of the flattened pipe 3710 for more information relating to the manufacture of the flattened pipe 3810, in addition to features described hereinafter and features which are different or incompatible with the above description.

在图48的图(a)所示的制造阶段,用于形成扁平管道3810的单个材料片包括折叠3830,其将部分地界定一件式扁平管道3810的第二窄侧3820。在单个材料片上的相同位置处产生另一个叠置折叠之后,在入图48的图(c)所最佳示出的位置处使材料片弯曲。第一加强窄侧3818至少部分地由结合在一起以封闭一件式扁平管道3810的相对纵向边缘3878、3882形成(见图48的图(d)和(e))。通过相对纵向边缘3878、3882和内插入件3834的纵向边缘3838的接合弯曲或折叠,产生一件式扁平管道3810的封闭。更具体而言,内插入件3834的纵向边缘3838位于两个纵向边缘3878、3882之间。应该注意,如图48的图(f)所示的扁平管道3810不一定处于最终制造阶段。由边缘3878、3882、3838界定的折叠可以如图14、15所示彼此抵靠布置。但是,如上所述,本文所述和/或所示的其他加强窄侧折叠构造中的任一者可以根据需要来替代地使用。通常,为产生窄侧3818而进行折叠或弯曲的数量至少部分确定了窄侧3818的稳定性。At the stage of manufacture shown in panel (a) of FIG. 48 , the single sheet of material used to form the flat tube 3810 includes a fold 3830 that will partially define the second narrow side 3820 of the one-piece flat tube 3810 . After creating another superimposed fold at the same location on the single sheet of material, the sheet of material is bent at the location best shown in panel (c) of FIG. 48 . The first reinforced narrow side 3818 is formed at least in part by opposing longitudinal edges 3878, 3882 that join together to enclose the one-piece flat duct 3810 (see panels (d) and (e) of Figure 48). The closure of the one-piece flat duct 3810 is created by bending or folding the opposing longitudinal edges 3878 , 3882 and the engagement of the longitudinal edge 3838 of the inner insert 3834 . More specifically, a longitudinal edge 3838 of inner insert 3834 is located between two longitudinal edges 3878, 3882. It should be noted that the flat tube 3810 as shown in panel (f) of FIG. 48 is not necessarily in the final stage of manufacture. The folds bounded by edges 3878, 3882, 3838 may be arranged against each other as shown in FIGS. 14,15. However, as noted above, any of the other reinforcing narrow side fold configurations described and/or illustrated herein may be used instead as desired. In general, the stability of narrow side 3818 is determined, at least in part, by the number of folds or bends that are made to create narrow side 3818 .

如果需要,如图46-48所示的扁平管道3710、3810可以设置有置于预定区域中的加强件,例如在扁平管道3710、3810的宽侧3722、3724、3822、3824中的任一者或两者上的期望进行热交换的位置。这些加强件可以采用多种不同形式,例如与界定扁平管道3710、3810的材料片相独立并通过硬钎焊、焊接或以任何其他合适方式安装到其上的一层或多层片材料,用于构造扁平管道3710、3810的材料片的一个或多个额外折叠等。If desired, the flat ducts 3710, 3810 as shown in FIGS. or both where heat exchange is desired. These reinforcements may take many different forms, such as one or more sheets of material separate from the sheet of material defining the flat ducts 3710, 3810 and attached thereto by brazing, welding, or in any other suitable manner, with One or more additional folds etc. of the sheet of material used to construct the flattened ducts 3710, 3810.

利用在一些实施例中使用的上述相对薄壁材料以构造扁平管道3710、3810(具有或不具有加强件),形成有扁平管道3710、3810的热交换器的重量可以显著减小,同时提高了其热交换能力。对于重量减小和热交换能力提高的另一个原因在于扁平管道3710、3810的宽侧3722、3724、3822、3824被形成为使得扁平管道3710、3810确保了与能够在两个更多扁平管道3710、3810之间布置在热交换器中的鳍片、肋片或其他热交换元件(未示出)良好的硬钎焊连接。基于上述一件式扁平管道3710、3810的特征,扁平管道3710、3810具有大体平面的外表面,用于与这些热交换元件连接。Utilizing the aforementioned relatively thin-walled materials used in some embodiments to construct the flat tubes 3710, 3810 (with or without reinforcements), the weight of heat exchangers formed with the flat tubes 3710, 3810 can be significantly reduced while improving its heat exchange capacity. Another reason for the weight reduction and heat exchange capacity improvement is that the wide sides 3722, 3724, 3822, 3824 of the flat tubes 3710, 3810 are formed so that , 3810 good brazed connection between fins, ribs or other heat exchanging elements (not shown) arranged in the heat exchanger. Based on the features of the one-piece flat tubes 3710, 3810 described above, the flat tubes 3710, 3810 have a generally planar outer surface for connection with these heat exchange elements.

此外,应该理解,针对图46-48所述的扁平管道3710、3810的特征也可以应用于本申请所述的扁平管道的其他构造中的任一者。Furthermore, it should be understood that the features of the flat tubes 3710, 3810 described with respect to Figures 46-48 may also be applied to any of the other configurations of the flat tubes described herein.

对于扁平管道3710、3810可以制造的方式,在一些实施例中,将两个无末端的片材料的带规送到辊输送线3701,例如图49所示。在许多情况下,铝和铝合金被考委为用于制造扁平管道3710、3810的优选材料。但是,其他金属和材料适用于制造扁平管道3710、3810。对于如图46-48所示的管道3710、3810,可以从无末端的材料带(例如,片金属)接收形成扁平管道3710、3810的第一和第二部分3712、3714、3812、3814的材料片,并可以从另一个无末端的材料带(例如,片金属)形成内插入件3734、3834。在辊输送线3701的开始阶段之一(在一些实施例中,在使材料带成型之前),在与期望的单独管道长度相对应的距离中向材料带增加打口。在一些实施例中,在对片金属带打口之后可以使材料片成型,不过这种打口可以发生在这种片成型期间或之后。如图49所示,内插入件3734、3834插入到扁平管道3710、3810中的插入区域3703位于辊输送线3701的下游部分。在将内插入件3734、3834插入在一件式扁平管道3710、3810内之前,上述打口应该大体彼此对准(即,在一些实施例中,全部位于与一件式扁平管道3710、3810大体垂直的共同平面中),使得此后可以将各个扁平管道3710、3810分离。For the manner in which flat tubing 3710, 3810 may be manufactured, in some embodiments, two tape gauges of endless sheet material are fed to a roller conveyor line 3701, such as shown in FIG. In many cases, aluminum and aluminum alloys have been considered as the preferred material for making the flat tubes 3710, 3810. However, other metals and materials are suitable for making the flat tubes 3710, 3810. For conduits 3710, 3810 as shown in FIGS. 46-48, the material forming the first and second portions 3712, 3714, 3812, 3814 of the flat conduit 3710, 3810 may be received from an endless strip of material (e.g., sheet metal). sheet, and the inner inserts 3734, 3834 may be formed from another endless strip of material (eg, sheet metal). During one of the initial stages of the roller conveyor line 3701 (in some embodiments, prior to forming the web of material), a punch is added to the web of material in a distance corresponding to the desired individual tube length. In some embodiments, the sheet of material may be formed after the sheet metal strip is punched, although such punching may occur during or after the sheet is formed. As shown in FIG. 49 , the insertion region 3703 where the inner inserts 3734 , 3834 are inserted into the flat ducts 3710 , 3810 is located in the downstream portion of the roller conveyor line 3701 . Prior to inserting the inner insert 3734, 3834 into the one-piece flat tubing 3710, 3810, the above-mentioned orifices should be generally aligned with each other (i.e., in some embodiments, all located approximately in line with the one-piece flat tubing 3710, 3810). vertical common plane) so that the individual flat ducts 3710, 3810 can thereafter be separated.

如图46-48所使得一件式扁平管道每个具有与各个扁平管道3710、3810分离并被其收纳的插入件3734、3834。但是,在其他实施例中,本发明人已经发现,可以构造具有与一件式管道一体形成(即,由用于构造扁平管道3710、3810的片材料相同的整体形成)的插入件的一件式扁平管道。作为示例,在图50-54中示出了五个这种扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310。应该注意,除了与其不同或不兼容的特征之外,以下参考图50-54所述的特征也可应用于本文所述的其他扁平管道实施例中的任一者。The one-piece flat tubes each have an insert 3734, 3834 separate from and received by the respective flat tube 3710, 3810 as shown in Figures 46-48. However, in other embodiments, the inventors have discovered that it is possible to construct a one-piece with an insert integrally formed with the one-piece duct (ie, formed from the same integral piece of material used to construct the flat ducts 3710, 3810). flat pipe. As an example, five such flat tubes 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 are shown in Figures 50-54. It should be noted that, in addition to features that are different or incompatible therewith, the features described below with reference to FIGS. 50-54 are also applicable to any of the other flat tube embodiments described herein.

在图50-54的图示实施例的每个中,单件片材料(例如,片金属带)形成为扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310和插入件3934、4034、4134、4234、4334两者。如图50-54所示的扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310包括相对的加强窄侧3918、3920、4018、4020、4118、4120、4218、4220、4318、4320,并具有相对较小的壁厚。在一些实施例中,本发明人已经发现材料片的厚度可以小于约0.15mm(0.0059055英寸)以在许多应用中提供良好的性能结果。此外,在一些实施例中,本发明人已经发现材料片的厚度可以大于约0.03mm(约0.0011811英寸)以在许多应用中提供良好的性能结果。应该理解,材料片的厚度可以具有本文未列出的其他尺度。作为这种可以在一些实施例中使用的相对较薄片材料厚度的结果,具有这些扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310的热交换器可以具有相对较小的重量和提高的热交换率。此外,利用如下将更详细描述的一件式扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310的窄侧3918、3920、4018、4020、4118、4120、4218、4220、4318、4320两者都可以被加强的事实,可以减小或去除对一件式扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310在热交换器组装期间的方位进行注意的需要。In each of the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 50-54 , a single piece of sheet material (e.g., a sheet metal strip) is formed into flat tubes 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 and inserts 3934, 4034, 4134, 4234, 4334 both. The flat ducts 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 shown in FIGS. the wall thickness. In some embodiments, the inventors have discovered that the thickness of the sheet of material can be less than about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) to provide good performance results in many applications. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the inventors have discovered that the thickness of the sheet of material can be greater than about 0.03 mm (about 0.0011811 inches) to provide good performance results in many applications. It should be understood that the thickness of the sheet of material may have other dimensions not listed herein. As a result of this relatively thin sheet material thickness that may be used in some embodiments, heat exchangers with these flat tubes 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 may have relatively less weight and increased heat exchange rates. Additionally, both the narrow sides 3918, 3920, 4018, 4020, 4118, 4120, 4218, 4220, 4318, 4320 of the one-piece flat tubing 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 can be Enhanced by the fact, the need to pay attention to the orientation of the one-piece flat tubing 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 during heat exchanger assembly may be reduced or eliminated.

以下接合图50-54所述的管道中的每一者都可以具有以上参考图1-34的实施例所述的尺度中的任一者。例如,在一些实施例中,如图50-54所示的一件式扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310中的任一者可以具有大于约0.7mm(0.027559英寸)的小直径d。此外,在一些实施例中,这些管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310中的任一者可以具有小于约15mm(0.59055英寸)的小直径d。作为另一个示例,如图50-54所示的一件式扁平管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310中的任一者可以具有大于约8mm(0.31496英寸)的大直径D。此外,在一些实施例中,这些管道3910、4010、4110、4210、4310中的任一者可以具有小于约300mm(11.8116英寸)的大直径D。但是,应该注意,在其他实施例中,可以使用以上结合本文所揭示的扁平管道实施例的小直径d和大直径D中的任一者。Each of the conduits described below in connection with Figures 50-54 may have any of the dimensions described above with reference to the embodiment of Figures 1-34. For example, in some embodiments, any of the one-piece flat tubing 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 as shown in Figures 50-54 can have a minor diameter d greater than about 0.7 mm (0.027559 inches). Furthermore, in some embodiments, any of these conduits 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 may have a minor diameter d of less than about 15 mm (0.59055 inches). As another example, any of the one-piece flat tubing 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 shown in FIGS. 50-54 may have a major diameter D greater than about 8 mm (0.31496 inches). Furthermore, in some embodiments, any of these conduits 3910, 4010, 4110, 4210, 4310 may have a major diameter D of less than about 300 mm (11.8116 inches). However, it should be noted that in other embodiments, any of the minor diameter d and major diameter D may be used above in connection with the flat tube embodiments disclosed herein.

首先具体参考图50的图示实施例,其中所示的扁平管道3910由单个材料片形成,该材料片具有以波浪方式成型以在得到的一件式扁平管道3910中形成流动通道3916的中部3905。材料片的中部3905在两侧都具有用于对一件式扁平管道3910的相应窄侧3918、3920提供加强的折叠3930的组。在其他实施例中,中部3905仅在一侧具有折叠3930的组(例如在一件式扁平管道3910的仅一个窄侧3918、3920需要以此方式加强的情况下)。此外,应该注意,中部3905可以在任一侧具有任意数量的加强折叠,并且在中部3905相对两侧上的折叠不一定在数量、形状或尺寸上相同。在图50的图示实施例中,材料片还具有界定一件式扁平管道3910的宽侧3922、3924的外侧部3907。外侧步3907从上述折叠3930的组延伸并与折叠3930的组一体,并且成型为至少部分地包围折叠3930的组。在其他实施例中,外侧部3907不包围或者不完全包围折叠3930,在此情况下,外侧部3907弯曲以至少粉笔一件式扁平管道3910内的流动通道3916。此外,应该注意,材料片形成为界定仅一个外侧部(例如,从中部3905的两侧中的仅一侧上的折叠延伸),其可以绕中部3905延伸以封闭流动通道3916。Referring first to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 50 in particular, the flattened duct 3910 shown therein is formed from a single sheet of material having a central portion 3905 that is contoured in a wave-like manner to form a flow channel 3916 in the resulting one-piece flattened duct 3910. . The middle portion 3905 of the sheet of material has a set of folds 3930 on both sides for providing reinforcement to the respective narrow sides 3918 , 3920 of the one-piece flat tubing 3910 . In other embodiments, the central portion 3905 has sets of folds 3930 on only one side (eg, where only one narrow side 3918, 3920 of the one-piece flat duct 3910 needs to be reinforced in this way). Furthermore, it should be noted that the central portion 3905 may have any number of reinforcing folds on either side, and that the folds on opposite sides of the central portion 3905 need not be the same in number, shape, or size. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 50 , the sheet of material also has an outer side portion 3907 that defines the broad sides 3922 , 3924 of the one-piece flat tubing 3910 . The outer step 3907 extends from and is integral with the aforementioned set of folds 3930 and is shaped to at least partially surround the set of folds 3930 . In other embodiments, outer portion 3907 does not surround or does not completely surround fold 3930 , in which case outer portion 3907 is curved to at least chalk flow channel 3916 within one-piece flat tubing 3910 . Furthermore, it should be noted that the sheet of material is formed to define only one outer portion (eg, extending from a fold on only one of the sides of central portion 3905 ), which may extend around central portion 3905 to enclose flow channel 3916 .

在一些实施例中,如图50所示的扁平管道3910可以在辊生产线(如图49所示的辊生产线3701)上由无末端材料片(例如如图50(a)所示的片金属的无末端带或条带3909或者其他合适材料)来高效地制造。材料带3903包括两个纵向边缘3938、3940。首先,如图50(b)所示,在材料带3909中产生多个折叠3930的两个组,以形成稍后产生的扁平管道3910的窄侧3918、3920。每个图示的多个折叠3930的组由材料带3909中的六个180°弯曲形成,其中相邻的折叠3909彼此抵靠,在界定折叠3930的弯曲之间的相邻折叠3930之间不具有或几乎不具有空间。在图50中图示的折叠3930之间的图示间隙仅用于解释的目的来更详细地示出各个折叠3930。此外,虽然在图50图示的每组中示出了六个折叠3930,应该注意,如前所述任意其他数量的折叠3930可以与中部3905相邻地存在,其在许多实施例中至少部分地由扁平管道3910的期望规格(例如,尺度)确定。In some embodiments, a flat tube 3910 as shown in FIG. 50 may be formed on a roll production line (such as a roll production line 3701 as shown in FIG. 49 ) from an endless sheet of material (such as sheet metal as shown in FIG. 50( a ) Endless band or strip 3909 or other suitable material) to efficiently manufacture. Strip of material 3903 includes two longitudinal edges 3938,3940. First, as shown in Figure 50(b), two sets of folds 3930 are produced in the strip of material 3909 to form the narrow sides 3918, 3920 of the flattened tube 3910 which is produced later. Each illustrated group of folds 3930 is formed by six 180° bends in the strip of material 3909, wherein adjacent folds 3909 abut each other with no gaps between adjacent folds 3930 between the bends bounding folds 3930. With or almost no space. The illustrated gaps between folds 3930 illustrated in FIG. 50 are for explanatory purposes only to show each fold 3930 in greater detail. Additionally, while six folds 3930 are shown in each set illustrated in FIG. 50 , it should be noted that any other number of folds 3930 may exist adjacent to the central portion 3905 as previously described, which in many embodiments is at least partially Ground is determined by the desired specification (eg, dimensions) of the flat pipe 3910.

如图50(c)所示,接着在多个折叠3930的组之间形成波浪形部分3911。但是,在其他实施例中,可以替代地与形成折叠3930的同时或其后形成波浪形部分3911。波浪形部分3911可以具有任意数量任意期望形状的波纹,包括但不限于在组装之后具有相对于一件式扁平管道3910的宽侧3922、3924倾斜的侧部的波纹,具有方波形状的波纹,具有曲线波形状(例如正弦波)的波纹,具有本文所述的任意其他形状的波纹,或者这些形状的任意组合。As shown in FIG. 50( c ), undulating portions 3911 are then formed between groups of folds 3930 . However, in other embodiments, undulating portion 3911 may alternatively be formed at the same time as or after forming fold 3930 . The corrugated portion 3911 may have any number of corrugations of any desired shape, including but not limited to corrugations having sloped sides relative to the broad sides 3922, 3924 of the one-piece flat tubing 3910 after assembly, corrugations having a square wave shape, Corrugations having the shape of a curved wave, such as a sine wave, corrugations having any other shape described herein, or any combination of these shapes.

用于形成图50(d)中扁平管道3910的制造处理根据虚线所示的连个箭头继续。具体而言,在形成折叠3930和波浪形部分3911之后,将连接到多个折叠3930的组的带部分3913绕相应的多个折叠3930布置并跨越波浪形部分3911,从而形成一件式扁平管道的纵向延伸的流动通道3916。换言之,每个带部分3913从外侧包围或至少部分包围多个折叠3930的一组,并进一步延伸以覆盖波浪形部分3911。此外,如图50的图(c)和(d)所示,一个纵向边缘3978弯曲为位于第一窄侧3918上并在第一窄侧3918处绕多个折叠3230延伸并包围多个折叠3230,另一个纵向边缘3980弯曲为位于第二窄侧3920上并在第二窄侧3920处绕多个折叠3230延伸并包围多个折叠3230。在扁平管道3910的一些实施例中,纵向边缘3978、3980不覆盖或仅部分覆盖相应窄侧3918、3920,这是因为通过设置如上所述的多个折叠3930,能够使窄侧3928、3920充分稳定。The fabrication process for forming the flat tube 3910 in Figure 50(d) continues according to the two arrows shown in dashed lines. Specifically, after forming the folds 3930 and the undulating portion 3911, the band portion 3913 connected to the group of the plurality of folds 3930 is arranged around the corresponding plurality of folds 3930 and across the undulating portion 3911, thereby forming a one-piece flat duct The longitudinally extending flow channel 3916. In other words, each strap portion 3913 externally surrounds, or at least partially surrounds, a set of folds 3930 and extends further to cover the undulating portion 3911 . In addition, as shown in panels (c) and (d) of FIG. , the other longitudinal edge 3980 is curved to be located on the second narrow side 3920 and extend around and surround the plurality of folds 3230 at the second narrow side 3920 . In some embodiments of the flat duct 3910, the longitudinal edges 3978, 3980 do not cover or only partially cover the respective narrow sides 3918, 3920 because by providing a plurality of folds 3930 as described above, the narrow sides 3928, 3920 can be fully Stablize.

在扁平管道3910的完成版中,例如图50(d)所示的那样,波浪形部分3911的波峰和波谷(或具有界定了流动通道3916的不同形状的中部3905的其他特征)被硬钎焊、焊接或以任意其他合适方式紧固到一件式扁平管道3910的宽侧3922、3924中的任一侧或两侧。更具体而言,如图50(d)所示的波峰和波谷上的点示意性地图示了能够在波浪形部分3911与相邻的宽侧3922、3924之间进行的硬钎焊连接。In the finished version of the flat tube 3910, such as that shown in Figure 50(d), the peaks and troughs of the undulating portion 3911 (or other features with a differently shaped central portion 3905 defining the flow channel 3916) are brazed , welded, or fastened in any other suitable manner to either or both of the broadsides 3922, 3924 of the one-piece flat tubing 3910. More specifically, the points on the crests and troughs shown in Figure 50(d) schematically illustrate the brazed connections that can be made between the undulating portion 3911 and the adjacent broadsides 3922, 3924.

图51图示了根据本发明额外实施例的具有一体插入件的一件式扁平管道。此实施例采用了与以上结合图50所述的扁平管道的实施例许多相同的结构并具有许多相同属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图50所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与图51所示且以下所述的具有一体插入件的一件式扁平管道的结构和特征以及与这些结构和特征的可选方案相关的额外信息,应该对以上结合图50所进行的描述进行参考。此后如图51所示的具有一体插入件的一件式扁平管道的与图50的实施例的结构和特征相对应的结构和特征被分配以4000系列的附图标记。Figure 51 illustrates a one-piece flat pipe with an integral insert according to additional embodiments of the present invention. This embodiment employs many of the same structures and has many of the same attributes as the flat tube embodiment described above in connection with FIG. 50 . Therefore, the following description is mainly directed to structures and features that are different from the embodiment described above in connection with FIG. 50 . For additional information regarding the structures and features of the one-piece flat duct with integral insert shown in FIG. 51 and described below, and alternatives to these structures and features, the description above in connection with FIG. for reference. Structure and features of the one-piece flat duct with integral insert as shown in FIG. 51 corresponding to those of the embodiment of FIG. 50 are assigned 4000 series reference numerals hereafter.

现在具体参考图51,其中所示的一件式扁平管道4010由一个材料片(例如,片金属带)形成。在此具体实施例中,材料片的中部4005以波浪形方式成型以产生波浪形部分,其至少部分地形成位于扁平管道4010的宽侧4022、4024之间的流动通道4016。中部4005可以具有以上参考图50的图示实施例所述的任意形状。Referring now specifically to FIG. 51 , there is shown a one-piece flat duct 4010 formed from a single sheet of material (eg, sheet metal strip). In this particular embodiment, the central portion 4005 of the sheet of material is contoured in a corrugated manner to create a corrugated portion that at least partially forms the flow channel 4016 between the broad sides 4022 , 4024 of the flat tube 4010 . The central portion 4005 may have any of the shapes described above with reference to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 50 .

作为使用多个折叠3930以对一件式扁平管道3910的窄端3918、3920进行加强(见图50)的可选方案或附加方案,如图51所示的一件式扁平管道4010利用窄侧4018、4020处的成型件4015(即,线圈、心轴、中空或实体插入件等)。成型件4015可以位于窄侧4018、4020的任一侧或两侧,并在一些实施例中可以对在窄侧4018、4020中的任一侧或两侧处产生的一个或多个折叠进行补充,其中这些折叠类似于以上结合图50所述的折叠3030。在一件式扁平管道4010的制造处理期间,成型件4015可以展开或者以其他方式与材料片4009总行平行地放置。在处理了所防止的成型件4015之间的波浪形部分4011之后,如图51中的虚线箭头所示,与成型件4015响铃的材料片的带部分4013从外侧绕成型件4015包围,并且经过波浪形部分4011以形成一件式扁平管道4010的宽侧4022、4024。带部分4013连接到波浪形部分4011,并还可以连接到窄侧4018、4020中的成型件4015。此外,材料片4009的纵向边缘4078、4080每个绕相应的成型件4015弯曲,并置于各个窄侧4018、4020上。As an alternative or in addition to using multiple folds 3930 to reinforce the narrow ends 3918, 3920 of the one-piece flat tubing 3910 (see FIG. 50 ), the one-piece flat tubing 4010 shown in FIG. Forming 4015 (ie, coil, mandrel, hollow or solid insert, etc.) at 4018, 4020. The molding 4015 may be located on either or both of the narrow sides 4018, 4020 and in some embodiments may complement one or more folds created at either or both of the narrow sides 4018, 4020 , where these folds are similar to folds 3030 described above in connection with FIG. 50 . During the manufacturing process of the one-piece flat tubing 4010 , the formed piece 4015 may be unfolded or otherwise placed parallel to the overall row of the sheet of material 4009 . After processing the prevented wavy portion 4011 between the profiles 4015, as shown by the dashed arrows in FIG. The broad sides 4022 , 4024 of the one-piece flat duct 4010 are formed through the corrugated portion 4011 . The strap portion 4013 is connected to the undulating portion 4011 and may also be connected to the molding 4015 in the narrow sides 4018 , 4020 . Furthermore, the longitudinal edges 4078 , 4080 of the sheet of material 4009 are each bent around a respective profile 4015 and rest on the respective narrow side 4018 , 4020 .

因此,图51中的一件式扁平管道4010的窄侧4018、4020每个都由一个成型件4015成,使得窄侧4018、4020被材料片4009的相应纵向边缘4078、4080包围。Thus, the narrow sides 4018, 4020 of the one-piece flat duct 4010 in FIG.

图52-54图示了根据本发明额外实施例的具有一体插入件的一件式扁平管道。这些实施例采用了与以上结合图50和51所述的扁平管道的实施例许多相同的结构并具有许多相同属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图50和51所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与图52-54所示且以下所述的具有一体插入件的一件式扁平管道的结构和特征以及与这些结构和特征的可选方案相关的额外信息,应该对以上结合图50和51所进行的描述进行参考。此后如图52-54所示的具有一体插入件的一件式扁平管道的与图50和51的实施例的结构和特征相对应的结构和特征被分配以4100、4200和4300系列的附图标记。52-54 illustrate a one-piece flat pipe with an integral insert according to additional embodiments of the invention. These embodiments employ many of the same structures and have many of the same attributes as the flat tube embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 50 and 51 . Accordingly, the following description is primarily directed to structures and features that differ from the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 50 and 51 . For additional information regarding the structures and features of the one-piece flat duct with integral insert shown in FIGS. 52-54 and described below, and alternatives to these structures and features, reference should be made to the The descriptions are made by reference. Structures and features corresponding to those of the embodiment of Figures 50 and 51 of the one-piece flat duct with integral insert shown in Figures 52-54 are hereafter assigned the 4100, 4200 and 4300 series of drawings mark.

图52-54每个图示了由单个材料片4109、4209、4309(例如,铝、铝合金或其他金属或合适材料的带)形成的扁平管道4110、4210、4310的示例性实施例,并示出了在完成成型之前的这些扁平管道4110、4210、4310。在扁平管道4110、4210、4310的这些具体实施例中,材料片4109、4209、4309的部分4105、4205、4305以波浪形方式成型,并在扁平管道4110、4210、4310的宽侧4122、4222、4322之间延伸,以形成流动通道4116、4216、4316。此外,窄侧4118、4120、4218、4220、4318、4320每个都至少部分地由材料片4109、4209、4309的连接部分4117、4119、4217、4219、4317、4319以及包围连接部分4117、4119、4217、4219、4317、4319的纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380形成。52-54 each illustrate an exemplary embodiment of a flat duct 4110, 4210, 4310 formed from a single sheet of material 4109, 4209, 4309 (e.g., a strip of aluminum, aluminum alloy, or other metal or suitable material), and These flattened tubes 4110, 4210, 4310 are shown prior to completion of forming. In these specific embodiments of the flat tubes 4110, 4210, 4310, portions 4105, 4205, 4305 of the sheets of material 4109, 4209, 4309 are formed in a corrugated manner and , 4322 to form flow channels 4116, 4216, 4316. In addition, the narrow sides 4118, 4120, 4218, 4220, 4318, 4320 are each at least partially defined by the connecting portion 4117, 4119, 4217, 4219, 4317, 4319 of the sheet of material 4109, 4209, 4309 and surrounding the connecting portion 4117, 4119. , 4217, 4219, 4317, 4319 are formed by the longitudinal edges 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280, 4378, 4380.

在图52和53的图示实施例中,叠置的纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280和连接部分4117、4119、4217、4219提供了在窄侧4118、4120、4218、4220处的两倍壁厚,其通常对于其中使用相对较薄壁厚(如上所述)的扁平管道4110、4210、4310的许多应用是足够稳定的。在其他实施例中,例如在图54的图示实施例中,可以通过连接部分4317、4319的一个或多个折叠4330来实现对窄侧4118、4120、4218、4220的相对更强的加强。换言之,在窄侧4318、4320处材料片4309的将由纵向边缘4378、4380叠置的这些部分可以通过一个或多个折叠4330进一步加强。在这些实施例中,这些折叠4330被成型(例如,成圆形)为,当材料片4309被弯曲以使第一和第二宽侧4322、4324进入其封闭位置时,至少部分地界定窄侧4318、4320。可选地或附加地,在窄侧4318、4320处的纵向边缘4378、4380能够例如以与如图34所示的组D扁平管道实施例相似的方式设置有一个或多个这种加强折叠4330。在利用加强折叠4330的这些实施例中,窄侧4318、4320包括壁波浪形部分4311和宽侧4322、4324的厚度相对更大的厚度。因此,可以提供对于扁平管道4310的受到相对更大应力的部分(例如具有相对较薄壁的宽侧4322/4324和/或波浪形部分43211)提供足够的加强。In the illustrated embodiment of Figures 52 and 53, the overlapping longitudinal edges 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280 and connecting portions 4117, 4119, 4217, 4219 provide twice the Wall thickness, which is generally stable enough for many applications where relatively thin wall thickness (as described above) flat tubing 4110, 4210, 4310 is used. In other embodiments, such as in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 54 , relatively stronger reinforcement of the narrow sides 4118 , 4120 , 4218 , 4220 may be achieved by one or more folds 4330 of the connecting portions 4317 , 4319 . In other words, those portions of the sheet of material 4309 at the narrow sides 4318 , 4320 to be overlapped by the longitudinal edges 4378 , 4380 may be further strengthened by one or more folds 4330 . In these embodiments, the folds 4330 are shaped (eg, rounded) to at least partially define the narrow sides when the sheet of material 4309 is bent to bring the first and second wide sides 4322, 4324 into their closed positions. 4318, 4320. Alternatively or additionally, the longitudinal edges 4378, 4380 at the narrow sides 4318, 4320 can be provided with one or more such reinforcing folds 4330, for example in a manner similar to the group D flat duct embodiment shown in FIG. . In these embodiments utilizing reinforcing folds 4330, the narrow sides 4318, 4320 comprise a relatively greater thickness of the wall undulations 4311 and the broad sides 4322, 4324. Accordingly, sufficient reinforcement may be provided for portions of the flattened duct 4310 that are subject to relatively greater stress, such as the broad sides 4322/4324 and/or the corrugated portion 43211 having relatively thinner walls.

虽然对于以上结合图52-54所述的实施例的任一者,加强折叠4330可以用于窄侧位置的任一者,但是应该注意,在其他实施例中,窄侧4118、4120、4218、4220、4318、4320中的任一者可以无需这些加强折叠。此外,在窄侧4138、4238、4318处的这种加强折叠4130、4230、4330的数量可以与另一个窄侧4120、4220、4320处的数量不同,并且在窄侧之一处的加强折叠4130、4230、4330的位置(例如,仅在连接部分4117、4119、4217、4219、4317、4319上,或仅在与连接部分4117、4119、4217、4219、4317、4319叠置的纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380上)可以与另一个窄侧处的加强折叠4130、4230、4330的位置(例如,仅在连纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380上,或仅在分别与纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380叠置的连接部分4117、4119、4217、4219、4317、4319上)不同。While for any of the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. Any of 4220, 4318, 4320 may eliminate these reinforcing folds. Furthermore, the number of such reinforcing folds 4130, 4230, 4330 at a narrow side 4138, 4238, 4318 may be different from the number at the other narrow side 4120, 4220, 4320, and the reinforcing fold 4130 at one of the narrow sides , 4230, 4330 positions (e.g., only on connecting portions 4117, 4119, 4217, 4219, 4317, 4319, or only on longitudinal edges 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280, 4378, 4380) can be combined with the location of the reinforcement fold 4130, 4230, 4330 at the other narrow side (e.g., only on the even longitudinal edge 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280, 4378, 4380, or Only at the connection portions 4117, 4119, 4217, 4219, 4317, 4319 which overlap the longitudinal edges 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280, 4378, 4380 respectively) differ.

在以上结合如图52-54所示的一件式扁平管道4110、4210、4310所述的实施例中的任一者中,材料片4109、4209、4309的叠置纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380可以位于壁台阶部4158、4160、4258、5260、4358、4360(例如纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380所处的窄侧4118、4218处或附近的壁台阶部部4158、4160、4258、5260、4358、4360)中。这样,当纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380朝向其封闭位置移动以形成一件式扁平管道4110、4210、4310时(由图52-54中的虚线箭头所示),纵向边缘4178、4180、4278、4280、4378、4380可以容纳在壁台阶部4158、4160、4258、5260、4358、4360内并由此被包围。在一些实施例中,壁台阶部4158、4160、4258、5260、4358、4360设置在扁平管道4110、4210、4310的每个宽侧4122、4124、4222、4224、4322、4324上。In any of the embodiments described above in connection with the one-piece flat tubing 4110, 4210, 4310 as shown in Figures 52-54, the overlapping longitudinal edges 4178, 4180, 4278 , 4280, 4378, 4380 may be located at or near the narrow side 4118, 4218 of the wall step 4158, 4160, 4258, 5260, 4358, 4360 (for example, the narrow side 4118, 4218 of the longitudinal edge 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280, 4378, 4380) Steps 4158, 4160, 4258, 5260, 4358, 4360). Thus, when the longitudinal edges 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280, 4378, 4380 are moved toward their closed positions to form the one-piece flat ducts 4110, 4210, 4310 (shown by the dashed arrows in FIGS. 52-54 ), the longitudinal edges 4178, 4180, 4278, 4280, 4378, 4380 may be received within and surrounded by wall steps 4158, 4160, 4258, 5260, 4358, 4360. In some embodiments, a wall step 4158 , 4160 , 4258 , 5260 , 4358 , 4360 is provided on each broadside 4122 , 4124 , 4222 , 4224 , 4322 , 4324 of the flattened duct 4110 , 4210 , 4310 .

对于图51的图示实施例,如图52-54所示的波浪形部分4111、4211、4311的波峰和波谷(或者具有界定了流动通道4116、4216、4316的不同形状的中部4105、5205、4305的其他特征)可以硬钎焊、焊接或以任何其他合适方式紧固到一件式扁平管道4110、4210、4310的宽侧4122、4124、4222、4224、4322、4324中的任一侧或两侧上。For the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 51, the peaks and troughs of the undulating portions 4111, 4211, 4311 as shown in FIGS. other features of 4305) may be brazed, welded, or fastened in any other suitable manner to any of the wide sides 4122, 4124, 4222, 4224, 4322, 4324 of the one-piece flat tubing 4110, 4210, 4310 or on both sides.

如上所述,如图52-54所示的一件式扁平管道4110、4210、4310中的每个都具有用于界定流动通道4116、4216、4316的波浪形部分4111、4211、4311。界定此波浪形部分4111、4211、4311的部分4105、4205、4305可以具有以上参考图50的图示实施例所述的形状中的任一者。在图52和54的图示实施例中,例如,波浪形部分4111、4311界定了具有大体三角形设计并具有大体相同横截面形状和尺寸(不过这两者可以在一件式扁平管道4110、4310的宽度上变化)的许多流动通道4116、4316。图53图示了设置有多于一种波浪设计的波浪形部分4211,使得波浪形部分4211形成了至少两种不同横截面尺寸的流动通道4216。如图53所示的波浪形部分4211包括具有每个都相对较大的横截面面积的七个流动通道4216的一组,以及每个都相对较小的横截面面积的六个流动通道4216的另一组。在其他实施例种,可以采用布置在一件式扁平管道4210的截面中的流动通道形状和尺寸的任意其他组合。利用这种热交换器管道4210的图示,可以最佳地解决对于热交换器的特定需求。虽然在图53中这些尺寸变化的流动通道4216的横截面形状是大体矩形,但是可以构思的是,波浪形部分4216可以至少部分地基于扁平管道4210的期望规格来界定具有其他形状的流动通道4216。如上所述,波浪形截面W的设计不限于本文所示的设计。As mentioned above, each of the one-piece flat tubing 4110, 4210, 4310 as shown in Figs. 52-54 has an undulating portion 4111, 4211, 4311 for defining a flow channel 4116, 4216, 4316. The portion 4105 , 4205 , 4305 delimiting this undulating portion 4111 , 4211 , 4311 may have any of the shapes described above with reference to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 50 . In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 52 and 54 , for example, the undulating portions 4111 , 4311 define a shape having a generally triangular design and having generally the same cross-sectional shape and size (although both could be in a one-piece flat duct 4110 , 4310 A number of flow channels 4116, 4316 that vary in width). Figure 53 illustrates an undulating portion 4211 provided with more than one wave design such that the undulating portion 4211 forms flow channels 4216 of at least two different cross-sectional sizes. The undulating portion 4211 shown in FIG. 53 includes a set of seven flow channels 4216 each having a relatively large cross-sectional area, and a set of six flow channels 4216 each having a relatively small cross-sectional area. another group. In other embodiments, any other combination of flow channel shapes and sizes disposed in the cross-section of the one-piece flat tubing 4210 may be employed. Using this representation of the heat exchanger tubing 4210, specific requirements for the heat exchanger can be best addressed. Although the cross-sectional shape of these variably sized flow channels 4216 is generally rectangular in FIG. . As mentioned above, the design of the wave-shaped section W is not limited to the design shown here.

能够以许多不同方式制造本文所述的扁平管道中的任一者。但是,通过利用由本发明人发现并且以下更详细描述的一个或多个制造改善,与许多传统的扁平管道制造技术相比,能够以显著的成本节省、提高的效率、更高的速度和/或更可靠且可复现的方式来制造这些管道。Any of the flat tubes described herein can be manufactured in many different ways. However, by utilizing one or more manufacturing improvements discovered by the present inventors and described in more detail below, it is possible to achieve significant cost savings, increased efficiency, higher speed and/or A more reliable and reproducible way to manufacture these pipes.

由本发明人发行的一个这种改善与能够从无末端长度的扁平管路(即,从通过制造装备馈送的连续材料供应)分离根据本发明的扁平管道并从而得到具有期望长度的离散扁平管道的方式相关。如本文和所附权利要求中所使用的,术语“无末端管道”用于表示在以期望长度分离为离散管道之前通过对从各个供应体(例如,盘卷)行进的一个或多个材料片进行成型来制造根据本文所述的实施例中的任一者的扁平管路,因此结合了上述“无末端”的先前界定。本领域的技术人员应该理解,在切割或以其他方式分离至少部分地由相对薄壁产品构成的元件而不在成品上产生变形、毛边、毛刺或其他不期望特征方面存在着较大的挑战。虽然在由更厚壁的材料构成的产品中存在相似的问题(其可以等同地以下述一些改善来解决),但是在许多情况下,这种问题更频繁地导致不可接受的薄壁成品。参考本文所述的薄壁扁平管道实施例,这些实施例中的许多具有不大于约0.15mm(0.00591英寸)的壁厚。在一些实施例中,管道壁可以具有至少约0.03mm(0.0011811英寸)的厚度。此外,在本文所述的那些具有插入件的管道组件实施例中,这些实施例中的许多具有不大于约0.01mm(0.003937英寸)的插入件材料厚度。在一些实施例中,插入件的材料厚度可以不小于约0.03mm(0.00118英寸)。One such improvement issued by the inventors is related to the ability to separate the flat tubes according to the invention from flat tubes of endless length (i.e. from a continuous supply of material fed through manufacturing equipment) and thereby obtain discrete flat tubes of desired length method is relevant. As used herein and in the appended claims, the term "endless conduit" is used to denote that one or more pieces of material travel from individual supplies (e.g., coils) before being separated into discrete conduits at desired lengths. Forming is performed to produce a flat tubing according to any of the embodiments described herein, thus incorporating the previous definition of "endless" above. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that significant challenges exist in cutting or otherwise separating elements constructed at least in part from relatively thin-walled products without producing distortion, flashing, burrs, or other undesirable features on the finished product. While similar problems exist in products constructed of thicker walled materials (which can equally be addressed with some of the improvements described below), in many cases such problems more frequently result in unacceptably thin walled finished products. Referring to the thin-walled flat tubing embodiments described herein, many of these embodiments have a wall thickness of no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.00591 inches). In some embodiments, the conduit wall can have a thickness of at least about 0.03 mm (0.0011811 inches). Additionally, of those conduit assembly embodiments having an insert described herein, many of these embodiments have an insert material thickness of no greater than about 0.01 mm (0.003937 inches). In some embodiments, the material thickness of the insert may be no less than about 0.03 mm (0.00118 inches).

本发明人已经发现,可以通过对片中的至少一个打口来以较好的方式从通过制造装备规送的一个或多个材料片的无末端管路产生单独(即,离散)的扁平管道。即,管道的至少一部分被打口以帮助改善从无末端管路的管道分离。这种打口可以在对上游片材料进行成型操作之前,或者在片材料已经成为连续长度的扁平管路之后,或者在两者之间的任意其他的一个或多个阶段进行。此外,这种打口的位置可以在用于制造连续扁平管路的不同部分的不同材料片(或相同材料片上的不同位置)之间变化。The inventors have discovered that individual (i.e. discrete) flat tubes can be produced in a superior manner from an endless conduit of one or more sheets of material fed through manufacturing equipment by perforating at least one of the sheets . That is, at least a portion of the tubing is ported to help improve tubing separation from the endless line. This opening may be performed prior to the forming operation of the upstream sheet material, or after the sheet material has been formed into a continuous length of flattened tubing, or at any other stage or stages in between. Furthermore, the location of such perforations may vary between different sheets of material (or different locations on the same sheet of material) used to make different portions of the continuous flat tubing.

在用于制造扁平管道的片金属带中形成打口的优点在于,在一些实施例中,可以在基本不在成品上产生变形、毛边、毛刺和/或其他不期望的特征的情况下制造扁平管道。在管道分离处理中使用打口的处理可以应用于本文所述的管道实施例中的任一者。An advantage of forming perforations in the sheet metal strip used to make flat tubing is that, in some embodiments, the flat tubing can be made without substantial distortion, burrs, burrs, and/or other undesirable features on the finished product. . The use of perforations in the tubing separation process can be applied to any of the tubing embodiments described herein.

作为用于制造一件式扁平管道的打口和分离处理的示例,对诸如图19-21、52和53所示的那些一件式扁平管年点的分离处理进行参考,其中一件式扁平管道1210、1310、1410、4110、4210可以由单个无末端的材料片形成。在图52和53中,一件式扁平管道4110、4210示出为处于即将完成之前的制造处理的状态,并且必须在已经打口处被分离之前沿着如虚线所示的箭头的方向封闭。因此,可以在如图52和53所示将材料片弯曲之前形成打口。类似的概念可以应用于如图19-21所示的管道1210、1310、1410以及本文所述的其他一件式扁平管道。As an example of the opening and separation processes used to manufacture one-piece flat pipes, reference is made to the separation processes of one-piece flat pipes such as those shown in Figures 19-21, 52 and 53, where one-piece flat The conduits 1210, 1310, 1410, 4110, 4210 may be formed from a single endless piece of material. In Figures 52 and 53, the one-piece flat ducts 4110, 4210 are shown in a state just prior to completion of the manufacturing process and must be closed in the direction of the arrows as indicated by the dotted lines before the openings can be separated. Thus, the perforations can be formed prior to bending the sheet of material as shown in FIGS. 52 and 53 . Similar concepts can be applied to the pipes 1210, 1310, 1410 shown in Figures 19-21 and the other one-piece flat pipes described herein.

作为用于制造两件式扁平管道的此处理的顺利,对分离诸如图28所示的两件式扁平管道的处理进行参考。如上更详细描述的,如图28所示的两件式扁平管道两件式扁平管道1910具有界定了扁平管道两件式扁平管道1910的各个宽侧1922、1924的第一和第二部分1912、1914以及收纳在其间的插入件1934。还如以上所述,第一和第二部分1912、1914可以相同或大体心爱你共同,但可以彼此相反,其中一个管道部分1914的纵向边缘中的一个具有至少部分地包围另一个管道部分1912的纵向边缘上的较小拱形部分1962的较大拱形部分1968。在插入件1934的纵向边缘的任一者或两者处的折叠1970。虽然本文所述打口和分离处理可以应用于具有以上结合图19的实施例所述的管道部分和管道尺寸中的任一者的两件式扁平管道,但是结合图55-58所述的插入件1934具有约0.03-0.09mm(0.0011811-0.0035433英寸)的厚度,形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的材料片具有约0.03-0.15mm(0.0011811-0.0059055英寸)的厚度,并且仅作为示例,完成的两件式扁平管道1910具有约1-10mm(0.03937-0.3937英寸)的小直径d。在图28中,图示了即将完成之前的两件式扁平管道1910,其中打口已经成在第一和第二管道部分1912、1914以及插入件1934中,并已经被调节为使得第一和第二部分1912、1914以及插入件1934中的打口大体对准。As a smoothness of this process for manufacturing a two-piece flat pipe, reference is made to a process of separating a two-piece flat pipe such as that shown in FIG. 28 . As described in more detail above, the two-piece flat duct 1910 shown in FIG. 28 has first and second portions 1912, 1912, 1914 and insert 1934 received therebetween. As also described above, the first and second sections 1912, 1914 may be identical or generally common, but may be opposite to each other, wherein one of the longitudinal edges of one duct section 1914 has a rim at least partially surrounding the other duct section 1912 The larger arched portion 1968 of the smaller arched portion 1962 on the longitudinal edge. Fold 1970 at either or both of the longitudinal edges of insert 1934. While the opening and separation processes described herein can be applied to two-piece flat tubing having any of the tubing sections and tubing dimensions described above in connection with the embodiment of FIG. 19, the insertion described in connection with FIGS. The piece 1934 has a thickness of about 0.03-0.09 mm (0.0011811-0.0035433 inches), and the sheet of material forming the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 has a thickness of about 0.03-0.15 mm (0.0011811-0.0059055 inches), and is by way of example only , the completed two-piece flat tubing 1910 has a minor diameter d of about 1-10 mm (0.03937-0.3937 inches). In FIG. 28 , a two-piece flat duct 1910 is illustrated just before completion, wherein openings have been formed in first and second duct sections 1912, 1914 and insert 1934 and have been adjusted such that the first and The openings in the second portions 1912, 1914 and the insert 1934 are generally aligned.

图55-58图示了与如图49所示的制造生产线3701类似的示例性制造生产线1900。在此具体情况下,制造生产线1900被设计为形成三件式扁平管道组件(即,具有包括第一和第二部分1912、1914并还包括擦汗如见1934的三件式扁平管道),而制造生产线3701被设计为用于形成两件式扁平管道组件(即,具有界定了第一和第二部分1212、1214、1312、1314、1412、1414、4112、4114、4212、4214、并还包括插入件1234、1334、1434、4134、4234的一件式扁平管道)。虽然本文参考了还在此专利申请中描述的具体扁平管道实施例的制造来描述制造生产线3701、1900,但是这仅作为示例。因此,应该理解参考图49和图55-58所述的处理可以应用于此申请中所述的全部管道的制造。55-58 illustrate an exemplary manufacturing line 1900 similar to the manufacturing line 3701 shown in FIG. 49 . In this particular case, the manufacturing line 1900 is designed to form a three-piece flat duct assembly (i.e., having a three-piece flat duct that includes first and second portions 1912, 1914 and also includes a sweat wipe as seen at 1934), and Manufacturing line 3701 is designed for forming two-piece flat tubing assemblies (i.e., having One-piece flat tubing for inserts 1234, 1334, 1434, 4134, 4234). Although the manufacturing lines 3701, 1900 are described herein with reference to the manufacture of specific flat tube embodiments also described in this patent application, this is by way of example only. Accordingly, it should be understood that the process described with reference to Figure 49 and Figures 55-58 can be applied to the manufacture of all pipes described in this application.

如图55所示,制造生产线1900包括用于形成三件式扁平管道组件的三个片材料的盘卷R1、R2、R3,例如铝、铝合金或其他合适材料的片。在此具体示例中,来自第一盘卷R1的材料用于制造第一部分1912或1914,来自第三盘卷R3的片材料用于制造第二部分1914或1912,来自第二盘卷R2的材料用于制造用于两件式扁平管道1910的插入件1934。至少部分地根据材料片的路径、盘卷的相对于制造生产线的其他可能位置、以及随着其通过制造处理得到的扁平管道1910的方位,每个盘卷R1、R2、R3可以具有用于制造其他实施例中的扁平管道1910的部分中的任一者的片材料。As shown in FIG. 55, manufacturing line 1900 includes three coils R1, R2, R3 of sheet material, such as sheets of aluminum, aluminum alloy, or other suitable material, for forming a three-piece flat duct assembly. In this particular example, material from the first coil R1 is used to make the first part 1912 or 1914, sheet material from the third coil R3 is used to make the second part 1914 or 1912, material from the second coil R2 Used to make insert 1934 for two-piece flat tubing 1910 . Depending at least in part on the path of the sheet of material, the other possible positions of the coil relative to the manufacturing line, and the orientation of the flat tube 1910 as it passes through the manufacturing process, each coil R1, R2, R3 may have a Sheet material of any of the portions of the flattened duct 1910 in other embodiments.

图55图示了用于分布对从盘卷R1、R2和R3提供的片材料进行处理的辊组1921、1923、1925的。每组辊1921、1923、1925如图55示意性示出的可以布置为界定了行进片材料的各个循环。在每组1921、1923、1925中的辊的任一个或多个可以由合适的电动机或原动机驱动以牵引由盘卷R1、R2和R3提供的材料。此外,每组1921、1923、1925中的辊的任一个或多个可以是允许相应的材料片自由行进结果的空转辊。此外,每组1921、1923、1925中的辊的任一个可以执行两个功能,例如通过离合器选择性地驱动,或者以任何传统方式选择性地驱动。还可以理解,材料盘卷R1、R2和R3自身可以由合适的电动机或其他原动机驱动。作为示例,可以构思的是,从盘卷R1、R2和R3供应的材料片可以在一些实施例中以约100-200m/min(328.08-656.16ft/min)的线速度移动。在其他实施例中更慢或更快的速度是可能的。Figure 55 illustrates the roll sets 1921, 1923, 1925 for distributing the processing of sheet material supplied from coils R1, R2 and R3. Each set of rollers 1921, 1923, 1925 may be arranged as schematically shown in Fig. 55 to define a respective loop of advancing sheet material. Any one or more of the rollers in each set 1921, 1923, 1925 may be driven by a suitable electric motor or prime mover to draw material provided by coils R1, R2 and R3. Additionally, any one or more of the rollers in each set 1921, 1923, 1925 may be idler rollers that allow the corresponding sheet of material to travel freely as a result. In addition, any of the rollers in each set 1921, 1923, 1925 may perform two functions, be selectively driven such as by a clutch, or be selectively driven in any conventional manner. It will also be appreciated that the coils of material R1, R2 and R3 may themselves be driven by suitable electric motors or other prime movers. As an example, it is contemplated that the sheets of material supplied from coils R1 , R2 and R3 may in some embodiments move at a line speed of about 100-200 m/min (328.08-656.16 ft/min). Slower or faster speeds are possible in other embodiments.

通过对驱动每个材料盘卷R1、R2、R3和/或驱动辊组1921、1923、1925中的辊的任一者的一个或多个电动机进行控制,例如通过选择性地对材料片中的任一者提供制动力,可以控制每个材料片的最大速度。在一些实施例中,这能够使每个材料片的速度与其他材料片相独立地受控制——甚至控制为使片中的一者或两者停止而使其他移动的控制点。此外,辊组1921、1923、1925可以用于允许对供应到下游位置的片材料进行某些缓冲。By controlling one or more motors that drive each of the material coils R1, R2, R3 and/or any of the rollers in the drive roller sets 1921, 1923, 1925, for example by selectively Either one provides the braking force and can control the maximum velocity of each sheet of material. In some embodiments, this enables the speed of each sheet of material to be controlled independently of the other sheets of material - even controlling a control point for one or both sheets to stop while the other moves. Additionally, roller sets 1921, 1923, 1925 may be used to allow some buffering of the sheet material supplied to the downstream location.

如图55所示的制造生产线1900包括第一打口台1927,其用于在从第二盘卷R2(用于制造稍后形成的扁平管道1910中的插入件1934)接收的材料片中形成打口1929。此打口台1927位于图55中制造审查显1900的开始处,但是在其他实施例中替代地位于此位置的下游。随后,通过图55中示意性地图示为成型部分1931的一组辊来对形成插入件1934的材料片进行成型。来自第一和第二盘卷R1、R3(用于制造稍后形成的扁平管道1910中的第一和第二部分1912、1914)的材料片沿着由成型部分1931界定的距离传输。随后,来自第一盘卷R1的材料片达到第二打口台1933,并且来自第二盘卷R3的材料片到达与第二打口台1933相邻的第三打口台1935。在其他实施例中,三个打口台1927、1933、1935可以处于相对于彼此和/或相对于制造生产线1900的其他部分不同的位置处。此外,在其他实施例中,打口台1927、1933、1935中的一个或多个可以用于对超过一个材料片打口。The manufacturing line 1900 shown in FIG. 55 includes a first punching station 1927 for forming in a sheet of material received from a second coil R2 (used to make an insert 1934 in a later formed flat tube 1910). Open mouth 1929. This punching station 1927 is located at the beginning of the manufacturing review display 1900 in Figure 55, but is alternatively located downstream of this location in other embodiments. The sheet of material forming the insert 1934 is then shaped by a set of rollers, schematically illustrated as forming portion 1931 in FIG. 55 . Sheets of material from the first and second coils R1 , R3 (used to manufacture the first and second portions 1912 , 1914 in the later formed flat tube 1910 ) are transported along the distance defined by the forming portion 1931 . Subsequently, the sheet of material from the first coil R1 reaches a second punching station 1933 and the sheet of material from the second coil R3 reaches a third punching station 1935 adjacent to the second punching station 1933 . In other embodiments, the three punching stations 1927 , 1933 , 1935 may be at different positions relative to each other and/or relative to other portions of the manufacturing line 1900 . Furthermore, in other embodiments, one or more of the punching stations 1927, 1933, 1935 may be used to punch more than one sheet of material.

继续参考图55的图示实施例,第二和第三打口台1933、1935分别用于扁平管道1910的第一和第三材料片上形成打口1929,而用于插入件1934的第二片经过第二和第三打口台1933、1935处的第一和第三片之间。在第二和第三打口台处制造的打口的示例在图57中示出,并可以与上述第一打口台1927中制造的打口相类似。在图57的实施例中,打口1929是由位于打口1929之间的预定距离处的网格1937分离的相对精细的开口。但是,在其他实施例中,打口每个可以是材料的减小厚度的区域,而不一定需要由穿过材料的开口界定。在任一情况下,本文与打口的形状、尺寸和其他特征相关的描述可以等同地应用。Continuing to refer to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 55 , second and third perforation stations 1933, 1935 are used to form perforations 1929 on the first and third sheets of material, respectively, for flat tubing 1910, and for forming perforations 1929 on the second sheet of insert 1934. Pass between the first and third sheets at the second and third punching stations 1933,1935. An example of the punching made at the second and third punching stations is shown in FIG. 57 and may be similar to the punching made at the first punching station 1927 described above. In the embodiment of FIG. 57 , perforations 1929 are relatively fine openings separated by grids 1937 located at predetermined distances between perforations 1929 . However, in other embodiments, the perforations may each be regions of reduced thickness of material and need not necessarily be defined by openings through the material. In either case, the description herein in relation to the shape, size and other features of the opening may apply equally.

作为扁平管道两片式扁平管道1910的制造处理的一部分,断开网格1937。打口1929在被打口的材料片(来自第一、第二或第三盘卷R1、R2和R3)的横向上延伸的长度至少为1cm(0.3937英寸)。此外,在一些实施例中,每个网格1937的长度小于1mm(0.03937英寸)。As part of the fabrication process of the flat tube two-piece flat tube 1910, the mesh 1937 is broken. The perforations 1929 extend at least 1 cm (0.3937 inches) in the transverse direction of the perforated sheet of material (from the first, second or third coils R1, R2 and R3). Additionally, in some embodiments, each grid 1937 is less than 1 mm (0.03937 inches) long.

图57所示的打口1929的形状(例如,长度)和布置仅作为示例。可以在用于形成扁平管道1910的任意材料片中根据需要使用更长或更短的打口1929和更长或更短的网格1937。例如,每个打口1929可以替代地为大体圆形或者可以采取其他期望的形状,其可能导致在材料片上更少或更多的打口。此外,作为示例,打口1929的长度或其他形状可以在被打口的材料片的宽度上变化,例如通过设置在片的纵向边缘附近壁在片的中心更长的打口和/或网格(或者相反)。打口1929的类型和特征至少部分地基于被打口的片的材料属性。The shape (eg, length) and arrangement of apertures 1929 shown in FIG. 57 are by way of example only. Longer or shorter perforations 1929 and longer or shorter meshes 1937 may be used as desired in any sheet of material used to form the flattened duct 1910 . For example, each perforation 1929 may alternatively be generally circular or may take other desired shapes, which may result in fewer or more perforations in the sheet of material. Also, as an example, the length or other shape of the perforations 1929 may vary across the width of the perforated sheet of material, such as by providing perforations and/or grids that are longer in the center of the sheet near the longitudinal edges of the sheet (or vice versa). The type and characteristics of the perforations 1929 are based at least in part on the material properties of the sheet being perforated.

基于能够如上所述使用的打口尺度和相对较薄的片材料,在一些实施例中,打口1929之间的网格1937肉眼不可见。对于许多制造操作,可以通过将网格1937定位于被打口的材料片的每个纵向边缘附近,从而减小材料片的部分在稍后的片处理期间蓄积在这些位置的可能性,来实现一些优点。Based on the dimensions of the openings and the relatively thin sheet material that can be used as described above, in some embodiments the grid 1937 between the openings 1929 is not visible to the naked eye. For many manufacturing operations, this can be achieved by locating the mesh 1937 near each longitudinal edge of the sheet of material being punched, thereby reducing the likelihood that portions of the sheet of material will accumulate at these locations later during sheet processing. some advantages.

在本文所述的其中使用一个或多个材料片(例如,片金属带)来制造扁平管道的那些扁平管道实施例中,可以对材料片打口以在打口处进行分离。在其中使用两个或多个材料片来制造扁平管道的那些实施例中,可以对片中的两个或多个打口,此后不同片中的打口可以对准(例如,在与片大体垂直的平面中,片的行进方向,和/或由片制造的扁平管道),并且可以由连续长度的上游材料在打口处分离单独的管道。在一些实施例中可以通过对将材料片中的一个或多个馈送通过制造处理的一个或多个驱动器的速度进行控制,来实现刚刚所述的打口对准。更具体而言,如果任意两个或多个材料片的打口尚未对准,则可以使片中的一个或多个以不同的速度移动,知道打口对准以在下游位置处分离单独的管道。关于这一点,应该注意,可以对于任意数量的用于制造扁平管道的被打口材料片进行此对准处理。In those flat tubing embodiments described herein in which one or more sheets of material (eg, sheet metal strips) are used to manufacture the flat tubing, the sheets of material may be notched to separate at the notches. In those embodiments where two or more sheets of material are used to make the flat tubing, two or more of the sheets may be perforated, after which the perforations in different sheets may be aligned (e.g., at approximately the same size as the sheet). vertical plane, the direction of travel of the sheet, and/or flat tubing fabricated from the sheet), and individual tubing may be separated at the puncture by a continuous length of upstream material. The just-described punch alignment may be achieved in some embodiments by controlling the speed of one or more drives that feed one or more of the sheets of material through the manufacturing process. More specifically, if the perforations of any two or more sheets of material are not already aligned, one or more of the sheets can be moved at different speeds until the perforations are aligned to separate the individual pipeline. In this regard, it should be noted that this alignment process can be performed on any number of sheets of material to be punched for making the flat tube.

例如,继续参考图55-58的实施例,通过被控制以调节片材料相对于彼此的速度的一个或多个驱动器,来自盘卷R1、R2和R3的三个材料片中的打口1929在制造生产线1900的对准部分1939中对准。考虑到一个或多个片的速度调节可以是为使打口1929对准所必须的事实,图55的对准部分1939通常在汇合部分1941上游置于制造生产线1900中。汇合部分1941是制造生产线的其中扁平管道1910的部件(例如,在图示实施例中,第一和第二部分1912、1914以及插入件1934)彼此连接以形成扁平管道两片式扁平管道1910所处的区域。汇合部分1941可以包括辊和其他片形成元件,用于使得扁平管道1910的部件汇合以形成无末端管道1910。在一个或多个上游位置处第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的纵向边缘没有一个或仅一些没有完成的那些实施例中,汇合部分1941还可以包括辊和/或其他形成元件以对第一和第二部分1912、1914的纵向边缘进行其他成型操作。For example, with continued reference to the embodiment of FIGS. 55-58 , the punches 1929 in the three sheets of material from coils R1, R2, and R3 are located at Alignment is performed in an alignment section 1939 of the manufacturing line 1900 . The alignment section 1939 of FIG. 55 is typically placed in the manufacturing line 1900 upstream of the confluence section 1941 in consideration of the fact that speed adjustment of one or more sheets may be necessary to align the punch 1929 . The confluence portion 1941 is the part of the manufacturing line where the components of the flat tube 1910 (e.g., in the illustrated embodiment, the first and second sections 1912, 1914 and the insert 1934) are joined to each other to form the flat tube two-piece flat tube 1910. area. Converging portion 1941 may include rollers and other sheet forming elements for joining components of flattened tubing 1910 to form endless tubing 1910 . In those embodiments where none or only some of the longitudinal edges of the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 at one or more upstream locations are not finished, the confluent portion 1941 may also include rollers and/or other forming elements to The longitudinal edges of the first and second sections 1912, 1914 are subjected to other forming operations.

紧接着此操作位置上游的连续长度的材料可以是连续长度的完成扁平管路。可选地,紧接着分离位置上游的连续长度的材料可以是用于形成处于这种成型的任意阶段的扁平管路的一个或多个材料片。例如,在一些实施例中,在材料片中的打口已经对准之后,可以将部分形成的材料片组合为连续长度的完成的扁平管路,使得可以在分离之后得到完成的管道。结果,可以得到在扁平管道端部没有压痕的单独管道。The continuous length of material immediately upstream of this operating location may be a continuous length of finished flat tubing. Alternatively, the continuous length of material immediately upstream of the separation location may be one or more sheets of material used to form the flat tubing at any stage of such forming. For example, in some embodiments, after the perforations in the sheets have been aligned, the partially formed sheets of material may be assembled into continuous lengths of finished flat tubing such that the finished tubing may be obtained after separation. As a result, individual pipes without indentations at the ends of the flat pipes can be obtained.

在制造生产线的一些构造中,打口通常由一个或多个打口辊形成。例如,制造生产线可以包括至少一对打口辊。该对辊中的一个可以随着将用于形成扁平管道的至少一部分的一个或多个无末端材料片而行进,该对中的另一个辊可以配备有用于在一个或多个材料片中形成打口的工具(例如,一个或多个打口刀具或打口模具)。图56和57示意性地图示了根据本发明实施例的打口处理。为了简化描述,以下描述将针对上述第一打口台1927。但是,相同的描述可等同地应用于图55-58的图示实施例中的其他打口台1933、1935,不过再其他实施例中打口台中的一个或多个可以是不同的(例如,可以具有不同的刀具、仅使用单个辊而不是两个辊等)。如上所述,打口的数量和类型以及打口台的位置可以不同。对于这些特征的改变可以至少部分地基于在制造生产线1900中制造的扁平管道1910的期望规格。In some configurations of the manufacturing line, the notch is typically formed by one or more notch rolls. For example, a manufacturing line may include at least one pair of mouth rolls. One of the pair of rollers may travel with one or more endless sheets of material that will be used to form at least a portion of the flat tube, and the other roller of the pair may be equipped A punching tool (eg, one or more punching knives or punching dies). 56 and 57 schematically illustrate a punching process according to an embodiment of the present invention. For simplicity of description, the following description will be directed to the first punching station 1927 described above. However, the same description is equally applicable to the other punching stations 1933, 1935 in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. It is possible to have different knives, use only a single roller instead of two, etc.). As noted above, the number and type of punches and the location of the punching stations can vary. Variations to these characteristics may be based, at least in part, on the desired specifications of the flat tubing 1910 manufactured in the manufacturing line 1900 .

参考图56和57的实施例,打口台1927包括具有第一打口辊1943和第二打口辊1945的一对打口辊。在一些实施例中,至少部分地根据由打口辊1943、1945打口的片的方位以及制造生产线1900的相邻部分,这些打口辊1943、1945能够以任何期望的其他方位来布置。第一辊1943平行于所经过的材料片中的一个或多个行进,并引导所经过的材料片(来自盘卷R1、R2和R3)中的一个或多个,而下辊1945具有突起的打口模具1947。Referring to the embodiment of FIGS. 56 and 57 , the punching station 1927 includes a pair of punching rolls having a first punching roll 1943 and a second punching roll 1945 . In some embodiments, the mouth rolls 1943, 1945 can be arranged in any other orientation desired, depending at least in part on the orientation of the sheet punched by the rolls 1943, 1945 and the adjacent portion of the manufacturing line 1900. The first roller 1943 runs parallel to and guides one or more of the passing sheets of material (from coils R1, R2 and R3), while the lower roller 1945 has a raised Opening mold 1947.

为防止随着打口产生片蓄积,本发明的一些实施例利用具有含待机位置的一个或多个打口刀具或模具的打口辊。在待机位置,打口辊中的至少一个旋转或转移到其中一个或多个材料片自由地经过打口辊的位置。To prevent sheet build-up as punching occurs, some embodiments of the present invention utilize punching rolls having one or more punching knives or dies with standby positions. In the standby position, at least one of the mouth rolls is rotated or transferred to a position where one or more sheets of material are free to pass over the roll.

例如,如图56所示的第二辊1945具有驱动机构(未示出),使得第二辊1945能够将打口模具1947保持在其中打口模具1947不与所经过的来自盘卷R1、R2和R3的材料片配合的待机位置。在第二辊1945的待机位置,打口模具1947可以从如图56所示的位置旋转一定距离以避免此配合,例如通过绕第二辊1945旋转约90度至大体水平位置。在其他实施例中,辊1943、1945中的任一者或两者可以安装在相对于所经过的片移动的各个轴上,从而能够使辊1943、1945中的任一者或两者相对于所经过的片发生转移并界定了待机位置和打口或工作位置。For example, the second roller 1945 as shown in Figure 56 has a drive mechanism (not shown) such that the second roller 1945 can hold the punching die 1947 therein out of contact with the passing coils R1, R2. Standby position for coordinating with R3's material sheet. In the standby position of the second roller 1945, the punch die 1947 may be rotated a distance from the position shown in Figure 56 to avoid this engagement, for example by rotating about 90 degrees about the second roller 1945 to a generally horizontal position. In other embodiments, either or both of the rollers 1943, 1945 may be mounted on respective axes that move relative to the passing sheet, thereby enabling either or both of the rollers 1943, 1945 to move relative to the The passing slices are diverted and define the standby position and the punching or working position.

为了对从第二盘卷R2供应的材料片进行打口(例如,再参考图55-58的图示实施例),可以将第二辊1945致动到打口或工作位置,例如如图56和57所示的上部且大体竖直的位置。此致动可以由连接到第二辊的电动机、致动器或其他驱动器来执行以使第二辊从待机位置以一定转速旋转到打口或工作位置。在第一和第二辊1943、1945的打口位置,打口模具1947与从第二盘卷R2供应的材料片配合,并在其中形成打口1929。在一些实施例中,第二辊1945的转速(因此,其圆周速度)高于材料片的传输速度,以确保在打口操作期间材料片不会蓄积。在其他实施例中,由于此目的,两个辊1943、1945的转速(因此,其圆周速度)高于材料片的传输速度。应该注意,本文和所附权利要求所使用的术语“工作位置”或“打口位置”不是单独地表示或意味着所指的一个或多个辊是静止的,而是表示在进行打口的瞬间一个或多个辊的位置。In order to punch a sheet of material supplied from the second coil R2 (for example, referring again to the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. and 57 in the upper and generally vertical position. This actuation may be performed by a motor, actuator or other drive connected to the second roller to rotate the second roller at a rotational speed from the stand-by position to the punching or working position. In the punching position of the first and second rolls 1943, 1945, the punching die 1947 engages the sheet of material supplied from the second coil R2 and forms a punching 1929 therein. In some embodiments, the rotational speed of the second roller 1945 (and thus, its peripheral speed) is higher than the transport speed of the sheet of material to ensure that the sheet of material does not accumulate during the punching operation. In other embodiments, the rotational speed of the two rollers 1943, 1945 (and thus their peripheral speed) is higher than the transport speed of the sheet of material for this purpose. It should be noted that the terms "working position" or "mouth beating position" as used herein and in the appended claims do not mean or imply that the one or more rollers referred to are stationary, but rather indicate that the beating is taking place. Instantaneously position one or more rolls.

在一些实施例中,打口台1927的辊1943、1945中的任一者或两者的转速比所经过的材料片的速度更快。在打口位置处打口的产生之后,打口辊1943、1945中的任一者或两者可以移动回到待机位置,以在下一次打口处理时再启动。在一些实施例中,打口辊1943、1945中的任一者或两者的回到待机位置的移动可以通过沿着与使一个或多个辊1943、1945朝向打口位置相同的方向旋转一个或多个打口辊1943、1945(而不是通过切换一个或多个辊1943、1945的旋转方向)来进行。因此,如上所述一对打口辊1943、1945的驱动可以帮助避免所经过的片材料的蓄积。In some embodiments, either or both of the rollers 1943, 1945 of the punch station 1927 rotate faster than the speed of the passing sheet of material. After the generation of punching at the punching position, either one or both of the punching rollers 1943, 1945 can move back to the standby position for restarting at the next punching process. In some embodiments, movement of either or both of the mouth beating rollers 1943, 1945 back to the standby position may be achieved by rotating one or more of the rollers 1943, 1945 in the same direction as the mouth beating position. or multiple mouth rolls 1943, 1945 (rather than by switching the direction of rotation of one or more rolls 1943, 1945). Thus, the actuation of the pair of mouth rolls 1943, 1945 as described above can help avoid accumulation of passing sheet material.

可以构思的是,可以在制造处理的末端至少部分地由于上述的打口来分离成品的管道。在一些实施例中,在制造生产线的末端或其附近,将管道在打口处分离。在一些实施例中,单独管道的分离可以通过使用一对中断辊或单个中断辊来实现。例如,在图58的实施例中,中断辊1949和杆1951用于将在中断辊1949与杆1951之间行进的无末端管路分离为单独的成品扁平管道1910。中断辊1949配备有突出的中断刀1951或其他工具,用于将如前所述打口1929之间的网格1937断开。It is conceivable that the finished tubing may be separated at the end of the manufacturing process due at least in part to the aforementioned punching. In some embodiments, the tubing is separated at the slit at or near the end of the manufacturing line. In some embodiments, separation of individual conduits may be accomplished by using a pair of interrupting rollers or a single interrupting roller. For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 58 , break rollers 1949 and rods 1951 are used to separate the endless tubing traveling between break rollers 1949 and rods 1951 into individual finished flat tubing 1910 . The breaking roll 1949 is equipped with a protruding breaking knife 1951 or other tool for breaking the mesh 1937 between the punches 1929 as previously described.

中断辊1949和/或杆1951可以受到控制,以包括其中所经过的管路不会减慢或在其上进行其他操作的待机位置,以及其中中断辊1949和/或杆1951移动以与所经过的管路配合并将管道在打口1929处分离的中断位置。例如,在图58的图示实施例中,中断辊1949可向着或离开中断位置旋转,在所述中断位置,中断辊1949的中断刀1951与扁平管路配合并经过中断杆1951,从而将中断辊1949与中断杆1951之间行进的扁平管路在打口1929的线处断开(在一些实施例中,也即切割)。在其他实施例中,中断辊1949和/或杆1951相对于扁平管路转移以界定中断台的中断位置和待机位置。Break rollers 1949 and/or rods 1951 may be controlled to include a standby position where passing tubing is not slowed or otherwise manipulated, and where break rollers 1949 and/or rods 1951 move to communicate with passing pipelines. The interrupted location where the tubing fits and separates the tubing at the opening 1929. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 58, the break roller 1949 is rotatable toward or away from a break position where the break knife 1951 of the break roller 1949 engages the flat tubing and passes the break rod 1951 to break the break. The flat tubing traveling between roller 1949 and break bar 1951 is broken (ie, cut in some embodiments) at the line of puncture 1929 . In other embodiments, interrupt rollers 1949 and/or rods 1951 are translated relative to the flat tubing to define the interrupt station's interrupt and standby positions.

虽然可以如上所述通过中断辊1949和中断杆1951的使用将扁平管道断开,但是在其他实施例中,由扁平管路的打口1929界定的网格1937不通过刀具或其他类似工具来断开,而是替代地通过在扁平管路上沿着无末端管道的大体纵向产生一个力(例如,通过使无末端管路经过与管路配合并以比管路更高的速度行进的辊)来剥离。经过实验,发现这种分离方式可以导致如上所述期望的管路末端。While the flat tubing can be broken through the use of breaking rollers 1949 and breaking bars 1951 as described above, in other embodiments the grid 1937 defined by the punctures 1929 of the flat tubing is not broken by a knife or other similar tool. open, but instead by generating a force on the flat pipe along the general longitudinal direction of the endless pipe (for example, by passing the endless pipe over rollers that cooperate with the pipe and travel at a higher speed than the pipe) peel off. After experimentation, it was found that this type of separation can lead to the desired line ends as described above.

在一些实施例中,制造生产线的用于中断管路的部分中的一个或多个辊1949可以用于帮助使管路沿着制造生产线行进。这对于本文所述的打口台1927、1933、1935也是如此。还应该注意,在本文所述的任意实施例中,任意打口台1927、1933、1935的辊和/或中断辊1949上的模具、刀具或其他工具可收回,以使得该辊被驱动以用于使管路行进而不对其进行其他操作。在这种情况下,工具的收回位置也可以界定本文所述的待机位置。In some embodiments, one or more rollers 1949 in the portion of the manufacturing line used to interrupt the tubing may be used to assist in routing the tubing along the manufacturing line. This is also true for the punching stations 1927, 1933, 1935 described herein. It should also be noted that in any of the embodiments described herein, the dies, knives, or other tools on the rolls of any punching stations 1927, 1933, 1935 and/or break roll 1949 can be retracted so that the rolls are driven to To advance the tubing without doing anything else to it. In this case, the retracted position of the tool may also define the standby position described herein.

与许多传统扁平管道制造技术相比,制造本文所述的扁平管道的额外方面也可以使这些管道以显著的成本节省、提高的效率、更高的速度和/或更可靠且可复现的方式来制造。如将要描述的,这些额外方面中的一些涉及形成扁平管道的部件的方式和/或这些部件结合在一起以产生扁平管道的方式。仅作为示例,现在将参考两件式管道(更具体而言,利用如图55所示且如上所述的制造生产线1900制造的、如图28所示且如上所述的两件式管道1910)的制造来描述这些处理。以下描述和附图可等同地应用于本文所述的任何其他两件式管道(具有或不具有插入件)。此外,除了不同或不兼容的描述之外,以下描述和附图可等同地应用于本文所述的任何一件式管道(具有或不具有插入件)。The additional aspects of making the flat tubing described herein may also allow these tubing to be manufactured at significant cost savings, increased efficiency, higher speed, and/or in a more reliable and reproducible manner compared to many conventional flat tubing fabrication techniques. to manufacture. As will be described, some of these additional aspects relate to the manner in which the components form the flattened duct and/or the manner in which these components are brought together to produce the flattened duct. By way of example only, reference will now be made to a two-piece pipe (more specifically, a two-piece pipe 1910 as shown in FIG. 28 and described above, manufactured using a manufacturing line 1900 as shown in FIG. 55 and described above). manufacture to describe these treatments. The following description and figures apply equally to any other two-piece conduit described herein (with or without an insert). Furthermore, the following description and drawings are equally applicable to any one-piece conduit (with or without an insert) described herein, except where different or incompatible.

本发明人已经发现,可以通过组装管道组件1910的第一和第二部分1912、1914以及插入件1934的特定方式获得显著的优点。例如在一些实施例中,内插入件1934被以波纹方式沿着制造生产线1900的纵向辊轧,并被插入在后来形成的扁平管道1910的两个扁平管道部分1912、1914之间。两个扁平管道部分1912、1914的纵向边缘可以被辊轧或以其他方式形成有纵向上的拱形边缘,此后拱形边缘可以结合在一起以彼此配合,来形成如图28所示的扁平管道1910。此处理在图55、59和60中示意性地示出,并且现在将更详细描述。The present inventors have discovered that by the particular manner in which the first and second portions 1912 , 1914 and the insert 1934 of the duct assembly 1910 are assembled, significant advantages can be obtained. For example, in some embodiments, the inner insert 1934 is rolled in a corrugated fashion along the longitudinal direction of the manufacturing line 1900 and inserted between two flat tube sections 1912 , 1914 of the subsequently formed flat tube 1910 . The longitudinal edges of the two flattened pipe sections 1912, 1914 may be rolled or otherwise formed with longitudinally arched edges, after which the arched edges may be joined together to cooperate with each other to form a flattened pipe as shown in FIG. 1910. This process is shown schematically in Figures 55, 59 and 60 and will now be described in more detail.

如前所述,图55示出了供应将在制造扁平管道1910时使用的片材料的三个片材料盘卷R1、R2和R3。如上所述,来自盘卷R1、R2和R3的材料片用于制造第一管道部分1912、插入件1934(在一些实施例中,其使用最宽的材料片)和第二管道部分1914。用于形成这些部件的材料片沿着相对于彼此大体平行的方向行进通过图示的制造生产线1900。As previously mentioned, FIG. 55 shows three rolls R1 , R2 and R3 of sheet material supplying the sheet material to be used in the manufacture of the flat pipe 1910 . Sheets of material from coils R1 , R2 , and R3 are used to make first conduit portion 1912 , insert 1934 (which uses the widest sheet of material in some embodiments), and second conduit portion 1914 , as described above. The sheets of material used to form these components travel through the illustrated manufacturing line 1900 in a direction generally parallel with respect to each other.

虽然其他制造生产线布置是可能的,但是在如图55所示的制造生产线1900中扁平管道1910的制造通常以在制造生产线1900的第一部分中插入件1934的形成开始。在一些实施例中,用于形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的材料片可以在不变形的情况下被引导。在这种实施例中,当形成插入结案插入件1934的处理已经完成时,形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的处理通常开始。可选地,可以在沿着制造生产线1900的相同位置中的一个或多个处正在形成插入件1934的同时,对这些材料片中的一者或两者进行一个或多个形成操作。在许多情况下,由于用于形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的材料的变形量可以相对较小(见例如图28所示的扁平管道组件)的事实,制造第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的处理可以显著短于用于制造插入件1934的处理。Although other manufacturing line arrangements are possible, the manufacture of flattened tubing 1910 in manufacturing line 1900 as shown in FIG. In some embodiments, the sheets of material used to form the first and second duct portions 1912, 1914 may be guided without deformation. In such embodiments, the process of forming first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 typically begins when the process of forming insert closure insert 1934 has completed. Optionally, one or more forming operations may be performed on one or both of these sheets of material while insert 1934 is being formed at one or more of the same locations along manufacturing line 1900 . In many cases, due to the fact that the amount of deformation of the material used to form the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 can be relatively small (see, for example, the flat conduit assembly shown in FIG. The processing of portions 1912 , 1914 may be significantly shorter than the processing used to make insert 1934 .

如图28所示的两件式扁平管道1910具有相同或大体相同的一和第二管道部分1912、1914。采用如图55所示的制造生产线1900来制造这些部分1912、1914。利用其相同或大体相同的形状,在部分1912、1914接合在一起之前,一个部分1912相对于另一个部分倒转。如上所述,如图55所示的制造生产线1900具有用于制造上述部分1912、1914的拱形边缘的成型辊或其他合适的成型设备。A two-piece flat duct 1910 as shown in FIG. 28 has identical or substantially identical first and second duct sections 1912 , 1914 . These parts 1912, 1914 are manufactured using a manufacturing line 1900 as shown in FIG. With their identical or substantially identical shapes, one portion 1912 is inverted relative to the other prior to the portions 1912, 1914 being joined together. As noted above, the manufacturing line 1900 shown in FIG. 55 has forming rolls or other suitable forming equipment for forming the arcuate edges of the portions 1912, 1914 described above.

在一些情况下,用于在两个管道部分1912、1914中产生相同类型的纵向边缘的成型辊或其他合适设备的组位于制造生产线1900的相同的横向侧(例如,用于制造彼此相邻地位于正在成型的材料片的平面中的两个部分1912、1914的较大拱形纵向边缘的组)。在这些和其他实施例中,成型辊或其他合适成型设备可以布置为使得在形成纵向边缘中的一些或全部之后两个部分1912、1914具有相同的方位。在这些实施例中,制造生产线1900可以设置有合适的辊以使部分1912、1914中的一个绕纵向轴线翻转,使得两个部分1912、1914可以在制造生产线1900的汇合部分1941中接合。在其他实施例中,成型辊或其他合适的成行设备可以在制造生产线1900中布置为使得在形成拱形边缘中的一些或全部之后,两个部分1912、1914已经具有相对于彼此倒转的方位(即,其纵向侧倒转)。在这些实施例中,两个部分1912、1914可以彼此平行,并可以在制造生产线1900的汇合部分1941中结合。In some cases, the sets of forming rolls or other suitable equipment used to produce the same type of longitudinal edge in both duct sections 1912, 1914 are located on the same lateral side of the manufacturing line 1900 (e.g., for manufacturing The set of larger arcuate longitudinal edges of the two portions 1912, 1914 lying in the plane of the sheet of material being formed). In these and other embodiments, forming rolls or other suitable forming equipment may be arranged such that the two portions 1912, 1914 have the same orientation after forming some or all of the longitudinal edges. In these embodiments, the manufacturing line 1900 may be provided with suitable rollers to invert one of the portions 1912 , 1914 about the longitudinal axis so that the two portions 1912 , 1914 may be joined in a confluent portion 1941 of the manufacturing line 1900 . In other embodiments, forming rolls or other suitable linting equipment may be arranged in the manufacturing line 1900 such that after some or all of the arched edges are formed, the two sections 1912, 1914 already have an inverted orientation relative to each other ( That is, its longitudinal side is inverted). In these embodiments, the two sections 1912 , 1914 may be parallel to each other and may be joined in a confluent section 1941 of the manufacturing line 1900 .

如以上结合图28更详细描述的,第一管道部分1912的一个纵向边缘包围第二管道部分1914的相应纵向边缘,而第一管道部分的相对纵向边缘包围第二管道部分1914的相应的相对纵向边缘,以将管道部分1912、1914接合在一起。在本文所述的能够在制造生产线1900中制造的这些和其他实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1912、1914可以是相同或大体相同的。在本文所述的也可以在制造生产线1900中制造的其他实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1912、1914是不同的,例如第一和第二管道部分1912、1914每个包括两个较小拱形部分或者两个较大拱形部分的情况。As described in more detail above in connection with FIG. 28 , one longitudinal edge of the first duct portion 1912 surrounds a corresponding longitudinal edge of the second duct portion 1914 and the opposite longitudinal edge of the first duct portion surrounds a corresponding opposite longitudinal edge of the second duct portion 1914 edges to join the duct sections 1912, 1914 together. In these and other embodiments described herein that can be manufactured in the manufacturing line 1900, the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 can be identical or substantially identical. In other embodiments described herein that may also be manufactured in the manufacturing line 1900, the first and second conduit sections 1912, 1914 are different, eg, the first and second conduit sections 1912, 1914 each include two The case of a small arch or two larger arches.

继续接合图28所示的扁平管道组件参考图55-60的实施例,可以在第三辊组上制造组件的内插入件1934以用于引入在两件式管道1910的第一和第二管道部分1912、1914之间。此处理在图59中示意性地图示,并可以在第一和第二管道部分1912、1914已经形成或大体完全形成(如图59中的实施例)之后进行。在此实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1912、1914不在一个平面中,而是在彼此具有距离的两个平面中,而制造插入件1934的成型辊或其他合适成型设备被定位为使得形成插入件1934的材料片位于形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的材料片之间。这允许插入件1934“穿”入两个管道部分1912、1914之间。换言之,如图55所示的制造生产线1900的布局使得用于形成插入件1934的材料片位于用于形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的材料片之间。Continuing with joining the flat pipe assembly shown in FIG. 28 and referring to the embodiment of FIGS. Part 1912, 1914 between. This process is schematically illustrated in FIG. 59 and may be performed after the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 have been formed or substantially fully formed (as in the embodiment of FIG. 59). In this embodiment, the first and second duct sections 1912, 1914 are not in one plane, but in two planes with a distance from each other, and the forming rolls or other suitable forming equipment making the insert 1934 are positioned such that The sheet of material forming the insert 1934 is located between the sheets of material forming the first and second conduit portions 1912 , 1914 . This allows the insert 1934 to be "threaded" between the two duct sections 1912,1914. In other words, the layout of manufacturing line 1900 as shown in FIG. 55 is such that the sheet of material used to form insert 1934 is positioned between the sheets of material used to form first and second conduit portions 1912 , 1914 .

参考图59,可以沿着制造生产线1900中第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的纵向部分在彼此大体平行行进的第一和第二管道部分1912、1914之间进行如刚刚描述的插入件1934的插入。但是,在其他实施例中,第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的第一和第二宽侧1922、1924所处的平面在除了紧接着制造生产线1900的汇合部分1941上游的位置之外的任意位置处不一定彼此平行。Referring to FIG. 59 , an insert 1934 as just described may be made between first and second conduit sections 1912 , 1914 running generally parallel to each other along a longitudinal portion of first and second conduit sections 1912 , 1914 in manufacturing line 1900 . the insertion. However, in other embodiments, the first and second broadsides 1922, 1924 of the first and second conduit sections 1912, 1914 lie in a plane other than the location immediately upstream of the confluent section 1941 of the manufacturing line 1900. Any positions are not necessarily parallel to each other.

在图示实施例(见图59(a))和其他实施例中,在将插入件1934插入倒第一和第二管道部分1912、1914之间以前,用于形成插入件1934的材料片大体平行于用于形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的材料片中的任一者或两者。在其他实施例中,在插入处理上游的这三个片的其他方位是可能的。但是,在一些实施例中,将内插入件1934插入到第一和第二管道部分1912、1914之间的处理是通过将第一和第二管道部分1912、1914之间内插入件1934的方位调节为与第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的平面中的至少一者倾斜的方位。例如,在图59的图示实施例中,内插入件1934以相对于第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的平面两者倾斜的状态被引入到第一和第二管道部分1912、1914之间。In the illustrated embodiment (see FIG. 59(a)) and other embodiments, the sheet of material used to form the insert 1934 is generally parallel to either or both of the sheets of material used to form the first and second duct portions 1912 , 1914 . In other embodiments, other orientations of the three slices upstream of the insertion process are possible. However, in some embodiments, inserting the inner insert 1934 between the first and second duct sections 1912, 1914 is performed by aligning the orientation of the inner insert 1934 between the first and second duct sections 1912, 1914. Adjusted to an oblique orientation to at least one of the planes of the first and second conduit sections 1912,1914. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 59, the inner insert 1934 is introduced between the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 in an inclined state relative to both the planes of the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914. between.

如本文和所附权利要求使用的,各种形式的术语“倾斜”表示插入件1934下功能对于管道部分1912、1914的宽侧1922、1924的位置(在一些实施例中,其可以彼此平行)。关于这一点,应该注意,第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的宽侧1922、1924中的任一侧或两侧都可以处于并不水平的平面中,由此插入件1934将相对于这种非水平的方位倾斜。As used herein and in the appended claims, the various forms of the term "inclined" refer to the position of the insert 1934 lower function with respect to the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the duct sections 1912, 1914 (which may be parallel to each other in some embodiments) . In this regard, it should be noted that either or both of the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the first and second duct portions 1912, 1914 may lie in a plane that is not horizontal, whereby the insert 1934 will be relatively A non-horizontal azimuth tilt.

此倾斜插入可以在制造生产线1900的汇合部分1941上游的位置范围内进行,并在一些实施例中大约在制造生产线1900的开始阶段发生。在一些实施例中,在用于制造第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的片之间的插入件1934的至少一个位置,例如插入处理的开始处,插入件1934的角度(相对于管道部分1912、1914中的至少一者的宽侧1922、1924所处的平面)可以是至少约25度。在其他实施例中,此角度是至少约30度以得到良好的性能结果。此外,在一些实施例中,在用于制造第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的片之间的插入件1934的至少一个位置,例如插入处理的开始处,如上所述插入件1934的角度不大于约45度。在其他实施例中,此角度不大于约40度以得到良好的性能结果。This oblique insertion may be performed at a range of locations upstream of the confluence portion 1941 of the manufacturing line 1900 , and in some embodiments occurs approximately at the beginning of the manufacturing line 1900 . In some embodiments, the angle of the insert 1934 (relative to the duct section The plane in which broadsides 1922, 1924 of at least one of 1912, 1914 lie) may be at least about 25 degrees. In other embodiments, this angle is at least about 30 degrees for good performance results. Furthermore, in some embodiments, at least one location of the insert 1934 between the sheets used to manufacture the first and second conduit sections 1912, 1914, such as at the beginning of the insertion process, the angle of the insert 1934 as described above Not greater than about 45 degrees. In other embodiments, this angle is no greater than about 40 degrees for good performance results.

随后,内插入件1934进入其中内插入件1934平行或大体平行于第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的宽侧1922、1924的方位。图59(b)-(e)示出了插入件1934的倾斜位置的改变或减小,以及第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的逐渐汇合以在其两者之间保持插入件1934。The inner insert 1934 is then brought into an orientation in which the inner insert 1934 is parallel or generally parallel to the broad sides 1922 , 1924 of the first and second conduit portions 1912 , 1914 . 59(b)-(e) illustrate the change or decrease in the angled position of the insert 1934, and the gradual convergence of the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 to retain the insert 1934 therebetween.

在其中内插入件1934的纵向边缘1938、1940中的任一者或两者都被收纳在扁平管道1910的窄侧内那些实施例(类似于图28的实施例)中,纵向边缘1938、1940的形状可以在窄侧1918、1920处提供抵靠第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的内表面的紧密配合。例如,在其中插入件1934的纵向边缘1938、1940中的任一者或两者是拱形或具有一系列折叠1970的那些实施例中,这些特征可以被收纳在第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的拱形纵向边缘的内部。在插入件1934的这些和其他实施例中,插入件1934的一个纵向边缘1938可以置于第一壁部分1912的纵向拱形边缘内,此时或此后插入件1934可以相对于第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的宽侧1922、1924倾斜。In those embodiments (similar to the embodiment of FIG. The shape of can provide a tight fit against the inner surfaces of the first and second duct portions 1912 , 1914 at the narrow sides 1918 , 1920 . For example, in those embodiments in which either or both of the longitudinal edges 1938, 1940 of the insert 1934 are arcuate or have a series of folds 1970, these features may be accommodated in the first and second duct sections 1912 , 1914 inside the arched longitudinal edges. In these and other embodiments of the insert 1934, one longitudinal edge 1938 of the insert 1934 can be placed within the longitudinal arcuate edge of the first wall portion 1912, at which point or thereafter the insert 1934 can be positioned relative to the first and second The broad sides 1922, 1924 of the duct sections 1912, 1914 are sloped.

如上所述,插入件1934的倾斜可以减小为零(即,插入件1934可以移动到与第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的宽侧1922、1924平行或大体平行的位置)。这样,插入件1934的相对纵向边缘1940可以在第二管道部分1914的纵向拱形边缘中采取实质正确的位置。第一和第二管道部分1912、1914两者可以在此处理的任意部分期间结合在一起,此后如图59(e)所示,围绕1914的第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的纵向边缘封闭。应该注意,通过如本文所述封闭扁平管道1910,在一些实施例中,插入件插入件1934发生变形。封闭的扁平管道1910内的插入件1934可以抵靠扁平管道1910的宽侧或窄侧1922、1924、1918、1920而保持在压缩状态下,尤其是在其中插入件1934发生变形以将插入件1934插入到扁平管道内的那些实施例中(例如在图55-60中)。As noted above, the inclination of the insert 1934 can be reduced to zero (ie, the insert 1934 can be moved to a position parallel or generally parallel to the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the first and second conduit sections 1912, 1914). In this way, the opposing longitudinal edges 1940 of the insert 1934 can assume a substantially correct position within the longitudinally arcuate edges of the second duct portion 1914 . Both the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 may be joined together during any portion of this process, after which the longitudinal edges of the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 around 1914 are closed. It should be noted that by enclosing the flat tube 1910 as described herein, in some embodiments, the insert insert 1934 is deformed. Insert 1934 within closed flat duct 1910 may be held in compression against broad or narrow sides 1922, 1924, 1918, 1920 of flat duct 1910, particularly wherein insert 1934 is deformed to compress insert 1934 In those embodiments that are inserted into flat tubing (such as in Figures 55-60).

在图示实施例中,通过以如上结合图25、26和折叠28的实施例更详细描述和示出的方式将第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的相邻纵向边缘弯曲(即,通过将纵向边缘的较大拱形部分绕相邻的管道部分1912、1914的纵向边缘的较小拱形部分弯曲),来提供第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的封闭。因此,如图55所示的制造生产线1900可以用于制造其中插入件1934的纵向边缘中的任一者或两者在扁平管道1910的窄侧1918、1920处被收纳在管道部分1912、1914的各个相应的弯曲边缘内。In the illustrated embodiment, the adjacent longitudinal edges of the first and second duct sections 1912, 1914 are curved (i.e., by The closure of the first and second duct sections 1912, 1914 is provided by bending the larger arcuate portions of the longitudinal edges around the lesser arcuate portions of the longitudinal edges of adjacent duct sections 1912, 1914). Thus, a manufacturing line 1900 as shown in FIG. within each corresponding curved edge.

在制造生产线1900中扁平管道1910的封闭之后,完成的扁平管道1910可以安装到一组或多组鳍片或其他元件(未示出),并还可以紧固到热交换器(也未示出)的头箱(header)。在许多实施例中,热交换器的头箱在硬钎焊炉中被硬钎焊,如同鳍片或其他热交换器元件被硬钎焊到扁平管道1910,扁平管道1910被硬钎焊到其插入件1934。Following closure of the flat tube 1910 in the manufacturing line 1900, the completed flat tube 1910 may be mounted to one or more sets of fins or other elements (not shown), and may also be fastened to a heat exchanger (also not shown). ) header box (header). In many embodiments, the head tank of the heat exchanger is brazed in a brazing furnace, as the fins or other heat exchanger elements are brazed to the flat tubes 1910, which are brazed to their Insert 1934.

插入件1934可以具有本文针对扁平管道插入件所述的形状和特征中的任一者。在许多这些实施例中,插入件1934由平坦的初始材料片形成。因此,当插入件1934形成由波纹或其他特征以至少部分地界定通过管道1910的流动通道1916时,插入件1934的宽度可以减小。此处理在图60中示意性地示出,图60图示了其中随着片通过制造生产线1900沿着纵向(由图60中的直线箭头表示)前进而由成型辊1955连续地产生波纹1952的材料片。虽然图60中示出了三个这种成型辊1955,但是制造生产线1900可以具有任意数量的成型辊1955以产生任意数量的期望波纹1952或本文针对各种插入件实施例所述的其他插入件特征。波纹或其他壁特征的类型和位置可以至少部分地确定在制造生产线1900中需要多少成型辊1955。例如,在其中插入件1934包括连续波纹1952(例如图25-34所示的那些)的一些实施例中,需要相应数量的成型辊组(例如,由材料片每侧上一个的一对辊界定的每个辊组)来如本文所述成功地形成波纹1952。因此,在一些实施例中,制造生产线1900可以延伸约20m(65.62英尺)或更大的长度。Insert 1934 may have any of the shapes and features described herein for flat tubing inserts. In many of these embodiments, insert 1934 is formed from a flat sheet of starting material. Accordingly, when insert 1934 is formed with corrugations or other features to at least partially define flow channel 1916 through conduit 1910, the width of insert 1934 may be reduced. This process is schematically illustrated in FIG. 60, which illustrates a process in which corrugations 1952 are continuously produced by forming rollers 1955 as the sheet advances through the manufacturing line 1900 in the machine direction (indicated by the straight arrows in FIG. 60). Sheet of material. Although three such forming rolls 1955 are shown in FIG. 60, the manufacturing line 1900 may have any number of forming rolls 1955 to produce any number of desired corrugations 1952 or other inserts described herein for various insert embodiments. feature. The type and location of corrugations or other wall features may determine, at least in part, how many forming rolls 1955 are needed in manufacturing line 1900 . For example, in some embodiments where the insert 1934 includes continuous corrugations 1952 such as those shown in FIGS. each set of rollers) to successfully form corrugations 1952 as described herein. Thus, in some embodiments, manufacturing line 1900 may extend a length of about 20 m (65.62 feet) or greater.

制造生产线1900还可以包括多于一种类型的用于形成插入件1934的辊1955。例如,不同的辊1955可以用于形成沿着插入件1934的宽度不同类型的波纹1952。作为另一个示例,一个或多个辊1955可以是切割辊,其用于在材料片中产生狭缝,以稍后在该材料片中形成波纹(例如以上集合图35-45的任意实施例所述的,其通过将片的与狭缝相邻的部分弯曲)。任意数量的这种辊1955可以与任意数量的其他类型的辊(例如,其用于将材料片的部分弯曲)结合使用以产生本文所述的任意插入件类型。Manufacturing line 1900 may also include more than one type of roll 1955 for forming insert 1934 . For example, different rollers 1955 may be used to form different types of corrugations 1952 along the width of insert 1934 . As another example, the one or more rollers 1955 may be cutting rollers that are used to create slits in the sheet of material for later forming corrugations in the sheet of material (such as described above in any of the embodiments collectively FIGS. 35-45 ). described above, by bending the portion of the sheet adjacent to the slit). Any number of such rollers 1955 may be used in conjunction with any number of other types of rollers (eg, used to bend portions of a sheet of material) to create any of the insert types described herein.

在一些实施例中,例如图60所示,插入件1934的制造处理包括首先在材料片中形成一个或多个中心波纹1952,并随后进一步形成更靠近插入件1934的纵向边缘的波纹1952。更具体而言,作为示例,参考图60的实施例,辊1955的第一组(即,图60中最左侧的辊组)包括两个槽1957以在经过的材料片中形成相应的波纹1952。辊1955的下一组包括在经过的材料片中形成相应的波纹1952的四个槽1957。此处理可以继续以在材料片中产生如所期望数量的波纹。在这种波纹形成之前、期间或之后的任意时间点,插入件1934的纵向边缘1938、1940中的任一者或两者可以被成型为采取任意形状,包括本文所述和/或所示的任意形状。例如,在形成全部波纹1952之后,在图55-60的实施例中制造的插入件1934的纵向边缘1938、1940两者都设置有拱形,如图28所最佳示出的。In some embodiments, such as shown in FIG. 60 , the manufacturing process of insert 1934 includes first forming one or more central corrugations 1952 in the sheet of material, and then further forming corrugations 1952 closer to the longitudinal edges of insert 1934 . More specifically, referring to the embodiment of FIG. 60 by way of example, a first set of rollers 1955 (i.e., the leftmost set of rollers in FIG. 60 ) includes two grooves 1957 to form corresponding corrugations in the passing sheet of material. 1952. The next set of rollers 1955 includes four grooves 1957 that form corresponding corrugations 1952 in the passing sheet of material. This process can be continued to produce as many corrugations as desired in the sheet of material. At any point before, during or after such corrugation, either or both of the longitudinal edges 1938, 1940 of the insert 1934 may be formed to take any shape, including those described and/or illustrated herein. any shape. For example, both the longitudinal edges 1938, 1940 of the insert 1934 fabricated in the embodiment of FIGS. 55-60 are provided with arches, as best shown in FIG. 28, after all the corrugations 1952 have been formed.

在一些实施例中,用于形成插入件1934的片的宽度比用于形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的片的宽度减小更大的程度。这可以是例如当用于形成第一和第二管道部分1912、1914仅(或主要)在其相对的纵向边缘处变形时的情况,例如图28所示的两件式扁平管道的情况。这种扁平管道构造的优点在于扁平管道1910的平滑宽侧1922、1924可以提供扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924与插入件1934之间和/或扁平管道10的宽侧1922、1924与安装到扁平管道1910的鳍片或其他元件(未示出)之间硬钎焊接合的相对更好的表面。In some embodiments, the width of the sheet used to form the insert 1934 is reduced to a greater extent than the width of the sheets used to form the first and second conduit portions 1912 , 1914 . This may be the case, for example, when the first and second duct portions 1912, 1914 are deformed only (or primarily) at their opposing longitudinal edges, such as the case of the two-piece flat duct shown in FIG. 28 . An advantage of this flat duct configuration is that the smooth broadsides 1922, 1924 of the flat duct 1910 can provide a connection between the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the flat duct 1910 and the insert 1934 and/or between the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the flat duct 10 . Relatively better surface for brazed joints between fins or other elements (not shown) of the flat tube 1910 .

在其中插入件1934穿入两个管道部分1912、1914之间(并还如上所述可以从倾斜位置移动为平行或大体平行位置)的那些实施例中,用于制造插入件1934的成型辊或其他合适成型设备可以位于其中两个管道部分1912、1914结合在一起以封闭扁平管道1910所处的位置的上游。因此,插入件1934的特征中的一些或全部可以在此位置之前形成。但是,在其他实施例中,插入件成型设备中的一些或全部可以位于制造生产线的其中两个管道部分1912、1914结合在一起以封闭扁平管道1910所处的位置的相同部分。因此,当管道部分1912、1914结合在一起以封闭,并/或如上所述插入件1934从倾斜位置改变为与管道部分1912、1914的宽侧1922、1024平行或大体平行的位置时,插入件1934可以仍处于成型处理中。In those embodiments in which the insert 1934 passes between the two pipe sections 1912, 1914 (and is also moveable from an inclined position to a parallel or substantially parallel position as described above), the forming rolls used to make the insert 1934 or Other suitable forming equipment may be located upstream of the location where the two duct sections 1912 , 1914 are brought together to close the flattened duct 1910 . Accordingly, some or all of the features of insert 1934 may be formed prior to this location. However, in other embodiments, some or all of the insert forming equipment may be located in the same part of the manufacturing line where the two tube sections 1912, 1914 join together to enclose the flat tube 1910. Thus, when the duct sections 1912, 1914 are brought together to close, and/or the insert 1934 is changed from an angled position to a position parallel or generally parallel to the broad sides 1922, 1024 of the duct sections 1912, 1914 as described above, the insert 1934 1934 can still be in the molding process.

在制造生产线1900的一些实施例中,用于制造扁平管道1910和插入件1934中的各个部件的一者或多者的辊组可以调节以制造具有不同横截面尺寸和特性的扁平管道1910和/或插入件1934。可选地或附加地,制造生产线1900的一些实施例的优点在于用于制造扁平管道组件部件中任一者的一个或多个辊组(也称为辊列)可以被完全替换为其他组,来形成具有不同尺度和特性的扁平管道1910和/或插入件1934。应该注意,不具有单独可调节性的辊组通常能够以相对更具成本效益和高效的方式来制造。In some embodiments of manufacturing line 1900, the roll sets used to make one or more of the various components in flattened tubing 1910 and insert 1934 may be adjusted to make flattened tubing 1910 and/or having different cross-sectional dimensions and properties or insert 1934. Alternatively or additionally, an advantage of some embodiments of manufacturing line 1900 is that one or more sets of rolls (also referred to as rows of rolls) used to manufacture any of the flat duct assembly components may be completely replaced with other sets, to form flattened ducts 1910 and/or inserts 1934 having different dimensions and characteristics. It should be noted that roll sets that do not have individual adjustability can generally be manufactured in a relatively more cost-effective and efficient manner.

制造生产线1900的可以界定显著的制造优点的其他特征设计用于产生根据本发明实施例的扁平管道的片的宽度方面的灵活性。在一些实施例中,材料片中的一个或多个可以根据需要形成有额外的折叠并/或界定额外的流动通道,以利用片的整个宽度。例如(并继续参考如图55-60所示的加工生产线实施例),用于制造内插入件1934的材料片的宽度通常大于用于制造第一和第二管道部分1912、1914的材料片的宽度。在一些实施例中,这可以是插入件1934具有波纹1952和变形的纵向边缘1938、1942的结果,而第一和第二管道部分1912、1914仅具有变形的纵向边缘或以其他方式需要更小的材料宽度来形成管道部分1912、1914。用于形成插入件1934的材料片的额外宽度可以用于产生插入件1934的其他特征,例如在扁平管道1910的窄侧1918、1920处的一个或多个额外折叠,和/或界定了通过扁平管道1910的流动通道1916的一个或多个额外折叠。Other features of the manufacturing line 1900 that may define significant manufacturing advantages are designed for flexibility in the width of the sheets that produce flat tubing according to embodiments of the present invention. In some embodiments, one or more of the sheets of material may be formed with additional folds and/or define additional flow channels as desired to utilize the entire width of the sheet. For example (and with continuing reference to the processing line embodiment shown in FIGS. 55-60 ), the width of the sheet of material used to make the inner insert 1934 is generally greater than the width of the sheets of material used to make the first and second tubing sections 1912, 1914. width. In some embodiments, this may be a result of the insert 1934 having the corrugations 1952 and deformed longitudinal edges 1938, 1942, while the first and second conduit portions 1912, 1914 only have deformed longitudinal edges or otherwise need to be smaller. The width of the material is used to form the duct sections 1912,1914. The extra width of the sheet of material used to form the insert 1934 can be used to create other features of the insert 1934, such as one or more additional folds at the narrow sides 1918, 1920 of the flat tube 1910, and/or define One or more additional folds of flow channel 1916 of conduit 1910 .

本发明的其他实施例还涉及本文所述的扁平管道可以制造的方式、扁平管道和鳍片组件以及这种组件可以制造的方式、和/或结合在热交换器设备中的扁平管道和鳍片组件。仅作为示例,现在将参考两件式管道的制造,并更具体而言参考如图28所示和如上所述的两件式扁平管道1910来描述和解释本发明的这些方面。以下描述和附图可等同地应用于本文所述的其他两件式扁平管道(具有或不具有插入件)的任一者的制造。除了不同或不兼容的描述之外,以下描述和附图可等同地应用于也为本文所述的一件式管道(具有或不具有插入件)中的任一者的制造。Other embodiments of the invention also relate to the manner in which the flat tubes described herein can be manufactured, the flat tube and fin assembly and the manner in which such an assembly can be manufactured, and/or the flat tube and fin incorporated in a heat exchanger apparatus components. By way of example only, these aspects of the invention will now be described and explained with reference to the manufacture of two-piece tubing, and more specifically, with reference to the two-piece flat tubing 1910 as shown in FIG. 28 and described above. The following description and figures apply equally to the manufacture of any of the other two-piece flat tubing described herein, with or without inserts. Except where different or incompatible, the following description and drawings apply equally to the manufacture of any of the one-piece conduits (with or without inserts) also described herein.

根据本发明形成具有鳍片的管道1910的一些优点包括制造这种用于制造不同类型的热交换器的组件的相对简单的方法。在本发明的一些实施例中,无末端管道扁平管道1910(即,通过从一个或多个上游位置连续供应片材料并将片材料形成为连续的扁平管道1910所产生的),例如图61、64和65所示的无末端管道扁平管道1910可以沿着制造生产线传输以将无末端管道1910安装到至少一组鳍片1959。应该理解,对将鳍片1959连接到扁平管道或无末端管道的处理的参考可以在不限制本发明范围的情况下在本文互换地使用(除非相反地指明)。在一些实施例中,无末端管道1910的两个宽侧1922、1924中的仅一侧以此方式设置有一组鳍片1959。仅在一侧设置有鳍片1959的扁平管道1910可以例如用在热交换器芯体1965的边缘处,在此情况下该扁平管道1910可以被定位为面向内侧,使得该扁平管道1910与相邻管道1910的一组鳍片1959相邻,或者面向外侧使得该组鳍片1959与相邻管道1910的一组鳍片1959相邻。在其他实施例中,例如图61-66所示,无末端管道1910的两个宽侧1922、1924都以此方式设置有各自的一组鳍片1959。在两种情况下,各组鳍片1959可以界定与扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924的二维界面。Some of the advantages of forming finned tubes 1910 in accordance with the present invention include the relatively simple method of making this assembly for making different types of heat exchangers. In some embodiments of the invention, an endless conduit flat conduit 1910 (i.e., produced by continuously supplying sheet material from one or more upstream locations and forming the sheet material into a continuous flat conduit 1910), such as FIG. 61 , The endless pipe flat pipe 1910 shown at 64 and 65 may be transported along a manufacturing line for installation of the endless pipe 1910 to at least one set of fins 1959 . It should be understood that references to the process of connecting the fins 1959 to the flat pipe or the endless pipe may be used interchangeably herein without limiting the scope of the invention (unless indicated to the contrary). In some embodiments, only one of the two broad sides 1922, 1924 of the endless duct 1910 is provided with a set of fins 1959 in this manner. A flattened tube 1910 provided with fins 1959 on only one side may for example be used at the edge of a heat exchanger core 1965, in which case the flattened tube 1910 may be positioned facing inwards such that the flattened tube 1910 is adjacent to the One set of fins 1959 of a duct 1910 is adjacent, or facing outwardly such that the set of fins 1959 is adjacent to the set of fins 1959 of an adjacent duct 1910 . In other embodiments, such as shown in FIGS. 61-66, both broad sides 1922, 1924 of the endless duct 1910 are provided with a respective set of fins 1959 in this manner. In both cases, each set of fins 1959 may define a two-dimensional interface with the broad sides 1922 , 1924 of the flattened duct 1910 .

本文所示和以下所述的扁平管道和鳍片实施例中的许多由包括铝(例如,铝或铝合金)的金属片构造,不过在其他实施例中,其他金属和非金属片材料可以替代地使用。在一些实施例中,用于制造扁平管道1910的材料片在其至少一侧上设置有硬钎焊层(未示出),而用于制造鳍片1959的材料片不具有硬钎焊涂层。在其他实施例中,硬钎焊涂层的不同位置是可能的。Many of the flat tube and fin embodiments shown herein and described below are constructed from sheet metal including aluminum (e.g., aluminum or an aluminum alloy), although in other embodiments other metallic and non-metallic sheet materials may be substituted ground use. In some embodiments, the sheet of material used to make the flat tube 1910 is provided with a braze layer (not shown) on at least one side thereof, while the sheet of material used to make the fins 1959 does not have a braze coating . In other embodiments, different locations of the brazing coating are possible.

虽然本文所述的具有鳍片的管道制造和具有鳍片的管道特征的各个方面可以应用于具有任意尺度的扁平管道,但是在对于其在也为本文所述的由相对较薄材料形成的扁平管道1910的应用中获得了独特的优点。仅作为示例,相对较薄的管道材料能够进行具有鳍片的扁平管道1910的连续生产线制造(以下更详细描述),其先前是不可能的。在一些实施例中,扁平管道的比材料具有不大于约0.20mm(0.007874英寸)的厚度。但是,在其他实施例中,本发明人已经发现具有不大于约0.15mm(0.0059055英寸)的厚度的扁平管道的壁材料提供了与使用该扁平管道的热交换器的总体性能、可制造性以及无法使用更厚壁材料的可能壁构造(如本文所述的)相关的显著性能结果。此外,虽然在其他实施例中可以使用不小于约0.30mm(0.00118英寸)的壁材料厚度,但是在一些实施例中,不小于约0.050mm(即,不小于约0.0019685英寸)的扁平管道的壁材料厚度提供了良好的强度和抗腐蚀性能。While the various aspects of finned pipe fabrication and finned pipe features described herein can be applied to flat pipes of any dimension, they are also applicable to flat pipes formed of relatively thin materials as described herein. Unique advantages are obtained in the application of the pipeline 1910. By way of example only, the relatively thin tubing material enables continuous line fabrication of flat tubing 1910 with fins (described in more detail below), which was not previously possible. In some embodiments, the specific material of the flat tube has a thickness of no greater than about 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches). However, in other embodiments, the inventors have found that the wall material of the flat tubes having a thickness of no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) provides the same overall performance, manufacturability and Significant performance results associated with possible wall configurations (as described herein) that cannot use thicker wall materials. Furthermore, in some embodiments, a wall material thickness of not less than about 0.050 mm (i.e., not less than about 0.0019685 inches) of the flat duct wall thickness may be used in other embodiments. The material thickness provides good strength and corrosion resistance.

如以下更详细解释的,本文所述的热交换器管道和热交换器的其他部分可以使用点制造技术和处理来制造,并且可以包括防腐蚀特征,例如图92-95所示且以下所述的那些技术和处理。此后涉及的许多制造处理和技术以及防腐蚀特征在应用于具有显著减小的材料厚度的热交换器管道和热交换器的其他部分时是特别有利的。此外,这些技术、处理和防腐蚀特征提供了与由这种材料制成的扁平管道和热交换器的总体性能相关的显著优点。As explained in more detail below, the heat exchanger tubes and other parts of the heat exchanger described herein can be manufactured using point of manufacture techniques and processes, and can include anti-corrosion features, such as those shown in FIGS. 92-95 and described below. those technologies and processes. Many of the manufacturing processes and techniques and corrosion protection features involved hereafter are particularly advantageous when applied to heat exchanger tubing and other parts of the heat exchanger with significantly reduced material thickness. Furthermore, these technical, processing and anti-corrosion features provide significant advantages related to the overall performance of flat pipes and heat exchangers made from this material.

在图示实施例中的扁平管道1910是具有插入件的两件式扁平管道。作为示例,参考图66的图示实施例,扁平管道1910每个可以具有至少约0.8mm(0.031496英寸)的小直径d以在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。此外,不大于约2.0mm(0.07874英寸)的小直径d在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果。但是,在一些实施例中,使用了不大于约1.5mm(0.059055英寸)的最大管道小直径d。本文所述的其他扁平管道实施例中的任一者(例如,仅有单件或任意数量的额外件构造的)可以用于产生本发明的具有鳍片的管道。此外,在其他实施例中,可以替代地使用以上结合本文所揭示的全部扁平管道实施例所述的其他小直径d和大直径D。The flat tube 1910 in the illustrated embodiment is a two-piece flat tube with an insert. As an example, referring to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 66, the flattened tubes 1910 may each have a minor diameter d of at least about 0.8 mm (0.031496 inches) to provide good performance results in many applications. Furthermore, a small diameter d of no greater than about 2.0 mm (0.07874 inches) provides good performance results in many applications. However, in some embodiments, a maximum conduit minor diameter d of no greater than about 1.5 mm (0.059055 inches) is used. Any of the other flat tube embodiments described herein (eg, constructed of only a single piece or any number of additional pieces) may be used to create the finned tubes of the present invention. Furthermore, in other embodiments other minor diameters d and major diameters D described above in connection with all of the flattened tube embodiments disclosed herein may be used instead.

在图示实施例中的扁平管道1910和各组鳍片1959的制造在图61中示意性地示出为仅由少量辊对1971、1973来进行,其表示未更详细示出的上游制造生产线的一部分。此上游制造生产线还可以包括用于控制扁平管道1910和/或鳍片1959的馈送速率的中间缓冲部分。此外,虽然在图61中示出了两对辊对1973以示意性地表示两组鳍片1959的制造,但是应该注意,在一些实施例中可以替代地使用单个上游鳍片制造生产线。The manufacture of the flat tube 1910 and the sets of fins 1959 in the illustrated embodiment is shown schematically in Figure 61 as being carried out by only a small number of roller pairs 1971, 1973, which represent an upstream manufacturing line not shown in more detail a part of. This upstream manufacturing line may also include an intermediate buffer section for controlling the feed rate of the flat tubes 1910 and/or fins 1959 . Furthermore, while two pairs of rollers 1973 are shown in Figure 61 to schematically represent the manufacture of two sets of fins 1959, it should be noted that in some embodiments a single upstream fin manufacturing line may alternatively be used.

在其中鳍片安装到扁平管道处的位置上游,能够用于产生具有鳍片的管道的扁平管道可以通过本文所述的硬钎焊、焊接或任何其他合适方式沿着一个或多个纵向咬边封闭。这种管道制造可以用于例如其中扁平管道1910与鳍片1959的组之间的平坦接合是粘接接合的那些实施例中。可选地,在具有鳍片的管道的制造过程中,扁平管道1910可以通过硬钎焊、焊接或软钎焊来接合。Upstream of the point where the fins are fitted to the flat tube, the flat tube that can be used to create a tube with fins may be undercut along one or more longitudinal edges by brazing, welding, or any other suitable means as described herein. closed. Such tube fabrication may be used, for example, in those embodiments where the flat joint between the flat tube 1910 and the set of fins 1959 is an adhesive joint. Optionally, the flattened tubes 1910 may be joined by brazing, welding or soldering during fabrication of the finned tubes.

以上结合图28更详细描述了如图61-66、68和69所示的扁平管道1910。如上所注意的,与具有鳍片的扁平管道及其制造相关的描述和附图可等同地应用于本文所述的其他一件式和两件式管道(具有或不具有插入件)中任一者的制造。仅作为示例,图67图示了能够在本文所述的具有鳍片的扁平管道实施例中的任一者中使用、并且以上结合图7更详细描述的另一个扁平管道310。在一些实施例中,如图67所示的扁平管道310具有约0.10mm(0.003937英寸)的壁厚。此具体扁平管道310的一个特征在于窄侧318、320被设计为非常稳定。例如,窄侧318包括一组折叠330。此扁平管道310的另一个特征在于由单折叠328或在其他实施例中由多折叠328的组将扁平管道310分为许多流动通道316。在一些实施例中,折叠330之间的距离可以小于1.0mm(0.003937英寸)。但是,此距离可以增大为厘米范围。如以上结合图1-13所示的实施例更详细描述的,应该注意,形成窄侧318的折叠330可以被设计为具有不同的长度和/或形状,因此相对扁平管道310的提高了温度变化负荷抵抗、压力强度和/或冲击强度。The flat duct 1910 shown in FIGS. 61-66 , 68 and 69 is described in more detail above in conjunction with FIG. 28 . As noted above, the description and drawings relating to flat pipes with fins and their manufacture are equally applicable to any of the other one-piece and two-piece pipes (with or without inserts) described herein. manufacturer. By way of example only, FIG. 67 illustrates another flat tube 310 that can be used in any of the finned flat tube embodiments described herein, and described in more detail above in connection with FIG. 7 . In some embodiments, the flat tube 310 as shown in FIG. 67 has a wall thickness of about 0.10 mm (0.003937 inches). A feature of this particular flat duct 310 is that the narrow sides 318, 320 are designed to be very stable. For example, narrow side 318 includes a set of folds 330 . Another feature of this flat tube 310 is that the flat tube 310 is divided into a number of flow channels 316 by a single fold 328 or in other embodiments by groups of multiple folds 328 . In some embodiments, the distance between folds 330 may be less than 1.0 mm (0.003937 inches). However, this distance can be increased to the centimeter range. As described in more detail above in connection with the embodiment shown in FIGS. 1-13 , it should be noted that the folds 330 forming the narrow sides 318 can be designed to have different lengths and/or shapes, thus increasing the temperature variation relative to the flattened duct 310 . Load resistance, compressive strength and/or impact strength.

本文所述的鳍片1959可以具有任意期望厚度,并在一些实施例中可以由无末端材料片制造。但是,由厚度不大于约0.09mm(0.0035433英寸)的材料片形成的鳍片1959的使用可以在许多应用中提供良好的性能结果。此外,由具有不小于约0.03mm(0.0011811英寸)厚度的材料片可以在许多应用中提供良好的性能结果。The fins 1959 described herein may have any desired thickness, and in some embodiments may be fabricated from an endless sheet of material. However, the use of fins 1959 formed from a sheet of material having a thickness no greater than about 0.09 mm (0.0035433 inches) may provide good performance results in many applications. Additionally, sheets of material having a thickness of not less than about 0.03 mm (0.0011811 inches) can provide good performance results in many applications.

图63图示了可以在本发明的各种实施例中使用的鳍片1959的可选构造。如图61、62、64-66和68-68所示的鳍片1959对应于如图63(a)所示的鳍片1959。但是,可以理解,鳍片1959的其他设计是可能的,并落在本发明的精神和范围内。Figure 63 illustrates an alternative configuration of fins 1959 that may be used in various embodiments of the invention. The fins 1959 shown in Figures 61, 62, 64-66, and 68-68 correspond to the fins 1959 shown in Figure 63(a). However, it is understood that other designs of fins 1959 are possible and fall within the spirit and scope of the invention.

作为示例,参考图66,鳍片1959的壁厚可以是约0.06mm(0.0023622英寸),并可以具有约3.00mm(0.011811英寸)的高度。可以观察,在本文所述的其中相邻扁平管道1910的相邻组的鳍片1959彼此抵靠的制造处理之后,两个扁平管道1910之间的距离2H因此可以是约6.0mm(0.23622英寸)。As an example, referring to FIG. 66, the fins 1959 can have a wall thickness of about 0.06 mm (0.0023622 inches) and can have a height of about 3.00 mm (0.011811 inches). It can be observed that the distance 2H between two flat tubes 1910 may therefore be about 6.0 mm (0.23622 inches) after the manufacturing process described herein wherein adjacent sets of fins 1959 of adjacent flat tubes 1910 abut against each other. .

鳍片1959的组可以通过粘接或通过金属接合(例如,焊接、硬钎焊或软钎焊)紧固到扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924,其中宽侧1922、1924的平坦表面提供了用于这种安装的显著表面面积。在一些实施例中,扁平管道1910与鳍片1959的一组或多组之间的平坦接合界定了壁扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924更小的表面面积。The set of fins 1959 may be secured to the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the flattened tube 1910 by bonding or by metal bonding (eg, welding, brazing or soldering), wherein the flat surfaces of the broad sides 1922, 1924 provide a Significant surface area for this installation. In some embodiments, the flat junction between the flattened tube 1910 and one or more sets of fins 1959 defines a smaller surface area of the broad sides 1922 , 1924 of the walled flattened tube 1910 .

如本文所述接合到扁平管道1910的鳍片1959的组能够以许多不同方式相对于扁平管道1910定向。例如,扁平管道1910上鳍片1959的纵向可以大体垂直于扁平管道1910的纵向。但是本发明人已经发现鳍片1959的组可以替代地接合到扁平管道(即,其宽侧1922、1924),使得鳍片1959的纵向相对于扁平管道1910的纵向及与该纵向垂直的方向(在许多应用中,气流的方向)倾斜。这种鳍片1959的示例在图68和69中示出,图68和69示出了被硬钎焊到另一个扁平管道1910的宽侧1922的另一组鳍片1959。因此,如图68中的箭头所示,通过一组鳍片1959的气流不平行于通过另一组鳍片1959的气流。在其中图68表示鳍片1959的组在使用状态下的正视图的那些实施例中,一组鳍片1959中的冷却空气从入射水平的冷却空气向下偏转,而另一组鳍片1959中的冷却空气从入射水平的冷却空气被向上引导。The set of fins 1959 joined to the flat tube 1910 as described herein can be oriented relative to the flat tube 1910 in many different ways. For example, the longitudinal direction of the fins 1959 on the flattened duct 1910 may be substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the flattened duct 1910 . However, the inventors have discovered that the set of fins 1959 may alternatively be joined to the flat tube (i.e., its broad sides 1922, 1924) such that the longitudinal direction of the fins 1959 is relative to the longitudinal direction of the flat tube 1910 and a direction perpendicular thereto ( In many applications, the direction of airflow) is inclined. Examples of such fins 1959 are shown in FIGS. 68 and 69 , which show another set of fins 1959 brazed to the broadside 1922 of another flat tube 1910 . Thus, as indicated by the arrows in FIG. 68 , the airflow through one set of fins 1959 is not parallel to the airflow through the other set of fins 1959 . In those embodiments in which FIG. 68 shows a front view of a set of fins 1959 in use, the cooling air in one set of fins 1959 is deflected downward from the incident level of cooling air, while the cooling air in the other set of fins 1959 is deflected downward. The cooling air is directed upwards from the incident level cooling air.

在一些实施例中,如上所述对于每个鳍片组的倾斜角不小于约8°(在鳍片1959的纵向与扁平管道1910的纵向之间测量)以在许多应用中得到良好的性能结果。此外,在一些实施例中,此倾斜角不大于约8°以在许多应用中得到良好的性能结果。在一些实施例(包括其中如以下更详细描述的一个扁平管道1910上的一组鳍片1959与另一个扁平管道1910上的另一组鳍片1959相邻的那些实施例)中,一组鳍片1959的此倾斜可以沿着与相邻的另一组鳍片1959的倾斜不同的方向(例如,见图68和69)。In some embodiments, the angle of inclination for each set of fins is not less than about 8° (measured between the longitudinal direction of the fins 1959 and the longitudinal direction of the flat tube 1910) as described above to obtain good performance results in many applications . Also, in some embodiments, this tilt angle is no greater than about 8° to obtain good performance results in many applications. In some embodiments (including those in which one set of fins 1959 on one flattened tube 1910 is adjacent to another set of fins 1959 on another flattened tube 1910 as described in more detail below), one set of fins This slope of the sheet 1959 may be in a different direction than the slope of another adjacent set of fins 1959 (see, eg, FIGS. 68 and 69 ).

在本发明的一些实施例中,在无末端扁平管道1910和一组或多组鳍片1959连续或以任意中断方式传输通过接合台1969的情况下,可以使用硬钎焊方法,其示例在图61和64中示意性地示出。在这种接合台1969的一个或多个处,这些鳍片1959的组可以被硬钎焊到无末端扁平管道1910,在一些实施例中,所述接合台中的任一者或全部位于具有鳍片的扁平管道制造生产线的稍后阶段处。通常,接合台例如可以是利用感生线圈产生所需要的硬钎焊温度的相对较小设备。应该注意,硬钎焊参数(因此所使用的一个或多个接合台1969的类型和功率)可以根据扁平管道1910的期望参数而改变。In some embodiments of the invention, where the endless flat tube 1910 and one or more sets of fins 1959 are conveyed through the joint station 1969 continuously or in any interrupted manner, a brazing method may be used, an example of which is shown in FIG. 61 and 64 are shown schematically. Sets of these fins 1959 may be brazed to the endless flat tube 1910 at one or more of such lands 1969, and in some embodiments any or all of the lands are located with fins. sheet at a later stage of the flat tubing manufacturing line. Typically, the bonding station may be a relatively small device that utilizes induction coils to generate the required brazing temperature, for example. It should be noted that the brazing parameters (and thus the type and power of the bonding station(s) 1969 used) may vary depending on the desired parameters of the flat tube 1910 .

在一些实施例中,在鳍片1959的组被硬钎焊到扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924的同时,鳍片1959的组能够以预定的力保持抵靠扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924。虽然管道制造处理可以在鳍片安装处理的上游进行,但是通过在将鳍片1959的组安装到扁平管道1910的同时将扁平管道的各个部件(例如,将插入件1934接合到扁平管道1910、扁平管道1910的至少一个纵向边缘以用于管道封闭等)硬钎焊或以其他方式进行接合,可以实现显著的优点。但是在其中在扁平管道1910达到制造生产线的鳍片安装部分之前,扁平管道1910的一个或多个纵向咬边已经完成的情况下,可以在制造处理的框架内使用扁平管道1910。例如,参考图64和65,鳍片1959的组能够以无末端方式接合到以本文所述的任意方式完成的无末端扁平管道1910的宽侧1922、1924。In some embodiments, while the set of fins 1959 is brazed to the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the flat tube 1910, the set of fins 1959 can be held against the broad sides 1922, 1924 of the flat tube 1910 with a predetermined force. 1924. Although the pipe fabrication process can be performed upstream of the fin installation process, by attaching the set of fins 1959 to the flat pipe 1910 simultaneously with the various components of the flat pipe (e.g., joining the insert 1934 to the flat pipe 1910, the flat Significant advantages can be realized by having at least one longitudinal edge of the conduit 1910 brazed or otherwise joined for conduit closure, etc. However, in the case where one or more longitudinal undercuts of the flattened pipe 1910 have been completed before the flattened pipe 1910 reaches the fin mounting part of the manufacturing line, the flattened pipe 1910 can be used within the framework of the manufacturing process. For example, referring to Figures 64 and 65, sets of fins 1959 can be joined in an endless manner to the broadsides 1922, 1924 of an endless flat tube 1910 finished in any of the ways described herein.

在一些实施例中,制造处理还包括通过从具有一组或多组鳍片1959的无末端管道1910分离期望长度的具有鳍片的管道1961来进行的管道和鳍片组件(或者在本文称为“具有鳍片的管道”)的成型部分。例如,所供应的用于连接到无末端扁平管道1910的鳍片1959的组可以在鳍片1959的组接合到无末端扁平管道1910(例如,通过硬钎焊或以上述任意其他方式)之前或之后被切割为期望长度并移除。In some embodiments, the fabrication process also includes a tube and fin assembly (or referred to herein as "pipe with fins"). For example, the set of fins 1959 supplied for connection to the endless flat tube 1910 may be before the set of fins 1959 is joined to the endless flat tube 1910 (e.g., by brazing or in any other manner described above) or It is then cut to the desired length and removed.

在其他实施例中,来自上游制造处理的鳍片1959的连续供应可以被切割为期望长度,从而一些长度的鳍片1959可以以一定间隔布置并以任意方式接合到无末端扁平管道1910的表面。参考图61的图示实施例,在其他实施例中,一个或多个隔离件1975(例如,块体)可以在扁平管道1910上置于多组鳍片1959的组之间,并可以因此用于定位鳍片1959以在耦合到无末端管道1910的相同宽侧的多组鳍片1959的组之间建立期望距离。如图61所示,可以在下游位置从扁平管道1910移除隔离件1975,允许具有鳍片的管道部分在扁平管道1910的任一端或两端形成有自由的扁平管道端部。In other embodiments, a continuous supply of fins 1959 from an upstream manufacturing process may be cut to desired lengths such that lengths of fins 1959 may be spaced apart and bonded to the surface of endless flat tube 1910 in any manner. Referring to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 61 , in other embodiments, one or more spacers 1975 (e.g., blocks) may be placed between sets of fins 1959 on the flattened duct 1910 and may thus be used Fins 1959 are positioned to establish a desired distance between sets of fins 1959 coupled to the same broadside of endless tubing 1910 . As shown in FIG. 61 , the spacer 1975 may be removed from the flat tube 1910 at a downstream location, allowing the finned tube section to be formed with free flat tube ends at either or both ends of the flat tube 1910 .

在任意情况下,以及在其他实施例中,多组鳍片1959的组之间的中断可以提供扁平管道1910的暴露部分,其有利于在所形成的间隔之间的切割或其他管道分离处理,和/或在这些位置处对扁平管道1910进行的打口或其他操作。因此,所形成的单独的具有鳍片的管道部分可以包括扁平管道1910和位于扁平管道1910的平坦侧中的任一侧或两侧上的鳍片1959的组。In any event, and in other embodiments, interruptions between sets of sets of fins 1959 may provide exposed portions of flattened tubing 1910 that facilitate cutting or other tubing separation processes between formed spaces, And/or taps or other manipulations of the flat tubing 1910 at these locations. Thus, a separate finned tube section formed may include a flat tube 1910 and a set of fins 1959 on either or both of the flat sides of the flat tube 1910 .

根据本发明制造的具有鳍片的管道1961可以以任意期望方式结合于宽范围的各种热交换器中。但是,在一些实施例,已经由发明人认识到独特的热交换器特性和热交换器组件特征。例如,如图61、62和66所示的热交换器1963可以包括如上所述具有鳍片的管道,其中一个具有鳍片的管道1961的鳍片1959的组与相邻具有鳍片的管道1961的另一鳍片1959的组相邻近。图62(其是管道和鳍片块体或芯体1965的分解视图)图示了鳍片芯体1965的四个具有鳍片的管道1961。具有鳍片的管道1961的数量可以至少部分地根据热交换器的具体应用来确定。因此,上述具有鳍片的管道布置可以分离根据需要的次数以界定具有鳍片的管道1961的芯体1965。这种芯体1965可以组装并接着装配到一个或多个集管箱1967。具体而言,芯体1965的扁平管道1910的端部可以是自由的,并可以与集管箱1967配合(例如,收纳在1967中的各个槽或其他开口中或以任意其他合适的方式流体连通地与集管箱1967连接)以使用任意合适的粘接剂或密封剂紧固和密封到其。图62包括表示将集管箱1967安装到具有鳍片的管道1959的芯体1965上的大致方向的箭头。Finned tubes 1961 made in accordance with the present invention may be incorporated in a wide variety of heat exchangers in any desired manner. However, in some embodiments, unique heat exchanger properties and heat exchanger assembly features have been recognized by the inventors. For example, a heat exchanger 1963 as shown in FIGS. 61 , 62 and 66 may include finned tubes as described above, wherein the set of fins 1959 of one finned tube 1961 is separated from the set of fins 1959 of an adjacent finned tube 1961. Another group of fins 1959 is adjacent. FIG. 62 , which is an exploded view of the tubes and fin block or core 1965 , illustrates the four finned tubes 1961 of the finned core 1965 . The number of finned tubes 1961 may be determined, at least in part, based on the specific application of the heat exchanger. Thus, the finned tube arrangement described above may be separated as many times as desired to define the core 1965 of the finned tube 1961 . Such cores 1965 may be assembled and then fitted to one or more header tanks 1967 . In particular, the ends of the flat tubes 1910 of the core 1965 may be free and may engage with the header tank 1967 (e.g., be received in various slots or other openings in the 1967 or be in fluid communication in any other suitable manner). ground to header tank 1967) to be fastened and sealed thereto using any suitable adhesive or sealant. FIG. 62 includes arrows indicating the general direction of mounting header tank 1967 onto core 1965 of finned duct 1959 .

如上所述,具有鳍片的管道可以布置在热交换器中,使得一个具有鳍片的管道1961的鳍片1959的组位于与相邻的具有鳍片的管道1961的另一鳍片1959的组相邻近。这些鳍片1959的组可以彼此接触。在一些采用这种具有鳍片的管道1961的布置的热交换器实施例中,具有此结构的不参与热交换的中性区域,这是因为具有鳍片的管道1959在中性区域处的温度大体相似,或者在一些实施例中甚至相同。根据以此方式布置的具有鳍片的1961的数量,在相邻的鳍片组鳍片1959之间可以在芯体1956中存在任意数量的这种中性区域。As mentioned above, the finned tubes may be arranged in the heat exchanger such that the set of fins 1959 of one finned tube 1961 is located with the set of fins 1959 of another adjacent finned tube 1961 adjacent. Groups of these fins 1959 may contact each other. In some heat exchanger embodiments employing this arrangement of finned tubes 1961, there is a neutral region of this configuration that does not participate in heat exchange because the temperature of the finned tubes 1959 at the neutral region substantially similar, or in some embodiments even identical. Depending on the number of fins 1961 arranged in this manner, there may be any number of such neutral regions in the core 1956 between adjacent fin set fins 1959 .

结果,当在这些和其他实施例中由许多具有鳍片的管道1961来组装热交换器1963时,可以将具有鳍片的管道1961上的鳍片组安装到另一相邻的具有鳍片的管道1961的鳍片上,从而使得热交换器芯体1965具有这种具有鳍片的管道构造以可以作为单个结构单元来处理。在相对较大的热交换器中,以此方式将将相邻的多组鳍片1959的组接合的优点在于,可以抑制相邻的具有鳍片的管道1961之间的振动或振荡(以及因此产生的噪声)。如刚刚所述的相邻的具有鳍片的管道1959的安装在一些实施例中可以通过施加在相邻的具有鳍片的管道1961的鳍片1959的组之间的接合材料(例如,粘接、硬钎焊、软钎焊、焊接等)来实现,使得热交换器芯体1965可以作为单个结构单元来处理。在其他情况下,相邻的具有鳍片的管道1961的鳍片1959的组可以以其他方式接合来由这种具有鳍片的管道1961制造热交换器芯体1965。例如,在一些实施例中,中间片(例如,相对较薄的材料片或其他材料)可以位于相邻的鳍片1959组之间并将这些组接合。在其他实施例中,可以在相邻的具有鳍片的管道1961的相邻的鳍片1959的组之间存在较窄的气隙。换言之,根据本发明的一些实施例,来自一个具有鳍片的管道1961的鳍片1959的组可以与来自另一个具有鳍片的管道1961的鳍片1959的组在即使不具有将这些鳍片1959的组接合的材料层或元件的情况下“相邻”。As a result, when the heat exchanger 1963 is assembled from a plurality of finned tubes 1961 in these and other embodiments, it is possible to install the set of fins on a finned tube 1961 to another adjacent finned tube 1961. fins on the pipes 1961, so that the heat exchanger core 1965 has such a finned pipe structure that it can be handled as a single structural unit. In relatively large heat exchangers, an advantage of joining adjacent sets of fins 1959 in this manner is that vibration or oscillation between adjacent finned tubes 1961 (and thus generated noise). Mounting of adjacent finned tubes 1959 as just described may in some embodiments be accomplished by bonding material (e.g., adhesive) applied between groups of fins 1959 of adjacent finned tubes 1961. , brazing, soldering, welding, etc.), so that the heat exchanger core 1965 can be handled as a single structural unit. In other cases, groups of fins 1959 of adjacent finned tubes 1961 may be joined in other ways to make a heat exchanger core 1965 from such finned tubes 1961 . For example, in some embodiments, an intermediate sheet (eg, a relatively thin sheet of material or other material) may be positioned between and join adjacent sets of fins 1959 . In other embodiments, there may be a narrower air gap between adjacent sets of fins 1959 of adjacent finned tubes 1961 . In other words, according to some embodiments of the invention, a set of fins 1959 from one finned tube 1961 may be combined with a set of fins 1959 from another finned tube 1961 even without the fins 1959 "Adjacent" in the context of a group of joined material layers or elements.

一旦许多具有鳍片的管道1961已经组装为期望布置,该组件可以以许多不同的方式紧固在一起,例如通过软钎焊、焊接和/或硬钎焊。在一些实施例中,管道-鳍片芯体1965的制造处理可以包括CAB硬钎焊技术的使用。可以用相对减小的能量消耗来制造如本文所述的管道-鳍片芯体1965。在其中管道-鳍片芯体1965构造有如本文所述由相对较薄的片材料形成的扁平管道1910的那些实施例中,将具有鳍片的管道1961紧固在一起的各个阶段(例如,在CAB硬钎焊处理中)可以显著减少。例如,这种管道-鳍片芯体1965通过CAB硬钎焊炉的不同温度区域的行进速度可以相对于传统的管道-鳍片芯体1965所需的那些显著提高。对于这种更快的紧固处理的一个原因在于扁平管道1910(以及鳍片1959的壁厚)的相对较小的壁厚,相比对更厚的片材料进行硬钎焊时的情况,允许更快地达到硬钎焊温度(或为其他紧固处理所需的升高温度)。可以例如基于这种更薄材料的使用,通过选择性地调节温度设定来优化制造处理的各个阶段的传输速度和/或暴露时间。此外,制造处理中合适的悬挂件、固定件或辅助设备的使用可以例如在用于紧固管道-鳍片组件的硬钎焊处理结束之后帮助减小管道-鳍片芯体变形的可能性和/或程度。更具体而言,在加热和冷却期间发生的管道-鳍片芯体1965的膨胀和收缩不会引起不期望的延迟。Once the number of finned tubes 1961 has been assembled into the desired arrangement, the assembly can be fastened together in a number of different ways, such as by soldering, welding and/or brazing. In some embodiments, the fabrication process of the tube-fin core 1965 may include the use of CAB brazing techniques. The tube-fin core 1965 as described herein can be fabricated with relatively reduced energy consumption. In those embodiments in which the tube-fin core 1965 is constructed with flat tubes 1910 formed from relatively thin sheet material as described herein, the various stages of fastening together the tubes 1961 with fins (e.g., at CAB brazing process) can be significantly reduced. For example, the speed of travel of such tube-fin cores 1965 through the different temperature regions of a CAB brazing furnace can be significantly increased relative to those required for conventional tube-fin cores 1965 . One reason for this faster fastening process is that the relatively small wall thickness of the flat tube 1910 (and the wall thickness of the fins 1959), allows Reach brazing temperature (or elevated temperature required for other fastening treatments) faster. The transfer speed and/or exposure time at various stages of the fabrication process can be optimized by selectively adjusting temperature settings, for example based on the use of such thinner materials. In addition, the use of suitable hangers, fixtures or auxiliary equipment in the manufacturing process can help reduce the likelihood of tube-fin core deformation and / or degree. More specifically, the expansion and contraction of the tube-fin core 1965 that occurs during heating and cooling does not cause undesired delays.

本发明的其他方面涉及本文所揭示的扁平管道在热交换器中的使用,所述热交换器具有用于在各个扁平管道的流通通道之间建立流体连通和/或与流体供应体或将热交换器连接到其他设备的出口建立流体连通的一个或多个箱。本发明的这些方面适用于本文所揭示的具有上述相对较薄壁材料(例如,在一些实施例中不大于约0.20mm(0.007874英寸),而在其他实施例中不大于约0.15mm(0.0059055英寸))的扁平管道。但是,本发明人已经发现,以下更详细描述的本发明的那些方面可以用于其中使用由更厚材料构造的扁平管道的应用。因此,以下所述的本发明的各个特征可应用于具有其他类型扁平管道的热交换器,包括本文所述和/或所示的扁平管道中的任一者。Other aspects of the invention relate to the use of the flat tubes disclosed herein in a heat exchanger having features for establishing fluid communication between the flow channels of the individual flat tubes and/or exchanging heat with a fluid supply or with One or more tanks that establish fluid communication with the outlets of the connectors to other equipment. These aspects of the invention are applicable to the materials disclosed herein having the aforementioned relatively thin walled materials (e.g., no greater than about 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches) in some embodiments, and no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) in other embodiments. )) for flat pipes. However, the inventors have discovered that those aspects of the invention described in more detail below can be used in applications where flat tubing constructed from thicker materials is used. Accordingly, the various features of the invention described below may be applied to heat exchangers having other types of flat tubes, including any of the flat tubes described and/or illustrated herein.

如以下更详细解释的,本文所述的热交换器管道和热交换器管道的其他部分可以使用许多制造技术和处理来制造,并可以包括防腐蚀特征,例如图92-95所示和以下所述的那些技术和处理。此处涉及的许多制造处理和技术以及防腐蚀特征在应用于具有显著减小的材料厚度的热交换器和热交换器部分时特别有利。此外,这些技术、处理和防腐蚀特征提供了与由这些材料制成的扁平管道以及热交换器的总体性能相关的显著优点。As explained in more detail below, the heat exchanger tubes and other portions of the heat exchanger tubes described herein can be manufactured using a number of manufacturing techniques and processes, and can include anti-corrosion features, such as those shown in FIGS. 92-95 and described below. techniques and treatments described above. Many of the manufacturing processes and techniques and anti-corrosion features involved herein are particularly advantageous when applied to heat exchangers and heat exchanger sections with significantly reduced material thickness. Furthermore, these technical, processing and anti-corrosion features provide significant advantages related to the overall performance of flat tubes and heat exchangers made from these materials.

如上所述,本文所述和所示的扁平管道可以与具有一个或多个箱的热交换器接合使用。这些箱可以包括集管箱、头箱以及适于在扁平管道之间和/或扁平管道与流体供应体或箱的出口之间建立流体连通的其他流体容器。为了简化描述,这些箱在本文统称为“集管箱”,应该理解,这些箱可以实现其他功能,可以更大或更小,并可以具有任何其他期望的形状而仍然包含有以下所述的本发明的方面。As noted above, the flat tubes described and illustrated herein may be used in conjunction with heat exchangers having one or more tanks. These tanks may include header tanks, header tanks, and other fluid containers adapted to establish fluid communication between the flat tubes and/or between the flat tubes and a fluid supply or outlet of the tank. For simplicity of description, these tanks are collectively referred to herein as "header tanks", it being understood that these tanks can perform other functions, be larger or smaller, and have any other desired shape while still containing the essential components described below. aspects of invention.

根据本发明的集管箱的一个实施例在图70、70A、71、76和77中示出,并通常由附图标记4467表示。虽然如图77所示的热交换器4463示出具有两个集管箱4467,但是应该注意,在各个可能的热交换器中可以采用任意数量的集管箱4467,包括单个集管箱4467和超过两个集管箱4467。如图77所示的两个集管箱4467都具有大体相同的特征,并以与如图70、70A、71、76和77所示和以下所述大体相同的方式连接到扁平管道4410。One embodiment of a header tank according to the present invention is shown in FIGS. 70 , 70A , 71 , 76 and 77 and is generally indicated by the reference numeral 4467 . Although the heat exchanger 4463 shown in FIG. 77 is shown with two header tanks 4467, it should be noted that any number of header tanks 4467 may be employed in each possible heat exchanger, including a single header tank 4467 and More than two header boxes 4467. Both header tanks 4467 as shown in Figure 77 have generally the same features and are connected to the flat duct 4410 in generally the same manner as shown in Figures 70, 70A, 71 , 76 and 77 and described below.

集管箱4467可以由任意数量的不同部件构造。例如,如图70、70A、71、76和77所示的集管箱4467例如通过注模或其他合适处理来形成为单个整体。在本实施例和其他实施例中,至少一排收纳开口4478(以下更详细描述)与集管箱4467一体地形成。在其他实施例中,例如以下所述并在图72-75中图示的集管箱实施例,集管箱由通过注模或其他任意合适方式产生并连接在一起的两个或更多单独的件形成。例如,在这些实施例中,集管箱4467可以具有其中界定收纳开口4479的一个或多个壁,以及由集管箱4467的各个部件界定的一个或多个其他壁,使得其他壁可以在比其中扁平管道4410收纳在收纳开口4479内的阶段更晚的阶段组装。Header tank 4467 may be constructed from any number of different components. For example, header tank 4467 as shown in Figures 70, 70A, 71 , 76, and 77 is formed as a single unit, such as by injection molding or other suitable process. In this and other embodiments, at least one row of receiving openings 4478 (described in more detail below) is integrally formed with header box 4467 . In other embodiments, such as the header tank embodiment described below and illustrated in FIGS. 72-75 , the header tank is made of two or more separate The pieces are formed. For example, in these embodiments, the header tank 4467 can have one or more walls defining the receiving opening 4479 therein, and one or more other walls defined by the various components of the header tank 4467, such that the other walls can be more The flat duct 4410 is assembled at a later stage when the flat duct 4410 is accommodated in the accommodation opening 4479 .

图示的集管箱4467包括沿着其表面的一系列收纳开口4479。每个收纳开口4479被与集管箱4467的至少一部分一体地形成的壁围绕,所述壁成型为收纳扁平管道4410的相应自由端部4477。扁平管道4410可以采取本文所述的形式中的任一者,并可以被切割为由扁平管道4410的参数或相应的应用所指定的长度。参考图70、70A和71,制造热交换器4463的处理的一部分包括将扁平管道4410(其根据本文所述的实施例中的任一者)的自由端部4477设定到集管箱4467的收纳开口4479内。在一些实施例中,可以通过以与图62所示意性地示出的方式相似的方式将集管箱4467推到自由的扁平管道端部4477上来执行此处理。可选地,扁平管道4410的自由端部4477可以被推到收纳开口4479内,或者扁平管道4410和集管箱4467可以朝向彼此移动并被推在一起以建立这些连接。The illustrated header tank 4467 includes a series of receiving openings 4479 along its surface. Each receiving opening 4479 is surrounded by a wall integrally formed with at least a portion of header tank 4467 , the wall being shaped to receive a respective free end 4477 of flattened duct 4410 . The flat tubing 4410 may take any of the forms described herein and may be cut to lengths dictated by the parameters of the flat tubing 4410 or the corresponding application. Referring to FIGS. 70 , 70A and 71 , part of the process of fabricating the heat exchanger 4463 includes setting the free ends 4477 of the flat tubes 4410 (which are according to any of the embodiments described herein) to the ends of the header tank 4467. Stored in the opening 4479. In some embodiments, this can be performed by pushing header tank 4467 over free flattened pipe end 4477 in a manner similar to that shown schematically in FIG. 62 . Alternatively, the free end 4477 of the flat tubing 4410 can be pushed into the receiving opening 4479, or the flat tubing 4410 and header box 4467 can be moved towards each other and pushed together to make these connections.

在一些实施例中,连接到集管箱4467的扁平管道4410可以具有根据本文所述的实施例中的任一者的一组或多组的鳍片4459的组(见图77)。仅作为示例,在上游制造步骤(例如以上所述的那些)中已经组装并硬钎焊的具有鳍片的管道4461可以具有壁厚为约0.030-0.090mm(0.0011811-0.0035423英寸)的鳍片4559。例如,具有已经硬钎焊到其上的鳍片4459的各个扁平管道4410的突起自由端部4477或者已经组装并硬钎焊到跨体或芯体4465中的这种具有鳍片的管道4416的突起自由端部4477可以在硬钎焊期间(例如,在硬钎焊炉中)保持自由,并因此不会使鳍片4559干扰其后将它们插入集管箱4467的收纳开口4479的操作。在任意这种实施例中的扁平管道4410的两个端部都可以如刚刚所述那样突起并自由,以用于连接到相对的集管箱4467。In some embodiments, the flat tube 4410 connected to the header tank 4467 may have one or more sets of fins 4459 according to any of the embodiments described herein (see FIG. 77 ). By way of example only, finned tubing 4461 that has been assembled and brazed in an upstream manufacturing step such as those described above may have fins 4559 with a wall thickness of about 0.030-0.090 mm (0.0011811-0.0035423 inches) . For example, the protruding free end 4477 of each flat tube 4410 having a fin 4459 already brazed thereto or such a finned tube 4416 already assembled and brazed into a span or core 4465 Protruding free ends 4477 may remain free during brazing (eg, in a brazing furnace) and thus not allow fins 4559 to interfere with their subsequent insertion into receiving openings 4479 of header tank 4467 . Both ends of the flat tube 4410 in any such embodiment may be raised and free as just described for connection to opposing header tanks 4467 .

在其中芯体4465如刚刚所述那样连接的那些实施例中,可以通过扁平管道4410和鳍片4559的组的交替堆叠,来由扁平管道4410和鳍片4559的组形成芯体4465。这种芯体构造的示例在图77中示出,图77示出了具有两个集管箱4467的硬钎焊的扁平管道-鳍片芯体4465,每个集管箱4467都具有用于与其他设备连接的端口,其中冷却空气流动通过鳍片4559以对扁平管道4410内的流体进行冷却。如图77所示的热交换器4463仅是集管箱4467中的一个或多个可以与其连接的许多类型的可能热交换器之一。仅作为示例,图示集管箱4467中的任一者都可以是换向箱,使得入口和出口都布置在同一集管箱4467上。In those embodiments where the core 4465 is connected as just described, the core 4465 may be formed from sets of flat tubes 4410 and fins 4559 by alternating stacks of sets of flat tubes 4410 and fins 4559 . An example of such a core configuration is shown in Figure 77, which shows a brazed flat tube-finned core 4465 with two headers 4467, each with a Ports for connection to other equipment where cooling air flows through the fins 4559 to cool the fluid within the flat tubes 4410. The heat exchanger 4463 shown in Figure 77 is just one of many types of possible heat exchangers to which one or more of the header tanks 4467 may be connected. By way of example only, either of the illustrated header tanks 4467 may be a reversing tank such that both the inlet and outlet are disposed on the same header tank 4467 .

扁平管道4410(如在以上先前实施例中所述的具有或不具有连接到其的鳍片)可以各个插入到集管箱4467的各个收纳开口4479内。但是,通过例如在单个步骤中将两个或更多扁平管道4410(在一些情况下,芯体4465的全部扁平管道4410)同时或大体同时地插入到其各自的收纳开口4479内,可以获得显著的优点。此处理可以在扁平管道4410中的两个或更多已经聚集在一起时,例如通过硬钎焊或其他安装处理(包括本文所述的那些)以界定扁平管道热交换器芯体4465的整体或其部分来执行。由此上述处理能够利用大量的集管箱材料。但是,至少部分地根据用于集管箱4467的材料和用于将鳍片4459紧固到扁平管道4410的处理,在一些实施例中期望在管道-鳍片芯体4465的硬钎焊后冷却处理之后,将扁平管道4410的自由端部4477导引到集管箱4467的各个收纳开口4479内。Flat tubes 4410 (with or without fins attached thereto as described in previous embodiments above) can be individually inserted into individual receiving openings 4479 of header tank 4467 . However, by simultaneously or substantially simultaneously inserting two or more flattened tubes 4410 (in some cases, all of the flattened tubes 4410 of core 4465) into their respective receiving openings 4479 in a single step, significant The advantages. This process may be when two or more of the flat tubes 4410 have been brought together, such as by brazing or other installation processes (including those described herein) to define the unitary or flat tube heat exchanger core 4465. its part to execute. The process described above thus enables the utilization of large quantities of header tank material. However, depending at least in part on the material used for the header tank 4467 and the process used to secure the fins 4459 to the flat tubes 4410, cooling after brazing of the tube-fin core 4465 may be desirable in some embodiments After processing, the free ends 4477 of the flat tubes 4410 are guided into respective receiving openings 4479 of the header tank 4467 .

许多热交换器制造处理需要将管道和集管箱暴露于升高的温度以用于软钎焊、焊接、硬钎焊和其他安装处理,例如将扁平管道和集管箱容纳在炉或其他加热环境中以将扁平管道接合到集管箱。因此这些处理限制了许多集管箱材料——至少用于集管箱的界定了对于扁平管道的连接位置的那些部分的材料(例如,界定了收纳开口的一个或多个集管箱壁)的使用。因此,集管箱的这些部分通常包括金属。通过将集管箱连接到已经如上所述被软钎焊、焊接、硬钎焊或以其他方式接合在一起的两个或更多扁平管道,可以对于集管箱4467的许多部件、全部或大体全部使用塑料或其他低温材料。例如,集管箱4467的界定了收纳开口4479的一个或多个部件可以包括塑料。虽然在其他实施例中可以使用其他材料,不过在图70、70A、71、76和77的图示实施例中的整个集管箱4467由塑料材料制造。在其中集管箱4467的部分或全部包括塑料的那些实施例中,这些部分可以例如通过注模来制造。Many heat exchanger manufacturing processes require exposing tubes and headers to elevated temperatures for soldering, welding, brazing and other mounting processes, such as housing flat tubes and headers in furnaces or other heating environment to join flat pipes to header tanks. These processes therefore limit the availability of many header tank materials—at least for those parts of the header tank that define the connection locations for the flat pipes (e.g., one or more header tank walls that define the receiving opening). use. Therefore, these parts of the header tank usually comprise metal. Many components, all or substantially All use plastic or other cryogenic materials. For example, one or more components of header box 4467 that define receiving opening 4479 may comprise plastic. The entire header tank 4467 in the illustrated embodiment of Figures 70, 70A, 71 , 76 and 77 is fabricated from a plastic material, although other materials may be used in other embodiments. In those embodiments where some or all of the header tank 4467 comprises plastic, these parts may be manufactured, for example, by injection molding.

再参考图70和71,其中示出的集管箱4467的收纳开口4479具有弯曲表面4481以帮助扁平管道端部4477的插入。在其他实施例中,可以替代地使用其他形状(例如,平的倾斜表面、垂直角部表面等)。Referring again to FIGS. 70 and 71 , the receiving opening 4479 of the header tank 4467 is shown having a curved surface 4481 to facilitate insertion of the flattened pipe end 4477 . In other embodiments, other shapes (eg, flat sloped surfaces, vertical corner surfaces, etc.) may be used instead.

如图71最佳示出的,扁平管道端部4477在完全插入其各自的收纳开口4479内时到达集管箱4467的内壁内表面4483下方的各个位置,由此防止在热交换器4463的工作期间由扁平管道端部447引起的不期望的压力降落。As best shown in FIG. 71 , the flattened tube ends 4477 when fully inserted into their respective receiving openings 4479 reach various locations below the inner surface 4483 of the inner wall of the header tank 4467 , thereby preventing work on the heat exchanger 4463 . Undesirable pressure drop caused by the flat pipe end 447 during this time.

在图70、70A、71、76和77的图示实施例中,集管箱4467的收纳开口4479被成型为界定了与扁平管道端部4477的横截面形状相同的后部4485(参考图70、70A、71、76和77中扁平管道插入的方向)。虽然每个收纳开口4479的后部4485可以被制成一定的尺度以界定与扁平管道端部4477的活动配合,但是在其他实施例中(例如图70、70A、71、76和77所示的实施例),使用紧配合。在其中采用紧配合的那些实施例中,可以将轻微的压力施加在集管箱4467和/或扁平管道4410上,以将扁平管道端部4477完全插入到收纳开口4479的后部4485内,由此提供了集管箱4467与扁平管道4477之间的可以是液密或大体液密的密封。In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 70, 70A, 71, 76 and 77, the receiving opening 4479 of the header tank 4467 is shaped to define a rear portion 4485 having the same cross-sectional shape as the flattened duct end 4477 (see FIG. 70 , 70A, 71, 76 and 77 in the direction of flat pipe insertion). While the rear portion 4485 of each receiving opening 4479 can be dimensioned to define an active fit with the flattened duct end 4477, in other embodiments (such as those shown in FIGS. 70, 70A, 71, 76, and 77 Example), use a tight fit. In those embodiments where a tight fit is employed, light pressure may be applied to the header box 4467 and/or the flat tube 4410 to fully insert the flat tube end 4477 into the rear 4485 of the receiving opening 4479 by This provides a seal between header tank 4467 and flat tubing 4477 that may be liquid-tight or substantially liquid-tight.

在一些实施例中,集管箱4467和/或扁平管道端部4477的特征用于控制或限制扁平管道端部4477在收纳开口4479内的插入量。例如,止挡件(图70、70A、71、76和77中未示出,但是图80中可见,由附图标记4675表示)可以成在扁平管道端部4477上和/或收纳开口4479的内表面上以限制扁平管道端部4477的插入深度。In some embodiments, features of header box 4467 and/or flat tubing end 4477 are used to control or limit the amount of insertion of flat tubing end 4477 within receiving opening 4479 . For example, a stopper (not shown in FIGS. 70 , 70A, 71 , 76 and 77, but visible in FIG. 80 , indicated by reference numeral 4675 ) can be formed on the flattened pipe end 4477 and/or on the receiving opening 4479. on the inner surface to limit the insertion depth of the flat tubing end 4477.

在其他实施例中,扁平管道端部4477中的一个或多个可以延伸通过相应的收纳开口4479并延伸到集管箱4467的内室4487内。在这种实施例中,扁平管道端部4477能够以任意方式变形,例如通过沿着与收纳开口4479相邻的内室壁4483的表面弯曲以至少部分地与这些表面的形状相匹配。In other embodiments, one or more of the flattened conduit ends 4477 may extend through a corresponding receiving opening 4479 and into the interior chamber 4487 of the header box 4467 . In such an embodiment, the flattened conduit end 4477 can be deformed in any manner, such as by bending along the surfaces of the inner chamber wall 4483 adjacent the receiving opening 4479 to at least partially match the shape of these surfaces.

在图70、70A、71、76和77的图示实施例中,粘接剂4489用于将扁平管道端部4477紧固在集管箱4467的收纳开口4479(见图71)内。可以使用许多不同的粘接剂,包括立即硬化或随时间硬化的那些,以及在设置之后保留一定程度的柔性的那些。例如,由Dow Corning

Figure G2007800098012D0090181000QIETU
生产的硅酮粘接剂可以用于许多实施例。在一些实施例中,粘接剂4489确保了扁平管道端部4477与收纳开口4479的内表面之间的永久性的紧密接合。In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 70, 70A, 71, 76 and 77, adhesive 4489 is used to secure the flattened pipe end 4477 within the receiving opening 4479 of the header tank 4467 (see FIG. 71 ). Many different adhesives can be used, including those that harden immediately or over time, and those that retain some degree of flexibility after setting. For example, by Dow Corning
Figure G2007800098012D0090181000QIETU
The silicone adhesive produced can be used in many embodiments. In some embodiments, the adhesive 4489 ensures a permanent tight bond between the flat tube end 4477 and the inner surface of the receiving opening 4479 .

粘接剂4489还可以用作防止流体从集管箱4467损失的密封剂。在其他实施例中,通过将扁平管道端部4477插入收纳开口4479的后部4485内,将扁平管道端部4477充分紧固在收纳开口4479内,在此情况下,不具有或基本不具有粘接性的密封剂可以用于代替粘接剂4489。为了简化描述,涉及扁平管道对集管箱的术语“粘接剂”表示可以或不可以用作密封剂的粘接剂,应该理解,在其他实施例中这种材料可以替代地仅用作或主要用作密封剂。Adhesive 4489 may also act as a sealant to prevent fluid loss from header tank 4467. In other embodiments, the flattened tubing end 4477 is substantially secured within the receiving opening 4479 by inserting the flattened tubing end 4477 into the rear 4485 of the receiving opening 4479, in which case with no or substantially no adhesive. An adhesive sealant can be used in place of Adhesive 4489. For simplicity of description, the term "adhesive" in reference to the flat pipe to header tank means an adhesive that may or may not be used as a sealant, it being understood that in other embodiments this material may instead be used only as or Mainly used as a sealant.

如图71最佳示出的,粘接剂4489可以大体覆盖扁平管道端部4477的主要部分,并且在一些实施例中在沿着扁平管道端部4477长度的至少一个位置处围绕扁平管道端部4477的整个周界。在图70、70A、71、76和77的图示实施例中,扁平管道端部4477的末端部由于其在收纳开口4479的后部4485内的位置而未覆盖粘接剂4489。利用如上所述收纳开口4479的后部4485与扁平管道端部4477之间的相对密配合,可以防止经过集管箱4467的流体(例如,用作热交换器介质的流体冷却剂或其他流体)与4489进行接触。As best shown in FIG. 71 , the adhesive 4489 can generally cover a substantial portion of the flattened pipe end 4477 and, in some embodiments, surround the flattened pipe end 4477 at at least one location along the length of the flattened pipe end 4477. The entire perimeter of 4477. In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 70 , 70A , 71 , 76 and 77 , the end portion of the flat tubing end 4477 is not covered with adhesive 4489 due to its position within the rear 4485 of the receiving opening 4479 . With the relative snug fit between the rear portion 4485 of the receiving opening 4479 and the flat tube end 4477 as described above, fluid passing through the header tank 4467 (eg, fluid coolant or other fluid used as a heat exchanger medium) can be prevented. Contact 4489.

根据本发明的各种实施例,粘接剂4489能够以许多不同的方式被引入在扁平管道端部4477与收纳开口4479的内表面之间,其中许多包括在扁平管道端部4477被收纳在其各自的收纳开口4479内之后或同时引入粘接剂4489。但是,在进一步描述这些实施例之前,应该注意,可以在将447插入在收纳开口4479内之前,将粘接剂4489以任意方式(例如,喷雾器、滚筒或其他施加工具)施加于收纳开口4479的内部和/或扁平管道端部4477的外部。According to various embodiments of the invention, the adhesive 4489 can be introduced between the flattened pipe end 4477 and the inner surface of the receiving opening 4479 in many different ways, many of which include where the flattened pipe end 4477 is received. The adhesive 4489 is introduced into the respective receiving openings 4479 after or simultaneously. However, before further describing these embodiments, it should be noted that the adhesive 4489 may be applied to the receiving opening 4479 in any manner (eg, spray, roller, or other application tool) prior to inserting the 447 in the receiving opening 4479. The interior and/or exterior of the flat pipe end 4477.

在管道端部插入期间或之后将粘接剂4489引入在扁平管道端部4477于收纳开口4479的内表面之间可以提供对成品热交换器4463中粘接剂4489的量和/或最终位置的更强的控制,并可以导致扁平管道端部4477于集管箱4467之间更可靠的连接和/或密封。Introducing adhesive 4489 between the flattened tubing end 4477 and the interior surface of receiving opening 4479 during or after tubing end insertion can provide insight into the amount and/or final location of adhesive 4489 in the finished heat exchanger 4463. Greater control and may result in a more reliable connection and/or seal between the flat pipe end 4477 and the header tank 4467.

为了提供用于将粘接剂4489引入在扁平管道端部4477于收纳开口4479的内表面之间的空间,收纳开口4479和/或扁平管道端部4477可以成型为在其两者之间界定一个或多个间隙4493。为了简化描述,术语“间隙”(当在本文用于表示如本文所述收纳粘接接4489处的空间时)表示一个或多个这种间隙,而无论绕扁平管道端部4477的具体周界位置如何,无论用于相同扁平管道端部4477的两个或更多这种间隙是否彼此流体连通。To provide space for the introduction of adhesive 4489 between the flattened pipe end 4477 and the inner surface of the receiving opening 4479, the receiving opening 4479 and/or the flattened pipe end 4477 may be shaped to define a gap between them. or multiple gaps 4493 . For simplicity of description, the term "gap" (when used herein to refer to the space where the bonded joint 4489 is received as described herein) means one or more such gaps, regardless of the specific perimeter around the flattened pipe end 4477 Regardless of location, two or more such gaps for the same flat tube end 4477 are in fluid communication with each other.

在一些实施例中,扁平管道端部4477与界定了收纳开口4479的相邻内表面之间的间隙4493可以具有至少约0.3mm(0.011811英寸)的宽度,以允许合适的粘接剂注入(如下所述)。此外,本发明人通过实验已经发现,不大于约1.0mm(0.03937英寸)的此间隙宽度提供了良好的性能结果。许多方面的考虑可以至少部分地界定间隙4493的尺寸,例如所需的粘接剂的量、粘接的特性(例如,粘度和规定时间)、以及对相邻扁平管道4410之间距离的限制等。其他方面的考虑涉及在一些实施例中对于集管箱4467具有最小化的厚度或深度的要求。例如,在一些实施例中,集管箱4467外延超出扁平管道芯体4465最小的量,以减小由热交换器4463在车辆内浪费的空间。In some embodiments, the gap 4493 between the flattened tubing end 4477 and the adjacent interior surface that defines the receiving opening 4479 can have a width of at least about 0.3 mm (0.011811 inches) to allow for suitable adhesive injection (see below mentioned). Furthermore, the inventors have found experimentally that such a gap width of no greater than about 1.0 mm (0.03937 inches) provides good performance results. A number of considerations may at least partially define the size of the gap 4493, such as the amount of adhesive required, the characteristics of the bond (e.g., viscosity and specified time), and limitations on the distance between adjacent flat tubes 4410, etc. . Other considerations relate to the requirement for header tank 4467 to have a minimized thickness or depth in some embodiments. For example, in some embodiments, the header tank 4467 extends beyond the flat duct core 4465 by a minimum amount to reduce the space wasted by the heat exchanger 4463 within the vehicle.

在一些实施例中,集管箱4467基本不在管道-鳍片芯体4465的深度方向上外延超出,以避免为将热交换器4463安装在车辆内所需的可用空间的浪费。例如,在图70、70A、71、76和77的图示实施例中,具体参考图76,未变形的扁平管道端部4477需要集管箱4467的经过扁平管道-鳍片芯体4465的最小化的外延,或基本没有外延。在一些实施例中,在热交换器4463的制造处理包括变形的扁平管道端部4477的使用(以下所述)时也可以减小该外延。In some embodiments, the header tank 4467 does not substantially extend beyond the depth of the tube-fin core 4465 to avoid wasting the available space required to install the heat exchanger 4463 within the vehicle. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 70 , 70A, 71 , 76 and 77 , with particular reference to FIG. 76 , the undeformed flat tube ends 4477 require a minimum of Extended extension, or basically no extension. In some embodiments, this extension may also be reduced when the manufacturing process of the heat exchanger 4463 includes the use of deformed flat tube ends 4477 (described below).

在一些实施例中,粘接剂4489经由集管箱4467中的一个或多个开口或经由扁平管道端部4477与集管箱4467之间的一个或多个间隙(其一旦在这些部件至少部分地组装时就可以进入)通过注入来引入。例如,如图70、70A、71、76和77所示的集管箱4467具有许多注入开口4491,其每个都通过集管箱4467的壁4495延伸到间隙4493,间隙4493界定在扁平管道端部4477与界定了收纳开口4479的一个或多个壁之间。In some embodiments, the adhesive 4489 passes through one or more openings in the header tank 4467 or through one or more gaps between the flattened pipe end 4477 and the header tank 4467 (which, once at least partially bonded to these components, Accessible when assembled) is introduced by injection. For example, a header tank 4467 as shown in Figures 70, 70A, 71, 76 and 77 has a number of injection openings 4491 each extending through a wall 4495 of the header tank 4467 to a gap 4493 defined at the flattened pipe end Between the portion 4477 and one or more walls defining the receiving opening 4479.

这些注入开口4491可以位于集管箱4467的纵向侧中的任一侧或两侧上。此外,超过一个注入开口4491可以延伸到相同的收纳开口4479。在此情况下,粘接剂4489可以例如通过集管箱4467的相对纵向侧上的两个注入开口4491同时注入相同的收纳开口4479。粘接剂4489可以一次一个地注入与每个扁平管道4410相对应的间隙4493中,同时或大体同时注入一排间隙4493(其与各个扁平管道4410相对应)中,或者同时或大体同时注入芯体4465的全部间隙4493中。在一些实施例中,粘接剂4489覆盖了每个扁平管道端部4477的整个周界,并/或可以填充扁平管道端部4477与界定了收纳开口4479的相邻壁之间的间隙4493。此外,在一些实施例(例如,图70、70A、71、76和77的实施例)中,扁平管道4410的末端可以保留为未被粘接剂4489覆盖。The injection openings 4491 may be located on either or both of the longitudinal sides of the header tank 4467. Additionally, more than one injection opening 4491 may extend to the same receiving opening 4479 . In this case, the adhesive 4489 can be injected simultaneously into the same receiving opening 4479 , for example through two injection openings 4491 on opposite longitudinal sides of the header tank 4467 . Adhesive 4489 may be injected one at a time into the gaps 4493 corresponding to each flat tube 4410, into a row of gaps 4493 corresponding to each flat tube 4410 simultaneously or substantially simultaneously, or into the core simultaneously or substantially simultaneously. All gaps 4493 of body 4465. In some embodiments, the adhesive 4489 covers the entire perimeter of each flattened tube end 4477 and/or may fill a gap 4493 between the flattened tube end 4477 and an adjacent wall that defines the receiving opening 4479 . Additionally, in some embodiments (eg, the embodiments of FIGS. 70 , 70A , 71 , 76 , and 77 ), the ends of the flat tubing 4410 may remain uncovered by the adhesive 4489 .

将粘接剂引入在扁平管道端部4477与收纳开口4479的内壁之间的可选方式是通过位于这些部件之间并与上述间隙4493流体连通的底部开口或间隙4497来注入粘接剂。这种粘接剂引入的方式可以附加于或替代如上所述通过注入开口4491注入的方式,并可以去除对注入开口4491的需要。An alternative way to introduce adhesive between the flattened tubing end 4477 and the inner wall of the receiving opening 4479 is to inject the adhesive through a bottom opening or gap 4497 located between these components and in fluid communication with the aforementioned gap 4493 . This manner of introducing the adhesive may be in addition to or instead of injecting through the injection opening 4491 as described above, and may eliminate the need for the injection opening 4491 .

图84是描述根据本发明实施例的热交换器4463的制造处理、涉及的阶段或制造步骤的框图,并由通过此处理制造的热交换器4463的示意图来实现。术语“阶段”在此处仅用于简化描述,并且不单独表示或意味着在制造生产线中这些“阶段”之间存在物理划分。例如,集管箱4467可以在与施加粘接剂4489的处理(阶段IV)相同或不同的位置处布置在自由的扁平管道端部4477上(阶段III)。Figure 84 is a block diagram describing the manufacturing process, the stages involved or manufacturing steps, of a heat exchanger 4463 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and is realized by a schematic diagram of a heat exchanger 4463 manufactured by this process. The term "stage" is used here only to simplify the description and does not individually denote or imply that there is a physical division between these "stages" in the manufacturing line. For example, the header tank 4467 may be placed on the free flattened pipe end 4477 (Stage III) at the same or a different location than the process of applying the adhesive 4489 (Stage IV).

图72-75图示了根据本发明其他实施例的集管箱4467。此实施例采用了与以上结合图70、70A、71、76和77所述的集管箱4467的实施例相同的许多结构并具有许多相同属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图70、70A、71、76和77所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与以下所述和如图72-75所示的集管箱的结构和特征相关的额外信息、以及这些结构和特征的可选方案,将对以上结合图70、70A、71、76和77的描述进行参考。此后,如图72-75所示的实施例的与图70、70A、71、76和77的实施例的结构和特征相对应的结构和特征将被分配有4500系列的附图标记。72-75 illustrate header tanks 4467 according to other embodiments of the invention. This embodiment employs much of the same structure and has many of the same attributes as the embodiment of header tank 4467 described above in connection with FIGS. 70, 70A, 71, 76 and 77. Accordingly, the following description is primarily directed to structures and features that differ from the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 70 , 70A , 71 , 76 and 77 . For additional information regarding the structures and features of header tanks described below and shown in Figures 72-75, and alternatives to these structures and features, reference will be made to the above in connection with Figures 70, 70A, 71, 76 and 77 description for reference. Thereafter, structure and features of the embodiment shown in Figures 72-75 that correspond to structure and features of the embodiment of Figures 70, 70A, 71 , 76 and 77 will be assigned 4500 series reference numerals.

类似于图70、70A、71、76和77所示的集管箱4467,如图72-75所示的集管箱4567具有用于与扁平管道4510流体连通的内室4587、每个都具有用于收纳扁平管道4510的端部4577的后部4585的许多收纳开口4579、以及沿着集管箱4567的纵向侧(在图72-75中仅一侧可见)的许多注入开口4591。图75提供了与收纳开口4579相关的额外细节,包括用于收纳并支撑扁平管道4510(图75中未示出)的端部4577的后部4585,以及与收纳开口4579流体连通的注入开口4591。Similar to the header tank 4467 shown in FIGS. 70, 70A, 71, 76, and 77, the header tank 4567 shown in FIGS. A number of receiving openings 4579 for receiving the rear portion 4585 of the end 4577 of the flat tubing 4510, and a number of injection openings 4591 along the longitudinal sides of the header tank 4567 (only one side is visible in FIGS. 72-75). FIG. 75 provides additional details regarding the receiving opening 4579, including a rear portion 4585 for receiving and supporting the end 4577 of the flat tubing 4510 (not shown in FIG. 75 ), and an injection opening 4591 in fluid communication with the receiving opening 4579 .

通过收纳开口4579收纳的扁平管道4510界定了收纳开口4579的内表面与扁平管道端部4577之间的相应间隙4593。具体参考图73,相应收纳开口4579内的每个扁平管道4510的流动通道4516与集管箱4567的内室4587流体连通。图73也图示了注入开口4591与收纳开口4579之间的连接,以用于如上所述将粘接剂4589(未示出)注入到间隙4593中。The flattened tubing 4510 received through the receiving opening 4579 defines a corresponding gap 4593 between the inner surface of the receiving opening 4579 and the flattened tubing end 4577 . Referring specifically to FIG. 73 , the flow channel 4516 of each flat tube 4510 within the respective receiving opening 4579 is in fluid communication with the interior chamber 4587 of the header tank 4567 . FIG. 73 also illustrates the connection between injection opening 4591 and receiving opening 4579 for injecting adhesive 4589 (not shown) into gap 4593 as described above.

如图74最佳示出的,收纳开口4579的入口可以在每个扁平管道端部4577的一侧或多侧上被入口壁4599(图75中未示出)封闭或大体封闭。入口壁4599可以由集管箱4567的一个或多个元件来界定,例如其中界定有多个开口(其界定了每个收纳开口4579的入口)的板(在该板以所述多个开口与收纳开口4579对准的情况下安装时)。可选地,入口壁4599可以由收纳开口壁的末端(其被膨大、展开、弯曲或以其他方式成型以如上所述封闭间隙4593)来界定。在一些实施例中入口壁4599被成型为与收纳在其中的扁平管道端部4577的横截面形状匹配或大体匹配。此外,入口壁4599可以制成一定的尺度以界定与扁平管道端部4577的活动配合,或可以替代地界定紧配合,使得轻微的压力可以施加在集管箱4567和/或扁平管道4510上,以将扁平管道4510推动经过入口壁4599并推入收纳开口4579的其余部分。这样,可以在集管箱4567与扁平管道端部4577之间提供在收纳开口4579的入口处的密封。这些密封在一些实施例中可以是液密或大体液密的,并且在一些实施例中可以防止粘接剂注入期间的粘接剂泄漏。As best shown in FIG. 74 , the inlet to receiving opening 4579 may be closed or substantially closed on one or more sides of each flat tube end 4577 by an inlet wall 4599 (not shown in FIG. 75 ). The inlet wall 4599 may be defined by one or more elements of the header tank 4567, such as a plate defining a plurality of openings therein defining an inlet to each receiving opening 4579 (in which the plurality of openings and When installing with the storage opening 4579 aligned). Optionally, the inlet wall 4599 may be bounded by the ends of the receiving opening walls that are enlarged, spread, curved, or otherwise shaped to close the gap 4593 as described above. In some embodiments the inlet wall 4599 is shaped to match or substantially match the cross-sectional shape of the flat tube end 4577 received therein. Additionally, the inlet wall 4599 may be dimensioned to define a play fit with the flat tube end 4577, or may alternatively define a tight fit such that a slight pressure may be exerted on the header tank 4567 and/or the flat tube 4510, to push the flat tube 4510 through the inlet wall 4599 and into the remainder of the receiving opening 4579. In this way, a seal at the entrance to the receiving opening 4579 may be provided between the header box 4567 and the flattened pipe end 4577 . These seals may be liquid-tight or substantially liquid-tight in some embodiments, and may prevent adhesive leakage during adhesive injection in some embodiments.

应该注意,如图72-75(以及其他图)所示的集管箱4567的构造仅是示例性的,并不限制本发明的范围。It should be noted that the configuration of header tank 4567 as shown in Figures 72-75 (and others) is exemplary only and does not limit the scope of the invention.

在一些实施例中,扁平管道端部4477、4577可以变形。例如,扁平管道端部4477、4577可以变形使得在扁平管道端部4477、4577处扁平管道4410、4510的大直径D增大而扁平管道4410、4510的小直径d减小。考虑到在一些实施例中扁平管道4410、4510的相对较小的壁厚,可以在对扁平管道4410、4510的壁不具有显著负荷的情况下进行这种变形。在一些实施例中,为变形的扁平管道端部4477、4577的周界的尺度保持与变形的扁平管道端部4477、4577的尺度大体相同。结果,在这些实施例中扁平管道4410、4510的壁不会经历显著的膨胀或收缩。In some embodiments, the flattened tube ends 4477, 4577 can be deformed. For example, the flat tube ends 4477, 4577 may be deformed such that the major diameter D of the flat tubes 4410, 4510 increases and the minor diameter d of the flat tubes 4410, 4510 decreases at the flat tube ends 4477, 4577. Given the relatively small wall thickness of the flat tubes 4410, 4510 in some embodiments, this deformation can be performed without significant loading on the walls of the flat tubes 4410, 4510. In some embodiments, the dimensions of the perimeter of the deformed flattened tube end 4477, 4577 remain substantially the same as the dimensions of the deformed flattened tube end 4477, 4577. As a result, the walls of the flattened ducts 4410, 4510 do not experience significant expansion or contraction in these embodiments.

在其中扁平管道端部4477、4577变形的一些实施例中,可以在将扁平管道端部4477、4577引入到集管箱4467、4567的相应收纳开口4479、4579中之前进行这些变形。现在将结合图78-83描述其中扁平管道端部已经变形的扁平管道对集管箱连接的示例。In some embodiments where the flattened pipe ends 4477, 4577 are deformed, these deformations may be performed prior to introducing the flattened pipe ends 4477, 4577 into respective receiving openings 4479, 4579 of the header tanks 4467, 4567. An example of a flat pipe to header connection in which the end of the flat pipe has been deformed will now be described with reference to FIGS. 78-83.

图78-83图示了根据本发明的三个额外实施例的扁平管道对集管箱连接。这些实施例采用了与以上结合图70-77所述的扁平管道对集管箱连接的实施例相同的许多结构并具有许多相同属性。因此,以下描述主要针对与以上结合图70-77所述的实施例不同的结构和特征。对于与以下所述和如图78-83所示的连接实施例的结构和特征相关的额外信息、以及这些结构和特征的可选方案,将对以上结合图70-77的描述进行参考。此后,如图78-83所示的实施例的与图70-77的实施例的结构和特征相对应的结构和特征将被分别分配有4600、4700和4800系列的附图标记。78-83 illustrate flat pipe to header connections according to three additional embodiments of the invention. These embodiments employ many of the same structures and have many of the same attributes as the embodiments of the flat pipe to header connection described above in connection with Figures 70-77. Accordingly, the following description is primarily directed to structures and features that differ from the embodiments described above in connection with FIGS. 70-77. For additional information regarding the structures and features of the connection embodiments described below and shown in FIGS. 78-83 , and alternatives to these structures and features, reference is made to the description above in connection with FIGS. 70-77 . Thereafter, structure and features of the embodiment shown in Figures 78-83 that correspond to structure and features of the embodiment of Figures 70-77 will be assigned reference numerals in the 4600, 4700 and 4800 series, respectively.

在如图78-84所示的各个实施例中,扁平管道端部4677、4777、4877变形,集管箱4667、4767、4867具有相应成型的收纳开口4679、4779、4879。在硬钎焊处理结束之后-将扁平管道端部4677、4777、4877设置到收纳开口4679、4779、4879中之前,进行如图78-84所示的扁平管道端部4677、4777、4877的变形。In various embodiments as shown in Figures 78-84, the flattened pipe ends 4677, 4777, 4877 are deformed and the header boxes 4667, 4767, 4867 have correspondingly shaped receiving openings 4679, 4779, 4879. Deformation of the flattened pipe ends 4677, 4777, 4877 as shown in FIGS. .

在图78-80的实施例中,每个扁平管道4610具有紧密收纳在收纳开口4679的相应后部4685中的端部4677。在此实施例中,每个扁平管道4610的宽侧4622、4624已经延展(例如,离开彼此弯曲)以界定扩大的扁平管道端部4677,而窄侧4618、4820被压缩(集,朝向彼此弯曲)。此外,每个收纳开口4679还具有用于对扁平管道4610插入到期望距离进行限制的止挡件4675(见图80)。In the embodiment of FIGS. 78-80 , each flat tube 4610 has an end 4677 that is snugly received within a corresponding rear portion 4685 of a receiving opening 4679 . In this embodiment, the broad sides 4622, 4624 of each flat tube 4610 have been stretched (eg, bent away from each other) to define an enlarged flat tube end 4677, while the narrow sides 4618, 4820 have been compressed (set, bent towards each other) ). In addition, each receiving opening 4679 also has a stopper 4675 (see FIG. 80 ) for limiting the insertion of the flat tube 4610 to a desired distance.

类似于图78-80的实施例,在图81-83的实施例中,每个扁平管道4710、4810的宽侧4722、4724、4822、4824已经延展以界定扩大的扁平管道端部4777、4877,而窄侧4718、4720、4818、4820已经压缩。但是,集管箱4767、4867的界定了收纳开口4779、4879的那部分具有沿靠着收纳开口4779、4879的至少一部分延伸(并在一些实施例中绕收纳开口4779、4879延伸)的一个或多个狭缝4773/4873。在任一情况下,狭缝4773、4873被定位并制成一定的尺度以收纳扁平管道4710、4810的自由端部4777、4877。狭缝4773、4873还用作对扁平管道端部4777、4877的插入深度进行限制的止挡件。Similar to the embodiment of FIGS. 78-80 , in the embodiment of FIGS. 81-83 , the broad sides 4722 , 4724 , 4822 , 4824 of each flattened tube 4710 , 4810 have been stretched to define enlarged flattened tube ends 4777 , 4877 , while the narrow sides 4718, 4720, 4818, 4820 are already compressed. However, the portion of the header tank 4767, 4867 that defines the receiving opening 4779, 4879 has one or Multiple slots 4773/4873. In either case, the slots 4773, 4873 are positioned and dimensioned to receive the free ends 4777, 4877 of the flat tubes 4710, 4810. The slots 4773, 4873 also serve as stops that limit the insertion depth of the flat tube ends 4777, 4877.

在将扁平管道端部4777、4877插入到收纳开口4779、4879和狭缝4773、4873中之后,可以将粘接剂4789、4889(未示出)注入扁平管道端部4777、4877与收纳开口4779、4879的内表面之间的间隙4793、4893中。此注入能够以本文所述的任意方式进行,并作为示例通过经由图81-83的图示实施例中的注入开口4791、4891注入来进行。在一些实施例(包括其中使用变形的扁平管道端部的那些实施例)中,一个或多个插入件4771可以布置在扁平管道端部4777之间以帮助防止当扁平管道端部4777暴露于内压负荷时扁平管道端部4777的变形。例如,通过这些插入件4771的使用,在图1-5的实施例中形成的内折叠可以受到保护以避免在暴露于内压时变形。例如,在图81和83的图示实施例中,插入件4771具有大体梯形的横截面形状,不过,至少部分地根据扁平管道端部4777的相邻形状,可以使用任意其他横截面形状。可以在施加粘接剂4789之前或之后(例如,在图84中,在台III之后,或者在台IV之前或之后)将插入件4771引入到与扁平管道端部4777相邻的其位置。After the flattened pipe ends 4777, 4877 are inserted into the receiving openings 4779, 4879 and the slots 4773, 4873, adhesive 4789, 4889 (not shown) may be injected into the flattened pipe ends 4777, 4877 and the receiving openings 4779 In the gap 4793, 4893 between the inner surfaces of , 4879. This injection can be performed in any of the ways described herein, and is performed by way of example by injecting through the injection openings 4791, 4891 in the illustrated embodiment of Figures 81-83. In some embodiments, including those in which deformed flat tubing ends are used, one or more inserts 4771 may be disposed between the flat tubing ends 4777 to help prevent Deformation of the flat pipe end 4777 under compressive loading. For example, through the use of these inserts 4771, the inner fold formed in the embodiment of Figures 1-5 can be protected from deformation when exposed to internal pressure. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 81 and 83 , the insert 4771 has a generally trapezoidal cross-sectional shape, although any other cross-sectional shape may be used depending at least in part on the adjacent shape of the flattened conduit end 4777 . Insert 4771 may be introduced into its position adjacent flattened pipe end 4777 before or after application of adhesive 4789 (eg, after stage III in FIG. 84 , or before or after stage IV).

在被使用的情况下,插入件4771可以由包括但不限于塑料或金属的任意材料制造,可以是实体的或中空的,并在一些实施例中可以由容易变形或可流动并且稍后固化的物质来界定。此外,多个插入件4771可以在插入之前或插入期间连接到流入共同的杆或梁,以界定梳状的形状(未示出)。例如通过共同的杆或梁进行的这种插入可以允许在一个步骤中放置两个或更多(在一些实施例中,全部)插入件4771。在一些实施例中,共同的杆或梁与插入件4771之间的连接是不稳定的,能够在插入件4771的插入之后移除共同的杆或梁。Where used, insert 4771 may be fabricated from any material including, but not limited to, plastic or metal, may be solid or hollow, and in some embodiments may be made of easily deformable or flowable and later cured material to define. Additionally, multiple inserts 4771 may be connected to a common rod or beam prior to or during insertion to define a comb-like shape (not shown). Such insertion, for example through a common rod or beam, may allow two or more (in some embodiments, all) inserts 4771 to be placed in one step. In some embodiments, the connection between the common rod or beam and the insert 4771 is unstable and the common rod or beam can be removed after insertion of the insert 4771 .

为了能够将插入件4771插入在相邻的扁平管道端部4777之间的期望位置,集管箱4767的相对纵向壁4795中的任一者或两者可以具有与这些位置对准并制成一定尺度以能够进行插入件4771的插入的孔(例如,件图83)。关于这一点,应该注意,插入件4771不一定占用相邻的扁平管道端部4777的整个空间,而仅需要占用扁平管道端部4777之间的足以在根据要求的压力下支撑端部的空间。In order to be able to insert the insert 4771 at the desired location between adjacent flattened pipe ends 4777, either or both of the opposing longitudinal walls 4795 of the header box 4767 may have features aligned with these locations and made certain. A hole (eg, FIG. 83 ) is dimensioned to enable insertion of insert 4771 . In this regard, it should be noted that the inserts 4771 need not necessarily occupy the entire space of adjacent flattened pipe ends 4777, but only need to occupy enough space between the flattened pipe ends 4777 to support the ends under pressure as required.

应该注意,无论扁平管道端部4477、4577、4677、4877是否变形,都可以利用本文所述的将粘接剂引入到扁平管道端部4477、4577、4677、4777、4877与收纳开口4479、4579、4679、4779、4879之间的位置的各种方式。It should be noted that the introduction of adhesive into the flattened pipe ends 4477, 4577, 4677, 4777, 4877 and the receiving openings 4479, 4579 as described herein can be utilized regardless of whether the flattened pipe ends 4477, 4577, 4677, 4877 are deformed. , 4679, 4779, 4879 in various ways.

在本发明的一些实施例中,集管箱4467、4567、4667、4767、4867可以包括延伸在集管箱4467、4567、4667、4767、4867的收纳开口4469、4569、4679、4779、4879的壁之间并/或至少部分地界定了这些壁的加劲壁4469、4569、4669、4769、4869。这些加劲壁4469、4569、4669、4769、4869可以用于根据需要对集管箱4467、4567、4667、4767、486的部件提供强化,并在图示的集管箱实施例中不可见。例如,一个或多个加劲壁4669、4769、4869可以在集管箱4667、4767、4867的横向上延伸(例如,将集管箱4667、4767、4867的相对纵向壁4695、4795、4895连接),并可以对集管箱4667、4767、4867提供附加的强度和/或刚度。加劲壁4669、4769、4869能够以任意方式形成,并可以与集管箱4667、4767、4867一体,或可以是以任意合适方式连接到集管箱4667、4767、4867的单独元件。在一些实施例中,加劲壁4669、4769、4869在集管箱4667、4767、4867的注模期间形成,并因此是集管箱4667、4767、4867的一体部分。In some embodiments of the invention, the header tank 4467, 4567, 4667, 4767, 4867 may include an opening 4469, 4569, 4679, 4779, 4879 extending from the receiving opening 4469, 4569, 4679, 4779, 4879 of the header tank 4467, 4567, 4667, 4767, 4867. Stiffening walls 4469, 4569, 4669, 4769, 4869 between and/or at least partially delimiting the walls. These stiffening walls 4469, 4569, 4669, 4769, 4869 may be used to provide reinforcement to components of the header tanks 4467, 4567, 4667, 4767, 486 as desired and are not visible in the illustrated header tank embodiment. For example, one or more stiffening walls 4669, 4769, 4869 may extend transversely of the header tank 4667, 4767, 4867 (e.g., connecting opposing longitudinal walls 4695, 4795, 4895 of the header tank 4667, 4767, 4867) , and may provide additional strength and/or rigidity to header tanks 4667, 4767, 4867. The stiffening walls 4669, 4769, 4869 can be formed in any manner and can be integral with the header tank 4667, 4767, 4867 or can be a separate element connected to the header tank 4667, 4767, 4867 in any suitable manner. In some embodiments, the stiffening walls 4669, 4769, 4869 are formed during injection molding of the header tank 4667, 4767, 4867 and are thus an integral part of the header tank 4667, 4767, 4867.

根据本发明的集管箱4667、4767、4867的一些实施例还可以具有或替代地具有相对于集管箱4667、4767、4867纵向地延伸的加劲壁。例如,这种加劲壁可以形成在界定了集管箱4667、4767、4867的收纳开口4679、4779、4879的壁之间并将这些壁连接。作为示例,一个这种纵向加劲壁4469在图70A中示出,并位于集管箱4667、4767、4867的前面和后面之间的中途(不过,这种纵向加劲壁可以根据需要位于其他位置)。这种纵向延伸的加劲壁4469可以沿着集管箱4667、4767、4867长度的任意部分或全部延伸(根据需要被收纳开口4679、4779、4879中断)。Some embodiments of header tanks 4667, 4767, 4867 according to the present invention may also or alternatively have stiffening walls extending longitudinally relative to header tanks 4667, 4767, 4867. For example, such stiffening walls may be formed between and connect walls defining receiving openings 4679, 4779, 4879 of header tanks 4667, 4767, 4867. As an example, one such longitudinal stiffening wall 4469 is shown in Figure 70A and is located halfway between the front and rear of the header tanks 4667, 4767, 4867 (however, such longitudinal stiffening walls may be located elsewhere as desired) . Such longitudinally extending stiffening walls 4469 may extend along any or all of the length of header tanks 4667, 4767, 4867 (interrupted by receiving openings 4679, 4779, 4879 as desired).

如上所述,集管箱可以由以任意合适方式连接在一起的任意数量的部件构造。例如,图72和82图示了其中集管箱4467、4867由两个部件4467a、4467b和4867a、4867b形成的集管箱4467、4867。在两个图示实施例中,部件4467a、4467b和4867a、4867b沿着Z形界面接合,并可以通过焊接或粘接来接合。至少部分地基于用于形成集管箱集管箱4467、4867的材料,建立这种连接的其他方式是可能的。在一些实施例中,此连接是可松开的,例如图72-75所示的那样,其中集管箱4467上的夹子可以用于将集管箱的部件4467a相对于集管箱的其余部件4467b以可松开的方式紧固到位。As noted above, header tanks may be constructed from any number of components connected together in any suitable manner. For example, Figures 72 and 82 illustrate header tanks 4467, 4867 in which header tanks 4467, 4867 are formed from two pieces 4467a, 4467b and 4867a, 4867b. In both illustrated embodiments, components 4467a, 4467b and 4867a, 4867b are joined along a Z-shaped interface, and may be joined by welding or gluing. Other ways of making this connection are possible based at least in part on the materials used to form the header tanks 4467, 4867. In some embodiments, this connection is releasable, such as that shown in FIGS. 4467b is releasably fastened in place.

本文所述的各种扁平管道可以在适用于不同应用的多种不同的热交换器中使用。在这样处理时,扁平管道可以从如图1-54所示的实施例进行修改,并/或以使热交换器适用于具体应用的各种不同方式组装在热交换器中。The various flat tubes described herein can be used in a variety of different heat exchangers suitable for different applications. In doing so, the flat tubes can be modified from the embodiment shown in Figures 1-54 and/or assembled in the heat exchanger in various ways to adapt the heat exchanger to a particular application.

图85-90图示了根据本发明不同实施例的热交换器的四种构造。虽然通过修改扁平管道的数量和布置并/或通过修改扁平管道的类型(例如,管道尺寸和形状、插入件尺寸和形状等)可以得到其他的热交换器实施例,但是如图85-91所示的热交换器每个都提供了在许多应用中的独特优点。85-90 illustrate four configurations of heat exchangers according to different embodiments of the invention. While other heat exchanger embodiments can be obtained by modifying the number and arrangement of flat tubes and/or by modifying the type of flat tubes (e.g., tube size and shape, insert size and shape, etc.), as shown in Figures 85-91 The heat exchangers shown each offer unique advantages in many applications.

在更详细描述如图85-90所示的各个热交换器4963、5053、5163、5263之前,应该注意,其中所示的每个扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210可以被具有以上参考图1-54所述的形状中的任一者并用以上参考图1-54所述的方式中的任一者构造,并且也在本文结合图1-84的实施例描述的热交换器组件特征和组装方法(例如,与扁平管道、芯体构造和芯体对头箱安装相关的)可以用于如图85-90所示的热交换器4963、5063、5163、5263的构造和制造中。例如,如图85-90所示的扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210中的每一者都是具有插入件4934、5034、5134、5234的两件式扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210,其中使用两件单独的片材料来形成各个所示的管道4910、5010、5110、5210,并且其中使用第三件单独的片材料来形成内插入件4934、5034、5134、5234。虽然如图85-90所示的具体两件式扁平管道构造(具有插入件)是对于所述应用和其他应用所期望的,但是这些扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210中的任一者可以阿被以上所述和/或以上所示的一件式或其他两件式扁平管道(具有插入件)中的任一者替代以使扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210和得到的热交换器4963、5063、5163、5263适用于任意期望的应用。关于这一点,由不同数量的片形成的、扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210与插入件的组合可以用于相同的热交换器4963、5063、5163、5263中。Before describing in more detail the individual heat exchangers 4963, 5053, 5163, 5263 shown in FIGS. - any of the shapes described in 54 and constructed in any of the manners described above with reference to Figs. Methods (eg, related to flat tubing, core construction, and core-to-header box installation) may be used in the construction and manufacture of heat exchangers 4963, 5063, 5163, 5263 as shown in Figures 85-90. For example, each of the flat tubes 4910, 5010, 5110, 5210 shown in FIGS. Wherein two separate pieces of sheet material are used to form each of the illustrated conduits 4910, 5010, 5110, 5210 and where a third separate piece of sheet material is used to form the inner inserts 4934, 5034, 5134, 5234. While the specific two-piece flat duct construction (with insert) as shown in FIGS. A is replaced by any of the one-piece or other two-piece flat tubes (with inserts) described and/or shown above to make the flat tubes 4910, 5010, 5110, 5210 and the resulting heat exchanger 4963, 5063, 5163, 5263 are suitable for any desired application. In this regard, combinations of flat tubes 4910 , 5010 , 5110 , 5210 and inserts formed from different numbers of sheets may be used in the same heat exchanger 4963 , 5063 , 5163 , 5263 .

在图85-91的图示管道构造和刚刚提及的任意可选管道构造中,至少部分地根据用于构造扁平管道的材料片的数量,扁平管道的窄侧中的任一侧或两侧可以由材料的相邻叠置的纵向边缘形成。因此每对叠置纵向边缘界定了扁平管道的加强窄侧。在一些实施例中,扁平管道的叠置纵向边缘中的一者或两者可以折叠一次或多次,以在扁平管道的窄侧处界定更大的材料厚度。在这些实施例的一些中,界定了插入件的加强材料片可以具有被成型为处于与扁平管道的叠置纵向边缘相邻的一个或两个纵向边缘,由此提供了在窄侧处用于管道加强的额外材料层。此外,插入件的纵向边缘中的任一者或两者可以折叠以具有与扁平管道的叠置纵向边缘处于相邻的多层厚度,由此提供了在窄侧中的任一侧或两侧处进一步的加强。因此,扁平管道的窄侧中的任一侧或两侧可以实现其量为用于成扁平管道壁的片材料厚度的至少两倍并在一些实施例中大于两倍的厚度,在一些实施例中,这是通过辊扎更厚的片材料来形成的。In the illustrated duct configurations of FIGS. 85-91 and any of the alternative duct configurations just mentioned, either or both of the narrow sides of the flat duct may depend at least in part on the number of sheets of material used to construct the flat duct. May be formed by adjacent superimposed longitudinal edges of material. Each pair of overlapping longitudinal edges thus delimits a reinforced narrow side of the flat tube. In some embodiments, one or both of the overlapping longitudinal edges of the flat tube may be folded one or more times to define a greater material thickness at the narrow side of the flat tube. In some of these embodiments, the sheet of reinforcing material defining the insert may have one or both longitudinal edges shaped to lie adjacent the overlapping longitudinal edges of the flattened duct, thereby providing for Additional layer of material for pipe reinforcement. In addition, either or both of the longitudinal edges of the insert may be folded to have multiple layers of thickness adjacent to the overlapping longitudinal edges of the flat tube, thereby providing further strengthening. Thus, either or both of the narrow sides of the flattened duct may achieve a thickness in the amount of at least twice and in some embodiments greater than twice the thickness of the sheet material used to form the flattened duct wall. In , this is formed by rolling thicker sheet material.

如以上更详细描述的,在其中扁平管道由单个部件(具有或不具有插入件)构造的那些实施例中,可以通过将材料片的一个或多个折叠制圆来形成扁平管道的第一窄侧,并将材料片的相对纵向边缘叠置以形成扁平管道的第二窄侧(例如通过将一个纵向边缘的弯曲收纳或包围在另一个纵向边缘的更大弯曲内,或以本文所述的其他方式)来实现窄侧的加强。As described in more detail above, in those embodiments where the flattened duct is constructed from a single piece (with or without an insert), the first narrow portion of the flattened duct can be formed by rounding one or more folds of the sheet of material. side, and overlapping the opposite longitudinal edges of the sheet of material to form the second narrow side of the flattened duct (e.g. by accommodating or enclosing the bend of one longitudinal edge within a larger bend of the other longitudinal edge, or as described herein other ways) to achieve narrow side reinforcement.

在一些一件式扁平管道实施例,一个材料片可以形成扁平管道的外壁以及内流动通道。在这些实施例中,台阶部可以位于材料片的弯曲(其界定了扁平管道的窄侧)处(在该处材料片的纵向边缘被嵌套)使得扁平管道的外表面保持就可能平滑。此外,在其中插入件由单独的材料片界定的那些实施例中,此单独的材料片的两个纵向边缘可以被制圆或以其他方式成型为收纳在扁平管道的窄侧内(例如,见图46的图示实施例)。In some one-piece flat tube embodiments, one sheet of material may form the outer walls of the flat tube and the inner flow channels. In these embodiments, the step may be located at the bend of the sheet of material (which defines the narrow side of the flattened tube) where the longitudinal edges of the sheet of material are nested so that the outer surface of the flattened tube remains as smooth as possible. Furthermore, in those embodiments where the insert is defined by a separate piece of material, the two longitudinal edges of the separate piece of material may be rounded or otherwise shaped to be received within the narrow side of the flattened tubing (see e.g. Figure 46 for the illustrated embodiment).

还如以上更详细描述的,在其中扁平管道由两个单独部件构造(具有或不具有插入件)的那些实施例中,两个单独部件可以构造为相同,在此情况下,每个部件的一个纵向边缘可以具有包围另一个部件的相邻纵向边缘的更小弯曲的弯曲。这两个单独部件可以因此相对彼此颠倒以形成扁平管道。在其他实施例中,两个单独部件不彼此相同,并具有以本文所述的任意方式接合在一起的相对纵向边缘(包括但不限于嵌套拱形纵向边缘)。Also as described in more detail above, in those embodiments where the flattened duct is constructed from two separate parts (with or without inserts), the two separate parts may be constructed identically, in which case the One longitudinal edge may have a lesser curved bend surrounding an adjacent longitudinal edge of the other component. The two individual parts can thus be inverted relative to each other to form a flat duct. In other embodiments, the two separate components are not identical to each other and have opposing longitudinal edges joined together in any of the ways described herein (including but not limited to nested arcuate longitudinal edges).

此外,本文所述和/或所示的管道实施例中任一者的大体平面宽侧可以用于提供用于安装鳍片的改善的硬钎焊连接,由此带来了热交换器4963、5053、5163、5263的提高的热交换效率。Additionally, the generally planar broad sides of any of the tube embodiments described and/or illustrated herein may be used to provide an improved brazed connection for mounting fins, thereby resulting in heat exchanger 4963, Improved heat exchange efficiency of 5053, 5163, 5263.

此外在可以用于图85-89的热交换器的两件式和三件式扁平管道构造的任一者中,内插入件可以是波纹形的或其他形状以界定通过扁平管道的两个或更多流动通道。内插入件可以具有位于沿着插入件宽度的不同位置处的不同形状和/或尺寸的波纹,以界定具有不同形状和/或尺寸的流动通道的两个或更多横向布置的区域(例如,见图85-89)。更宽泛而言,内插入件可以成型为界定位于沿着两件式或三件式扁平管道的宽度的不同位置处的具有不同形状和/或尺寸的流动通道的区域。在一些实施例中,流动通道的不同区域可以彼此隔离,而在其他实施例中,不同区域彼此流体连通(例如,在沿着一个或多个流动通道的长度的一个或多个位置处)。此外,在一些实施例中,在一个区域中的流动通道每个都与相同区域的另一个流动通道沿着扁平管道的长度彼此隔离,而在其他实施例中,相同区域内的流动通道彼此流体连通(例如,经由相邻流动通道之间的开口),但是与其他区域中的其他流动通道隔离。Also in either of the two-piece and three-piece flat tube configurations that may be used in the heat exchangers of FIGS. 85-89 , the inner insert may be corrugated or otherwise shaped to define two or more More flow channels. The inner insert may have corrugations of different shapes and/or sizes at different locations along the width of the insert to define two or more laterally arranged regions of flow channels of different shapes and/or sizes (e.g., See Figures 85-89). More broadly, the inner insert may be shaped to define regions of flow channels of different shapes and/or sizes at different locations along the width of the two-piece or three-piece flattened duct. In some embodiments, different regions of a flow channel may be isolated from each other, while in other embodiments, different regions are in fluid communication with each other (eg, at one or more locations along the length of one or more flow channels). Furthermore, in some embodiments, flow channels in one region are each isolated from another flow channel in the same region along the length of the flat tube, while in other embodiments flow channels in the same region are fluidly isolated from each other. In communication (eg, via openings between adjacent flow channels), but isolated from other flow channels in other regions.

应该理解,利用在图85-98的图示实施例中的根据本发明的扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210的许多优点涉及以低成本、减少的材料量和/或提高的热交换性能来制造这种扁平管道。这些优点通过使用如上所述用于形成扁平管道和插入件的具有相对较小厚度的片材料来实现。用于形成图示实施例中的扁平管道的壁的片材料具有不大于约0.15mm(0.0059055英寸)的厚度。此外,此片材料具有不小于约0.03mm(0.0011811英寸)的厚度。考虑到插入件可以硬钎焊到扁平管道的宽侧壁的事实,这些类型的壁厚度可以用于承受压缩负荷,并可以在许多实施例中实现相对良好的内压稳定性。类似地,虽然上述插入件的材料厚度中的任一者可以用于图85-89的实施例,但是用于形成图示实施例中插入件的片材料具有不大于约0.09mm(0.003543英寸)。此外,此片材料具有不小于约0.03mm(0.0011811英寸)的厚度。It should be appreciated that many of the advantages of utilizing flat tubes 4910, 5010, 5110, 5210 according to the present invention in the illustrated embodiments of FIGS. 85-98 relate to Make this flat pipe. These advantages are achieved by using sheet material having a relatively small thickness as described above for forming flat tubes and inserts. The sheet material used to form the walls of the flattened ducts in the illustrated embodiment has a thickness of no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches). Additionally, the sheet material has a thickness of not less than about 0.03 mm (0.0011811 inches). Given the fact that the insert can be brazed to the wide sidewall of the flat tube, these types of wall thicknesses can be used to withstand compressive loads and in many embodiments can achieve relatively good internal pressure stability. Similarly, while any of the material thicknesses for the insert described above may be used for the embodiments of FIGS. . Additionally, the sheet material has a thickness of not less than about 0.03 mm (0.0011811 inches).

通过利用用于图示热交换器4963、5053、5163、5263和用于其他热交换器设计的各种扁平管道构造,可以实现提高生产速度和/或降低材料和组装成本的优点。例如,基于为形成上述根据本发明的一件式或两件式扁平管道所需的相对较小的片变形量,可以在管道车间(例如,制造生产线3701和1900)使用无末端材料片甚至以较高的操作速度了更经济地职责扁平管道。此外,利用相对较低的修改支出,可以使用相同的扁平管路源(例如,如上所述制造的连续或无末端管路和具有鳍片的管路)来制造具有几乎任意深度的热交换器。By utilizing the various flat tube configurations for the illustrated heat exchangers 4963, 5053, 5163, 5263 and for other heat exchanger designs, the advantages of increased production speed and/or reduced material and assembly costs may be realized. For example, based on the relatively small amount of sheet deformation required to form the one-piece or two-piece flat pipes described above in accordance with the present invention, it is possible to use endless sheets of material in pipe shops (e.g., manufacturing lines 3701 and 1900) even in Higher operating speeds allow for more economical duty on flat pipes. Furthermore, with relatively low modification expenditure, heat exchangers of almost any depth can be fabricated using the same source of flat tubing (e.g., continuous or endless tubing and tubing with fins fabricated as described above) .

如图85-90所示的热交换器4963、5063、5163、5264不仅用于图示在许多应用中提供了良好的性能结果的热交换器实施例,而且还用于图示在能够单独或与根据本发明其他实施例的热交换器中的特征结合使用的许多热交换器特征。这些特征包括但不限于,被内部划分以将分离的流动导引通过相同扁平管道的不同内部区域的集管箱,以及通过热交换器的可能流动布置。The heat exchangers 4963, 5063, 5163, 5264 shown in Figures 85-90 are used not only to illustrate heat exchanger embodiments that provide good performance results in many A number of heat exchanger features are used in conjunction with features in heat exchangers according to other embodiments of the invention. These features include, but are not limited to, header tanks that are internally divided to direct separate flows through different interior regions of the same flat tube, and possible flow arrangements through heat exchangers.

现在参考如图85所示的热交换器4963,热交换器4963具有单排具有深度T(大体类似于每个扁平管道4910的大直径D)扁平管道4910。虽然上述其他的大直径D和小直径d中的任一者可以用于扁平管道4910,但是如图85所示的扁平管道4910的大直径D不大于约300mm(11.811英寸)。在一些实施例中,不小于约10mm(0.3937英寸)的大直径D用于提供良好的性能结果。此外,如图85所示的扁平管道4910的小直径d不大于约15mm(0.59055英寸)。在一些实施例中,使用不小于约0.7mm(0.2756英寸)的小直径d以提供良好的性能结果。在图85的图示实施例中的扁平管道4910的这些尺度特别适用于机动车辆中的热交换器4963。但是,其他应用是可以的,并落在本发明的精神和范围内。Referring now to a heat exchanger 4963 as shown in FIG. 85 , the heat exchanger 4963 has a single row of flat tubes 4910 having a depth T (generally similar to the major diameter D of each flat tube 4910 ). While any of the other major diameters D and minor diameters d above may be used for the flat tube 4910 , the major diameter D of the flat tube 4910 as shown in FIG. 85 is no greater than about 300 mm (11.811 inches). In some embodiments, a major diameter D of not less than about 10 mm (0.3937 inches) is used to provide good performance results. Additionally, the minor diameter d of the flattened tubing 4910 as shown in FIG. 85 is no greater than about 15 mm (0.59055 inches). In some embodiments, a small diameter d of not less than about 0.7 mm (0.2756 inches) is used to provide good performance results. These dimensions of the flat tube 4910 in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 85 are particularly suitable for a heat exchanger 4963 in a motor vehicle. However, other applications are possible and fall within the spirit and scope of the invention.

如图85所示的热交换器4963适于通过在扁平管道4910之间行进的共同的冷却流体(例如,空气)的流动来冷却两种或三种流体。在图86中冷却空气被示出为双向框形箭头,其流动通过扁平管道4910之间的鳍片(未示出)。Heat exchanger 4963 as shown in FIG. 85 is adapted to cool two or three fluids by the flow of a common cooling fluid (eg, air) traveling between flat tubes 4910 . Cooling air is shown in FIG. 86 as a double boxed arrow flowing through fins (not shown) between the flattened ducts 4910 .

根据图86的图示实施例,冷却空气可以从左向右或与之相反流动通过由管道-鳍片块体4965界定的冷却网路。扁平管道4910每个都包括位于沿着扁平管道4910的宽度的不同位置处的四个内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d。四个图示的内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d具有相同或大体相同宽度,但是在其他实施例中不同宽度的内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d是可能的。此外,每个图示的内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d具有许多流动通道4916a、4916b、4916c、4916d,其每个都具有与其他内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d的流动通道4916a、4916b、4916c、4916d具有不同形状和/或尺寸。在每个内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d中的流动通道4916a、4916b、4916c、4916d的形状和尺寸至少部分地由在该内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d中的插入件4934的形状界定。虽然在图示实施例中插入件的形状随着内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d的不同而不同,但是每个扁平管道4410与热交换器4963中的其他扁平管道大体相同。According to the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 86 , cooling air may flow from left to right or vice versa through the cooling grid defined by the duct-fin blocks 4965 . The flat ducts 4910 each include four interior regions 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d at different locations along the width of the flat ducts 4910. The four illustrated interior regions 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d have the same or substantially the same width, although interior regions 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d of different widths are possible in other embodiments. Additionally, each illustrated interior region 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d has a number of flow channels 4916a, 4916b, 4916c, 4916d each having a flow channel 4916a, 4916b with the other interior region 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d. , 4916c, 4916d have different shapes and/or sizes. The shape and size of the flow channels 4916a, 4916b, 4916c, 4916d in each interior region 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d is at least partially defined by the shape of the insert 4934 in that interior region 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d . Each flattened tube 4410 is generally the same as the other flattened tubes in the heat exchanger 4963, although in the illustrated embodiment the shape of the insert varies with the interior regions 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d.

虽然在图85所示的热交换器4963中采用四个内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d,但是在其他实施例中可以由一个或多个扁平管道4910界定任意数量的内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d。此外,虽然在如图85所示的扁平管道4910的每个内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d中的插入件4934的各个部分具有与其他内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d中的该部分不同的形状(由此界定了在每个内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d中不同的流动通道4916a、4916b、4916c、4916d),在其他实施例中,内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d中的两个或更多可以具有相同或大体相同的流动通道4916a、4916b、4916c、4916d。While four interior regions 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d are employed in the heat exchanger 4963 shown in FIG. 85, any number of interior regions 4975a, 4975b, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d. In addition, while the various portions of the insert 4934 in each interior region 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d of the flattened duct 4910 as shown in FIG. (thus defining different flow channels 4916a, 4916b, 4916c, 4916d in each interior region 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d), in other embodiments, the Two or more may have the same or substantially the same flow channels 4916a, 4916b, 4916c, 4916d.

继续参考图85,在一些实施例中,热交换器4963或热交换器4963的部分中的每个扁平管道4410具有相同数量的内部区域4975a、4975b、4975c、4975d,并且流动通道4916a、4916b、4916c、4916d具有相同或大体相同的形状和尺寸。但是,这在其他实施例中不是必要的情况。在每个扁平管道4910内和在扁平管道4910的组中的区域的尺寸和形状可以至少部分地基于应用的要求来确定。With continued reference to FIG. 85 , in some embodiments, each flat tube 4410 in a heat exchanger 4963 or portion of a heat exchanger 4963 has the same number of interior regions 4975a, 4975b, 4975c, 4975d, and flow channels 4916a, 4916b, 4916c, 4916d have the same or substantially the same shape and size. However, this is not necessarily the case in other embodiments. The size and shape of the regions within each flat tube 4910 and within groups of flat tubes 4910 may be determined based at least in part on the requirements of the application.

图85的热交换器4963包括两个集管箱4967a和4967b。一个集管箱4967a包括三个划分壁4973a、4973b和4973c,其沿着与热交换器4963的深度T大体垂直的方向延伸,并相对于集管箱4967a和4967b的长度方向展开。另一个集管箱4967b包括两个划分壁4973d和4973e。The heat exchanger 4963 of Figure 85 includes two header tanks 4967a and 4967b. One header tank 4967a includes three partition walls 4973a, 4973b, and 4973c extending in a direction substantially perpendicular to the depth T of the heat exchanger 4963 and spread out with respect to the lengthwise direction of the header tanks 4967a and 4967b. Another header tank 4967b includes two dividing walls 4973d and 4973e.

图85图示了表示流动通过热交换器4963的方向的许多箭头。在左侧(相对于图85),介质流动到第一集管箱4967a中并经过每个扁平管道4910的第一内部区域4975a。第二介质在第一集管箱4967a中流动并经过每个扁平管道4910的第二内部区域4975b,并通过其中的第一划分壁4973a与通过第一内部区域4975a的第一介质的流动相分离。第二介质还在第二集管箱4967b处通过其中的第一划分壁4973d与第一介质分离,并在第二集管箱4967b处通过其中的第二划分壁4973e与通过热交换器4963的第三介质(其在一些实施例中可以是第一介质第二次经过热交换器4963,或在其他实施例中为另一种介质)分离。第一集管箱4967a的中间划分壁4973b将进入热交换器4963的第二介质的流动与在经过每个扁平管道4910的第三内部空间4975c之后离开热交换器4963的第二介质的回流相分离。第三介质通过流动经过每个扁平管道4910的第四内部区域4975d而经过热交换器4963,并在第一集管箱4967a中通过其中的第三划分壁4973与第二介质分离。FIG. 85 illustrates a number of arrows indicating the direction of flow through heat exchanger 4963. On the left (relative to FIG. 85 ), media flows into the first header tank 4967a and through the first interior region 4975a of each flat tube 4910 . The second medium flows in the first header tank 4967a and passes through the second inner region 4975b of each flat pipe 4910, and is separated from the flow of the first medium through the first inner region 4975a by the first dividing wall 4973a therein . The second medium is also separated from the first medium through the first partition wall 4973d therein at the second header tank 4967b, and passes through the second partition wall 4973e therein at the second header tank 4967b and passes through the heat exchanger 4963. The third medium (which in some embodiments may be the second pass of the first medium through heat exchanger 4963, or another medium in other embodiments) is separated. The middle dividing wall 4973b of the first header tank 4967a separates the flow of the second medium entering the heat exchanger 4963 with the return flow of the second medium leaving the heat exchanger 4963 after passing through the third inner space 4975c of each flat tube 4910 separate. The third medium passes through the heat exchanger 4963 by flowing through the fourth inner region 4975d of each flat pipe 4910, and is separated from the second medium in the first header tank 4967a by the third dividing wall 4973 therein.

在刚刚描述的热交换器4963的一些应用中,热交换器4963的左侧部分(参考图85的立体图)可以是用于进气的高温区域。在经过每个扁平管道4910的第一内部区域4975a之后离开热交换器4963的这个部分的进气在一些实施例可以回流到热交换器4963中,其经过热交换器4963的右侧部分中每个扁平管道4910的第四内部区域4975b。因此,此回流可以接着是用于进气的低温区域。在这些实施例中,在扁平管道4910之间经过的冷却流体在图85的图示实施例中可以从右向左流动。在热交换器4963的中间部分,高温冷却流体可以进入第一集管箱4967a,经过每个扁平管道4910的第二内部区域4975b,并经由第二集管箱4967b且通过每个扁平管道4910的第三内部区域4975c返回以离开热交换器4963。此流体的回程(在第一程的上游,参考相对于在扁平管道4910之间经过的冷却流体的流动方向)因此界定了低温冷却剂区域。在一些实施例中,经过第二和第三内部区域4975b、4975c的此流体的10%可以再次流动经过这些区域,以进一步降低温度,不过在其他实施例中,其他百分比(包括0)是可能的。此外,在其他实施例中,具有任意数量的流体入口和出口的任意数量的集管器4967a、4967b中的任意数量的划分壁4973a、4973b、4973c、4973d、4973e可以以其他方式布置以提供其他的热交换器设计和功能。In some applications of the heat exchanger 4963 just described, the left side portion of the heat exchanger 4963 (see perspective view of FIG. 85 ) may be a high temperature region for the intake air. The intake air that exits this portion of the heat exchanger 4963 after passing through the first interior region 4975a of each flat tube 4910 may in some embodiments flow back into the heat exchanger 4963, passing through each of the right side portions of the heat exchanger 4963. A fourth inner region 4975b of a flat duct 4910. Therefore, this recirculation may be followed by a lower temperature region for the intake air. In these embodiments, the cooling fluid passing between the flat tubes 4910 may flow from right to left in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 85 . In the middle portion of the heat exchanger 4963, high temperature cooling fluid can enter the first header tank 4967a, pass through the second inner region 4975b of each flat tube 4910, and pass through the second header tank 4967b and through the bottom of each flat tube 4910. The third interior region 4975c returns to exit the heat exchanger 4963. The return pass of this fluid (upstream of the first pass, with reference to the flow direction of the cooling fluid passing between the flat tubes 4910) thus defines a low temperature coolant region. In some embodiments, 10% of the fluid passing through the second and third interior regions 4975b, 4975c may reflow through these regions to further reduce the temperature, although in other embodiments other percentages (including 0) are possible of. Furthermore, in other embodiments, any number of dividing walls 4973a, 4973b, 4973c, 4973d, 4973e in any number of headers 4967a, 4967b having any number of fluid inlets and outlets may be otherwise arranged to provide other heat exchanger design and function.

图86图示了根据本发明另一个实施例的热交换器5063,其中使用了具有如图87所示的特征的扁平管道5010。图示热交换器5063适用于车载冷却流体散热器,不过对于热交换器5063的其他应用也是可能的。此热交换器5063包括内部区域5075a,基于其中冷却流体的温度相对较高的事实,内部区域5075a在一些实施例中可以是高温区域。内部区域5075a还可以包括低温内部区域5075b,其中离开第一内部区域5075a的冷却流体的至少一部分的温度可以被进一步降低。FIG. 86 illustrates a heat exchanger 5063 according to another embodiment of the present invention in which flat tubes 5010 having the features shown in FIG. 87 are used. The illustrated heat exchanger 5063 is suitable for use with an onboard cooling fluid radiator, although other applications for the heat exchanger 5063 are possible. This heat exchanger 5063 includes an interior region 5075a, which in some embodiments may be a high temperature region due to the fact that the temperature of the cooling fluid therein is relatively high. The interior region 5075a may also include a low temperature interior region 5075b, wherein the temperature of at least a portion of the cooling fluid exiting the first interior region 5075a may be further reduced.

与如图86所示的扁平管道5010相关的更多细节可以在图87中看到,图87示出了根据本发明实施例的能够在图86的热交换器5063中的使用的扁平管道5010。虽然如图87所示的扁平管道5010提供了独特的性能结果,但是应该注意,可以替代地使用本文所揭示的其他扁平管道实施例中的任一者。如图87所示的扁平管道5010由两个单独的材料片形成,其各个形成了两件式扁平管道5010的第一和第二部分5012、5014。第三材料片用于形成插入件5034。图示实施例中的第一和第二部分5012、5014是相同或大体相同的,但是相对于彼此倒转。在制造处理中,界定了较大拱形部分的较大弯曲形成在每个部分5012、5014的一个边缘上,并包围形成在另一个部分5014、5012的相应纵向边缘上的较小拱形部分,使得扁平管道5010的窄侧5018、5020每个都具有两倍壁厚。此外,插入件5034的相对纵向边缘5038、5040成型为装配在扁平管道5010的窄侧5018、5020内侧内。在此具体构造中,在一个窄侧5018上界定了三层厚度。在其中插入件5034的材料厚度与用于第一和第二部分5012、5014的材料厚度相同的那些实施例中,前述的三层厚度可以是用于形成第一和第二部分5012、5014的材料厚度的三倍,不过在其他实施例中,插入件5034可以由更薄的材料制成。应当注意,图87中所示的特征可以被应用至这里描述及/或示出的其他任何扁平管道的实施例。Further details relating to the flat tube 5010 shown in FIG. 86 can be seen in FIG. 87 showing a flat tube 5010 that can be used in the heat exchanger 5063 of FIG. 86 according to an embodiment of the present invention. . While the flat duct 5010 as shown in FIG. 87 provides unique performance results, it should be noted that any of the other flat duct embodiments disclosed herein may be used instead. The flattened duct 5010 as shown in FIG. 87 is formed from two separate pieces of material which each form the first and second portions 5012, 5014 of the two-piece flattened duct 5010. A third sheet of material is used to form the insert 5034 . The first and second portions 5012, 5014 in the illustrated embodiment are identical or substantially identical, but inverted relative to each other. During the manufacturing process, a larger bend defining a larger arcuate portion is formed on one edge of each portion 5012,5014 and surrounds a smaller arched portion formed on a corresponding longitudinal edge of the other portion 5014,5012 , such that the narrow sides 5018, 5020 of the flattened duct 5010 each have twice the wall thickness. In addition, opposing longitudinal edges 5038 , 5040 of the insert 5034 are shaped to fit inside the narrow sides 5018 , 5020 of the flat tube 5010 . In this particular configuration, three layer thicknesses are defined on one narrow side 5018 . In those embodiments where the material thickness of the insert 5034 is the same as the material thickness used for the first and second portions 5012, 5014, the aforementioned three layer thicknesses may be used to form the first and second portions 5012, 5014. three times the thickness of the material, although in other embodiments the insert 5034 may be made of thinner material. It should be noted that the features shown in Figure 87 may be applied to any of the other flat tube embodiments described and/or shown herein.

在图86的热交换器中,扁平管道5010的两个内部区域5075a、5075b至少部分地由插入件5034在每个内部区域5075a、5075b内的部分界定。利用由第一内部区域5075a中插入件5034的波纹之间的更窄空间界定相对较窄的流动通道5016,第一内部区域5075a可以在一些实施例中用于支持壁第二内部区域5075b中的流体更高的压力。此外,与第二内部区域5075b相对应的第二窄侧5020壁相对的(第一)窄侧5018具有更大的加强作用。由插入件5034在第二窄侧5020处的具有两个额外折叠的纵向边缘5040来形成此加强,由此提供了具有五层材料的第二窄侧5020。此设计提供了根据本发明的扁平管道5010在由于扁平管道5010的选择区域中的预期应力在需要加强的情况下如何得到加强的示例,并且其可以在预期应力相对较低的其他区域中设置有更薄壁区域(例如,在一些实施例中0.03mm-0.15mm(0.0011811-0.0059055)。用于构造扁平管道5010的材料重量和热交换器5010的制造损耗可以因此得到显著减小。In the heat exchanger of Figure 86, the two interior regions 5075a, 5075b of the flat tube 5010 are at least partially bounded by the portion of the insert 5034 within each interior region 5075a, 5075b. Utilizing the relatively narrow flow channels 5016 defined by the narrower spaces between the corrugations of the insert 5034 in the first interior region 5075a, the first interior region 5075a can be used in some embodiments to support the flow channels in the second interior region 5075b. Fluid higher pressure. Furthermore, the (first) narrow side 5018 opposite the wall of the second narrow side 5020 corresponding to the second inner region 5075b has a greater reinforcing effect. This reinforcement is formed by the longitudinal edge 5040 of the insert 5034 at the second narrow side 5020 with two additional folds, thereby providing the second narrow side 5020 with five layers of material. This design provides an example of how a flat tube 5010 according to the invention can be strengthened where reinforcement is required due to expected stresses in selected areas of the flat tube 5010, and it can be provided in other areas where expected stresses are relatively low. Thinner walled regions (eg, 0.03mm-0.15mm (0.0011811-0.0059055) in some embodiments). The material weight used to construct the flat tube 5010 and manufacturing losses of the heat exchanger 5010 can thus be significantly reduced.

图88图示了根据本发明另一个实施例的热交换器,其利用了如图89所示的扁平管道5110。在图88和89的图示实施例中,每个扁平管道5110的内侧区域5175具有至少部分地由沿着插入件5134的宽度而均匀或大体均匀地形成的插入件5134界定的许多流动通道5116。但是,热交换器5163设置有两组不同的扁平管道5110的组G1、G2,其具有彼此不同的流动通道5116。在其他实施例中,任意数量的这种组是可能的。流入或流出扁平管道5110的每组G1、G2的流体通过沿着热交换器5163的深度方向延伸的集管箱5167中的横向划分壁5173而与另一组G2、G1中的流体相分离。不同的流体可以在扁平管道5110的各组G1、G2中流动。例如,第一介质(例如,油)可以在一组G1中流动,而第二介质(例如,冷却流体)可以在另一组G2中流动。从组G2的扁平管道5110中更窄的流动通道5116的使用和插入件5134的壁之间更小的距离,以及组G2的扁平管道5110中窄侧5118、5120的用于相对更稳定的更大程度的加强可以看出,组G2的扁平管道5110通常适用于处于比组G1的扁平管道5110的压力更高的压力。在一些应用中,组G2的扁平管道5110可以界定热交换器5163的低温冷却流体散热器部分,而组G1的扁平管道5110可以界定热交换器5163的高温冷却流体散热器部分。FIG. 88 illustrates a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present invention utilizing flat tubes 5110 as shown in FIG. 89 . In the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 88 and 89 , the inner region 5175 of each flattened duct 5110 has a number of flow channels 5116 at least partially bounded by the insert 5134 formed uniformly or substantially uniformly along the width of the insert 5134 . However, the heat exchanger 5163 is provided with two different groups G1, G2 of flat tubes 5110 having different flow channels 5116 from each other. In other embodiments, any number of such groups is possible. The fluid of each group G1 , G2 flowing into or out of the flat pipe 5110 is separated from the fluid of the other group G2 , G1 by the transverse dividing wall 5173 in the header tank 5167 extending along the depth direction of the heat exchanger 5163 . Different fluids may flow in each group G1 , G2 of flat tubes 5110 . For example, a first medium (eg, oil) may flow in one group G1, while a second medium (eg, cooling fluid) may flow in another group G2. From the use of narrower flow channels 5116 in the flat ducts 5110 of group G2 and the smaller distance between the walls of the inserts 5134, and the narrower sides 5118, 5120 in the flat ducts 5110 of group G2 for a relatively more stable The large degree of reinforcement can be seen that the flat tubes 5110 of group G2 are generally suitable for use at higher pressures than the flat tubes 5110 of group G1. In some applications, the flat tubes 5110 of group G2 may define the low temperature cooling fluid radiator portion of heat exchanger 5163 , while the flat tubes 5110 of group G1 may define the high temperature cooling fluid radiator portion of heat exchanger 5163 .

假定组G2的扁平管道5110中的介质相比组G1的扁平管道5110中的介质处于更高压力下,则由其中使用的插入件5134的设计来对组G2的扁平管道5110的宽侧5122、5124和窄侧5118、5120进行加强。具体而言,组G2的扁平管道5110中插入件5134的波纹显著地窄于组G1中的扁平管道5110中插入件的波纹。此外,组G2中扁平管道5110的窄侧5118、5120具有五层材料(通过将第一和第二管道部分5112、5124在窄侧5118、5120处的叠置纵向边缘界定的两层,以及由插入件5134的每个纵向边缘5138、5140上的桑个折叠界定的三层),而仅在组G1中的扁平管道5110的窄侧5118、5120处由于缺少这种插入件折叠而仅布置了三层材料。应该注意,两组G1、G2内的扁平管道5110可以是相同或大体相同的,并如图89所示可以都等同地适用于的不同类型的插入件5134。因此,通过界定了用于热交换器5163的不同组的扁平管道5110的不同插入件5134,而在此具体实施例中产生了扁平管道5110中两个不同的内部区域5175。Assuming that the medium in the flat pipes 5110 of group G2 is at a higher pressure than the medium in the flat pipes 5110 of group G1, the wide sides 5122, 5122, 5124 and narrow sides 5118, 5120 are reinforced. Specifically, the corrugations of the inserts 5134 in the flat tubes 5110 of group G2 are significantly narrower than the corrugations of the inserts in the flat tubes 5110 of group G1. In addition, the narrow sides 5118, 5120 of the flattened ducts 5110 in group G2 have five layers of material (two layers bounded by the overlapping longitudinal edges of the first and second duct sections 5112, 5124 at the narrow sides 5118, 5120, and defined by Three folds on each longitudinal edge 5138, 5140 of the insert 5134 define three layers), while only at the narrow sides 5118, 5120 of the flat duct 5110 in group G1 due to the lack of such insert folds, only Three layers of material. It should be noted that the flat tubes 5110 within the two sets G1, G2 may be the same or substantially the same, and may all be equally applicable to different types of inserts 5134 as shown in FIG. 89 . Thus, by defining different inserts 5134 of flat tubes 5110 for different sets of heat exchangers 5163, two different interior regions 5175 in the flat tubes 5110 are created in this particular embodiment.

图90图示了根据本发明另一个实施例的热交换器,其利用了与图53相似的扁平管道5210。在此具体实施例中,内部区域5275a、5275b的相对尺寸在热交换器5263的多个扁平管道5210之间变化。在一些实施例(包括例如图90的图示实施例)中,内部区域5275a、5275b的相对尺寸沿着热交换器5263的至少一部分而随着扁平管道5210逐渐变化。因此,紧固到扁平管道5210的集管箱5267可以具有相对于扁平管道5210的端部倾斜延伸的划分壁5273a。此划分壁5273a的位置可以对应于扁平管道5210中内部区域5275a、5275b的尺寸改变。如果需要,一个或多个额外的划分壁(例如图90所示的划分壁5273b)可以被包括在集管箱5267中以根据需要提供对经过热交换器5263的流动的进一步分离。FIG. 90 illustrates a heat exchanger according to another embodiment of the present invention utilizing flat tubes 5210 similar to FIG. 53 . In this particular embodiment, the relative dimensions of the interior regions 5275a, 5275b vary among the plurality of flat tubes 5210 of the heat exchanger 5263 . In some embodiments (including, for example, the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 90 ), the relative dimensions of the interior regions 5275 a , 5275 b gradually change along at least a portion of the heat exchanger 5263 along with the flat tube 5210 . Accordingly, the header tank 5267 fastened to the flat pipe 5210 may have the partition wall 5273a extending obliquely with respect to the end of the flat pipe 5210 . The position of this dividing wall 5273a may correspond to the change in size of the inner regions 5275a, 5275b in the flat duct 5210 . If desired, one or more additional dividing walls (eg, dividing wall 5273b shown in FIG. 90 ) may be included in header tank 5267 to provide further separation of flow through heat exchanger 5263 as desired.

可以用于上述热交换器实施例中任一者的一件式扁平管道5310的示例在图91中作为示例示出。除了图91的实施例中大体矩形的插入件波纹5252(与图54的实施例中大体三角形的波纹4352相对照)之外,并除了图54中具有相同尺寸而在图91中具有不同尺寸的流动通道4316、5316之外,图91中的一件式扁平管道5310与前述如图54所示的扁平管道大体相同。因此,这里对于与如图91所示的扁平管道相关的更多信息,对伴随图54的描述进行参考。An example of a one-piece flat tubing 5310 that may be used with any of the heat exchanger embodiments described above is shown as an example in FIG. 91 . In addition to the generally rectangular insert corrugations 5252 in the embodiment of FIG. 91 (as opposed to the generally triangular-shaped corrugations 4352 in the embodiment of FIG. Aside from the flow channels 4316, 5316, the one-piece flat tubing 5310 in FIG. 91 is substantially the same as the flat tubing shown in FIG. 54 previously described. Therefore, reference is made here to the description accompanying FIG. 54 for more information relating to flattened tubing as shown in FIG. 91 .

图54和91中的扁平管道4310、5310可以由单个材料片制造,并可以替代以上结合图85-90所述的实施例中的任一扁平管道来使用。还应该注意,本文所揭示的其他一件式和两件式扁平管道中的任一者可以替代以上结合图85-90所述的实施例中的任一扁平管道来使用。如图54和91所示的扁平管道4310、5310两者的窄侧4318、4320、5318、5320包括用于形成扁平管道4310、5310的材料片的两倍厚度。材料片可以在将要被弯曲以形成扁平管道4310、5310的窄侧4318、4320、5318、5320的两个区域(集,与材料片的被成型为界定一体插入件4334、5334的那部分相邻并从侧面相接的区域)中折叠两次,由此将窄侧区域的厚度增大了材料厚度的三倍。此外,材料片的每个纵向边缘能够以如图54和91所示的方式弯曲并移动,以包围各个被加强部分。这些被加强部分两者都可以设置有台阶部4358、4360(图91中不可见,但图54中可见)来以凹入的方式收纳相应的纵向边缘。为了对扁平管道4310、5310的窄侧4318、4320、5318、5320进行进一步加强,可以将额外的折叠结合到如图54和91所示的被加强部分中。在图91所示的扁平管道5310中,界定了两组流动通道5316,其每个流动通道都具有与另一组中的那些流动通道不同的尺寸。相反,在图54的图示实施例中全部流动通道4316在尺寸上大体相同。The flat tubes 4310, 5310 of Figures 54 and 91 may be fabricated from a single piece of material and may be used in place of any of the flat tubes in the embodiments described above in connection with Figures 85-90. It should also be noted that any of the other one-piece and two-piece flat tubes disclosed herein may be used in place of any of the flat tubes in the embodiments described above in connection with Figures 85-90. The narrow sides 4318 , 4320 , 5318 , 5320 of both the flattened ducts 4310 , 5310 as shown in FIGS. 54 and 91 comprise twice the thickness of the sheet of material used to form the flattened ducts 4310 , 5310 . The sheet of material may be adjacent to the portion of the sheet of material that is formed to define the integral insert 4334, 5334 in two regions (sets) that will be bent to form the narrow sides 4318, 4320, 5318, 5320 of the flattened duct 4310, 5310. and from the area where the sides meet), thereby increasing the thickness of the narrow side area by three times the material thickness. In addition, each longitudinal edge of the sheet of material can be bent and moved in the manner shown in Figures 54 and 91 to enclose the respective reinforced portion. Both of these reinforced portions may be provided with steps 4358, 4360 (not visible in Fig. 91 but visible in Fig. 54) to receive the respective longitudinal edges in a concave manner. To provide further reinforcement to the narrow sides 4318, 4320, 5318, 5320 of the flattened ducts 4310, 5310, additional folds may be incorporated into the reinforced portion as shown in FIGS. 54 and 91 . In the flat tube 5310 shown in FIG. 91, two sets of flow channels 5316 are defined, each having a different size than those in the other set. In contrast, in the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 54 all flow channels 4316 are substantially identical in size.

图19-23示出了能够由单个材料片制造的许多不同的扁平管道。类似于本文所示的其他一件式扁平管道,如图19-23所示的实施例中的每个都尤其适用于结合图85-90讨论的热交换器4963、5063、5163、5263。具体而言,以上结合图19-23所述的扁平管道包括由竖直或水平折叠的设置而被加强的窄侧。此外,图46图示了能够由单件片材料制造的扁平管道3710,其具有能够由另一件单独的材料片制造的插入件3734。此具体扁平管道3710还可以用于替代以上针对图85-90所述的扁平管道4910、5010、5110、5210中的任一者。如以上更详细描述的,在图46的实施例中,通过将具有额外折叠的材料片的一部分折叠来形成一个被加强的窄侧3718。由材料片的一个纵向边缘包围相同材料片的相对纵向边缘,来形成另一个被加强的窄侧3720。材料片的纵向边缘中的任一个或两个可以折叠以提供进一步加强来突出此另一个窄侧3720。第二材料片可以如上所述设置有许多波纹,并还可以在纵向边缘3738、3740的任一个或两个处设置有弯曲或折叠以提供对窄侧3718、3720的任一侧或两侧的进一步内加强。Figures 19-23 illustrate the many different flat tubes that can be fabricated from a single sheet of material. Similar to the other one-piece flat tubing shown herein, each of the embodiments shown in Figures 19-23 are particularly suitable for use with the heat exchangers 4963, 5063, 5163, 5263 discussed in connection with Figures 85-90. Specifically, the flattened ducts described above in connection with Figures 19-23 include narrow sides that are reinforced by the arrangement of vertical or horizontal folds. Additionally, Figure 46 illustrates a flattened duct 3710 that can be fabricated from a single piece of material with an insert 3734 that can be fabricated from another separate piece of material. This particular flat tube 3710 may also be used in place of any of the flat tubes 4910, 5010, 5110, 5210 described above with respect to FIGS. 85-90. As described in more detail above, in the embodiment of FIG. 46, a reinforced narrow side 3718 is formed by folding a portion of the sheet of material with additional folds. Another reinforced narrow side 3720 is formed by one longitudinal edge of a sheet of material surrounding an opposite longitudinal edge of the same sheet of material. Either or both of the longitudinal edges of the sheet of material may be folded to provide further reinforcement to protrude from this other narrow side 3720 . The second sheet of material may be provided with a plurality of corrugations as described above, and may also be provided with bends or folds at either or both of the longitudinal edges 3738, 3740 to provide for viewing of either or both of the narrow sides 3718, 3720. Strengthen further.

图92-95图示了用于连接材料片以形成热交换器或热交换器的一部分(例如,热交换器芯体、热交换器芯体的一部分、管道插入件、热交换器管道、热交换器的肋片或鳍片、热交换器的头箱等)的示例性热交换器结构和方法。例如,在图93-95的图示实施例中,鳍片8313被硬钎焊到热交换器管道8310。在这些图示实施例中,热交换器管道8310由大体平面的第一材料片8317形成,并且鳍片8313由具有波纹形状的第二材料片8333形成。在其他实施例中,被硬钎焊的材料片是相同材料片的不同部分。在其他实施例中,并如下更详细解释的,热交换器管道8310和/或鳍片8313具有不同的形状。FIGS. 92-95 illustrate the process for joining sheets of material to form a heat exchanger or a portion of a heat exchanger (e.g., a heat exchanger core, a portion of a heat exchanger core, a tube insert, a heat exchanger tube, a thermal Exemplary heat exchanger structures and methods for heat exchanger fins or fins, heat exchanger headers, etc.). For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 93-95 , fins 8313 are brazed to heat exchanger tubes 8310 . In these illustrated embodiments, the heat exchanger tubes 8310 are formed from a generally planar sheet of first material 8317 and the fins 8313 are formed from a second sheet of material 8333 having a corrugated shape. In other embodiments, the sheets of material being brazed are different portions of the same sheet of material. In other embodiments, and as explained in more detail below, the heat exchanger tubes 8310 and/or fins 8313 have different shapes.

虽然本文所述的方法涉及本专利申请中具体热交换器实施例的制造,但是这仅作为示例。因此,应该理解,参考图92-95所述的处理可以应用于本申请所述的全部热交换器和热交换器的部分的制造。While the methods described herein relate to the manufacture of specific heat exchanger embodiments in this patent application, this is by way of example only. Accordingly, it should be understood that the processes described with reference to FIGS. 92-95 may be applied to the manufacture of all heat exchangers and portions of heat exchangers described herein.

如上所解释的,热交换器管道8310和/或鳍片8313的相对较小的片材料厚度可以提供与热交换器的整体性能、可制造性以及使用更厚壁材料不能得到的可能壁构造(如本文所揭示的)相关的显著优点。此外,通过利用本文所述的扁平管道特征中的一个或多个,本发明人已经发现,具有适用于各种应用的特性的许多不同的扁平管道可以利用显著减少的材料来构造,同时保持肋更重的传统扁平管道的强度和热交换属性。此外,虽然在本文涉及扁平热交换器管道,但是本发明也可以应用于或可选地应用于具有不同横截面形状的热交换器管道,包括但不限于圆形、矩形、三角形或其他多边形、不规则形状等。As explained above, the relatively small sheet material thickness of the heat exchanger tubes 8310 and/or the fins 8313 can provide advantages related to the overall performance of the heat exchanger, manufacturability, and possible wall configurations not available using thicker wall materials ( As disclosed herein) associated significant advantages. Furthermore, by utilizing one or more of the flat duct features described herein, the inventors have discovered that many different flat ducts with properties suitable for a variety of applications can be constructed with significantly reduced material while maintaining ribbed The strength and heat transfer properties of heavier traditional flat tubing. Furthermore, although referred to herein as flat heat exchanger tubes, the invention may also or alternatively be applied to heat exchanger tubes having different cross-sectional shapes, including but not limited to circular, rectangular, triangular or other polygonal, Irregular shapes etc.

在一些实施例中,热交换器管道8310、热交换器鳍片8313和/或热交换器的其他部分可以由具有相同或大体相同厚度材料片形成。可选地,在其他实施例中,热交换器的两个或更多部分可以由具有不同厚度的材料片形成。在这些其他实施例中,热交换器管道8310可以由具有第一厚度材料片8317形成,并且热交换器鳍片8313可以布置在相邻的管道8310之间并可以由具有不同厚度的材料片8333形成。在这些实施例中,热交换器的第一部分(例如,头箱)可以由具有第一厚度的材料片形成,热交换器的第二部分(例如,管道中的至少一者)可以由具有第二厚度的材料片形成,而热交换器的第三部分(例如,鳍片8333)可以由具有第三厚度的材料片形成。In some embodiments, heat exchanger tubes 8310, heat exchanger fins 8313, and/or other portions of the heat exchanger may be formed from a sheet of material having the same or substantially the same thickness. Alternatively, in other embodiments, two or more parts of the heat exchanger may be formed from sheets of material having different thicknesses. In these other embodiments, heat exchanger tubes 8310 may be formed from a sheet of material 8317 having a first thickness, and heat exchanger fins 8313 may be disposed between adjacent tubes 8310 and may be formed from a sheet of material 8333 having a different thickness. form. In these embodiments, a first portion of the heat exchanger (e.g., the header) can be formed from a sheet of material having a first thickness, and a second portion of the heat exchanger (e.g., at least one of the tubes) can be formed from a sheet of material having a first thickness. A sheet of material having a second thickness is formed, while a third portion of the heat exchanger (eg, fins 8333 ) may be formed from a sheet of material having a third thickness.

例如,在本发明的一些实施例中,扁平管道8310可以由具有不大于约0.20mm(0.007874英寸)厚度的材料片8317形成。但是,在其他实施例中,并如上所述,本发明人已经发现由具有不大于约0.15mm(0.0059055英寸)厚度的材料片形成的热交换器管道提供了与由这种材料制成的扁平管道和热交换器的总体性能、可制造性以及使用更后的壁材料不能得到的可能壁构造(如本文所述的)相关的显著优点。可选地或附加地,鳍片8313可以由具有不大于约0.20mm(0.007874英寸)厚度的材料片8333形成。在其他实施例中,鳍片8313可以由具有在约0.03-0.15mm(0.0011811-0.0059055英寸)或略微更大范围内的厚度的材料片8333形成。在其他实施例中,热交换器鳍片8313可以由具有不大于约0.03-0.03mm(0.0011811-0.0035433英寸)的材料片8333形成。For example, in some embodiments of the invention, flattened tubing 8310 may be formed from a sheet of material 8317 having a thickness of no greater than about 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches). However, in other embodiments, and as noted above, the present inventors have discovered that heat exchanger tubing formed from a sheet of material having a thickness of no greater than about 0.15 mm (0.0059055 inches) provides There are significant advantages associated with overall performance of the tubing and heat exchanger, manufacturability, and possible wall construction (as described herein) not available with later wall materials. Alternatively or additionally, the fins 8313 may be formed from a sheet of material 8333 having a thickness of no greater than about 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches). In other embodiments, the fins 8313 may be formed from a sheet of material 8333 having a thickness in the range of about 0.03-0.15 mm (0.0011811-0.0059055 inches) or slightly greater. In other embodiments, the heat exchanger fins 8313 may be formed from a sheet of material 8333 having a thickness of no greater than about 0.03-0.03 mm (0.0011811-0.0035433 inches).

如图92-95所示,根据本发明的一些实施例制造的第一材料片8317可以包括设置于第一材料片83137的外表面X1的至少一部分的硬钎焊层8335,布置在硬钎焊层8335或硬钎焊层8335的一部分以下的内牺牲层或防腐蚀层8337,以及布置在牺牲层8337以下的芯体8315(如图92和94所示的单层,并如图93和95中具有两层或多层)。如本文以及所附权利要求中使用的,诸如“以下”、“下方”、“以上”和“上方”仅用于简化描述,并不仅表示或意味着所指的结构必须在任意结构中采用或采取的任意特定方位。As shown in FIGS. 92-95 , the first sheet of material 8317 manufactured in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention may include a brazing layer 8335 disposed on at least a portion of the outer surface X1 of the first sheet of material 83137 , disposed on the brazing layer 8335 . An inner sacrificial layer or anti-corrosion layer 8337 below a portion of layer 8335 or brazing layer 8335, and a core 8315 disposed below sacrificial layer 8337 (a single layer as shown in FIGS. with two or more layers). As used herein and in the appended claims, terms such as "below," "beneath," "above," and "above" are used to simplify description only and do not merely denote or imply that a referenced structure must be employed in any structure or Any particular orientation taken.

在图92-95的图示实施例中的芯体8315例如包括例如铝合金。铝合金可以具有合适量的一种或多种其他材料,例如锰、镁、钛、铜等,用于提高芯体8315的强度和/或抗腐蚀性,或者用于根据期望改变芯体8315的一个或多个其他特性。The core 8315 in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 92-95 comprises, for example, an aluminum alloy, for example. The aluminum alloy may have suitable amounts of one or more other materials, such as manganese, magnesium, titanium, copper, etc., for increasing the strength and/or corrosion resistance of the core 8315, or for varying the shape of the core 8315 as desired. one or more other properties.

在一些实施例种,芯体8315被改变为产生具有一个或多个与其余芯体8315不同的层8339(本文有时称为芯体8315的副层)。例如,通过例如在硬钎焊处理期间以升高的温度将硅扩散在芯体8315的上部内,上部中铝合金的结构和/或成分可以改变为界定了硅扩散在其中的层8339(见图93,其图示了在图92的结构上进行的这种处理)。在一些实施例中,可以通过产生包括硅的金属间化合物(例如硅锰铝金属间化合物)来进行此改变。通过这样处理,层8339中铝合金的一种或多种成分(例如,仅作为示例,锰)可以蓄积(在材料片8317被充分加热以允许这种蓄积的情况下),导致芯体8315的改良层8339,其中在整个改良层8339的位置中蓄积了金属间化合物。在一些实施例中,硅可以帮助此蓄积,其例如通过将合金成分中的一种或多种拉出固溶物,或以其他方式帮助此蓄积。In some embodiments, the core 8315 is altered to create one or more layers 8339 (sometimes referred to herein as sub-layers of the core 8315) that differ from the rest of the core 8315. For example, by diffusing silicon within the upper portion of the core 8315 at elevated temperatures, such as during a brazing process, the structure and/or composition of the aluminum alloy in the upper portion can be altered to define a layer 8339 into which the silicon is diffused (see Figure 93, which illustrates such processing on the structure of Figure 92). In some embodiments, this change may be made by creating an intermetallic compound that includes silicon, such as a silicon-manganese-aluminum intermetallic. By doing so, one or more constituents of the aluminum alloy in layer 8339 (e.g., manganese, by way of example only) may accumulate (where material sheet 8317 is heated sufficiently to allow such accumulation), resulting in core 8315 The improved layer 8339, in which the intermetallic compound is accumulated in the entire position of the improved layer 8339. In some embodiments, silicon may assist in this accumulation, for example, by pulling one or more of the alloy constituents out of solid solution, or otherwise.

改良层8339的厚度可以取决于以上涉及的扩散发生时的温度以及允许这种扩散发生的时间(例如,硬钎焊循环的时段)。在一些实施例中,改良层8339是相对于芯体8315的其余部分的阳极。例如,在其中作为硅扩散到芯体8315中的结果,锰被垃出固溶物并作为金属间物质蓄积的那些实施例中,得到的改良层8339可以是相对于芯体8315的其余部分的阳极。The thickness of the modifying layer 8339 may depend on the temperature at which the diffusion referred to above occurs and the time allowed for such diffusion to occur (eg, the duration of the brazing cycle). In some embodiments, modifying layer 8339 is anodic with respect to the remainder of core 8315 . For example, in those embodiments where, as a result of the diffusion of silicon into the core 8315, manganese is taken out of solid solution and accumulates as an intermetallic, the resulting modified layer 8339 may be relative to the remainder of the core 8315. anode.

继续参考图91-95,并如上所述,图示的材料片8317包括一个或多个牺牲层8337(在图92和93中为一个,在图94和95中为两个)。每个牺牲层8337可以包括金属材料,并可以是相对较纯或非合金的金属材料。在一些实施例中,牺牲层8337包括铝合金,硅以比通过下层的芯体材料8315更慢的速率通过所述铝合金扩散,并具有如本文所述的腐蚀能力。例如,在一些实施例中,牺牲层8337包括铝合金,硅以不超过通过下层的芯体材料8315的速率的50%通过所述铝合金扩散。在其他实施例中,牺牲层8337包括铝合金,硅以不超过通过下层的芯体材料8315的速率的70%通过所述铝合金扩散。关于这一点,牺牲层8337可以具有痕量(traceamount)的一种或多种额外材料(例如,铁、铜、锌、镁等金属以及这些金属的混合物)。在一些实施例中,牺牲层8337具有腐蚀能力,其与硬钎焊处理之后硬钎焊层硬钎焊层8335的相邻残余硬钎焊材料的腐蚀能力大体相似。关于这一点,应该注意,在硬钎焊处理之后,残余量的硬钎焊材料可以保留在材料片8317的任意部分或全部上。此外,在一些实施例中,牺牲层8337的材料是对于芯体8315的材料(例如,对于改良层8339和/或对于芯体8315的其余部分)的阳极。With continued reference to FIGS. 91-95 , and as described above, the illustrated sheet of material 8317 includes one or more sacrificial layers 8337 (one in FIGS. 92 and 93 and two in FIGS. 94 and 95 ). Each sacrificial layer 8337 can include a metallic material, and can be a relatively pure or unalloyed metallic material. In some embodiments, the sacrificial layer 8337 comprises an aluminum alloy through which silicon diffuses at a slower rate than through the underlying core material 8315 and has corrosion capabilities as described herein. For example, in some embodiments, the sacrificial layer 8337 comprises an aluminum alloy through which silicon diffuses at no more than 50% of the rate through the core material 8315 of the underlying layer. In other embodiments, the sacrificial layer 8337 comprises an aluminum alloy through which silicon diffuses at no more than 70% of the rate through the underlying core material 8315 . In this regard, the sacrificial layer 8337 may have trace amounts of one or more additional materials (eg, metals such as iron, copper, zinc, magnesium, and mixtures of these metals). In some embodiments, the sacrificial layer 8337 has a corrosion capability substantially similar to the corrosion capability of the adjacent residual braze material of the braze layer 8335 after the brazing process. In this regard, it should be noted that residual amounts of brazing material may remain on any or all of the sheet of material 8317 following the brazing process. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the material of the sacrificial layer 8337 is anodic to the material of the core 8315 (eg, to the modification layer 8339 and/or to the remainder of the core 8315).

在一些实施例中,硬钎焊层8335包括铝硅合金硬钎焊材料。在其他实施例中,也可以使用或可选地使用其他硬钎焊材料,其中一些包括硅。硬钎焊层8335可以延伸过材料片8317的整个外表面,或可以替代地延伸过少于材料片8317的整个外表面(例如,仅延伸过期望的硬钎焊位置)。硬钎焊层8335可以是硬钎焊操作中使用的材料片8317的一部分,或可以在硬钎焊操作期间沉积在材料片8317的一部分上或由材料片8317的一部分形成。在任一情况下,硬钎焊层8335的残余硬钎焊材料可以是对于牺牲层8337的阳极。In some embodiments, the brazing layer 8335 includes an aluminum silicon alloy brazing material. In other embodiments, other brazing materials may also or alternatively be used, some of which include silicon. The brazing layer 8335 may extend across the entire outer surface of the sheet of material 8317, or may alternatively extend over less than the entire outer surface of the sheet of material 8317 (eg, only over the desired brazing locations). The brazing layer 8335 may be a portion of the sheet of material 8317 used in the brazing operation, or may be deposited on or formed from a portion of the sheet of material 8317 during the brazing operation. In either case, the residual braze material of braze layer 8335 may be anodic to sacrificial layer 8337 .

此处所述和/或图92-95中所示的材料片8317的层和/或副层中的任一者可以通过辊压接合而紧固在一起。仅作为示例,可以通过将具有副层属性的材料层辊扎接合到另一层材料上来制造芯体8315的副层8339,从而制造如图93所示的芯体8317。Any of the layers and/or sub-layers of the sheet of material 8317 described herein and/or shown in FIGS. 92-95 may be secured together by roll bonding. By way of example only, the secondary layer 8339 of the core 8315 may be fabricated by roll bonding a layer of material having the properties of the secondary layer to another layer of material, thereby fabricating the core 8317 as shown in FIG. 93 .

如现在将解释的,根据本发明形成的材料片8317可以减少和/或防止腐蚀(例如,点腐蚀)。在一些实施例中,材料片8317的层和副层中的一个或多个(例如,硬钎焊层8335、牺牲层8337、副层8339和/或芯体8315的其余部分)可以由这样一种材料形成或与这样一种材料构成合金,使得其是对于材料片8317的位于其下方的层或副层的阳极。例如,在一些实施例中,材料片8317的层和副层中的每个(即,在硬钎焊处理之后硬钎焊层8335的残余硬钎焊材料、牺牲层8337、副层8339和/或芯体8315的其余部分)可以由这样一种材料形成或与这样一种材料构成合金,使得其在硬钎焊之后是对于材料片8317的位于其下方的层或副层的阳极,并是对于其上层或副层是阴极。As will now be explained, the sheet of material 8317 formed in accordance with the present invention can reduce and/or prevent corrosion (eg, pitting corrosion). In some embodiments, one or more of the layers and sublayers of the sheet of material 8317 (e.g., the braze layer 8335, the sacrificial layer 8337, the sublayer 8339, and/or the remainder of the core 8315) may be formed by such a The material is formed or alloyed with such a material that it is anodic to the underlying layer or sublayer of the sheet of material 8317. For example, in some embodiments, each of the layers of the sheet of material 8317 and the sublayers (i.e., the residual braze material of the braze layer 8335 after the brazing process, the sacrificial layer 8337, the sublayer 8339, and/or or the remainder of the core 8315) may be formed from or alloyed with a material such that after brazing it is an anode to the underlying layer or sublayer of the sheet of material 8317 and is For its upper or secondary layer is the cathode.

在一些实施例中,材料片8317的一个或多个层和副层(即,硬钎焊层8335、牺牲层8337、副层8339和/或芯体8315的其余部分)由这样一种材料形成或与这样一种材料构成合金,使得在位于其下方的层或副层中的一个或多个之间存在至少约30毫伏的差。例如,在一些实施例中,材料片8317的层和副层中的每个(例如,硬钎焊层8335、牺牲层8337、副层8339和/或芯体8315的其余部分)可以由这样一种材料形成或与这样一种材料构成合金,使得在每个相邻层之间或在彼此分离的层或副层之间存在至少约30毫伏的差。In some embodiments, one or more layers and sublayers of sheet of material 8317 (i.e., braze layer 8335, sacrificial layer 8337, sublayer 8339, and/or the remainder of core 8315) are formed from such a material Or alloyed with a material such that there is a difference of at least about 30 millivolts between one or more of the underlying layers or sublayers. For example, in some embodiments, each of the layers of material sheet 8317 and sublayers (e.g., braze layer 8335, sacrificial layer 8337, sublayer 8339, and/or the remainder of core 8315) may be formed by such a The material is formed or alloyed with such a material that there is a difference of at least about 30 millivolts between each adjacent layer or between layers or sublayers that are separated from each other.

如上所述,在一些实施例中,芯体8315包括钛。在足够量的情况下,钛可以在芯体8315的铸造期间形成树枝状晶体,导致分布于芯体8315的富钛铝的层。至少部分地取决于界定芯体8315的材料片所制造的方式,富钛铝可以主要位于牺牲层8337,主要位于芯体8315的其余部分,或完全分布于芯体8315。在一些实施例中,富钛铝可以形成芯体8315中的副层,并可以用作抵抗芯体材料腐蚀的另一种手段。这种副层也可以对于相邻的芯体8315的部分是阴极的,以进一步抵抗腐蚀。As noted above, in some embodiments, core 8315 includes titanium. In sufficient amounts, titanium can form dendrites during casting of the core 8315 , resulting in a titanium-aluminum-rich layer distributed throughout the core 8315 . Depending at least in part on how the sheet of material defining the core 8315 is fabricated, the titanium-rich aluminum may be located primarily in the sacrificial layer 8337, primarily in the remainder of the core 8315, or distributed throughout the core 8315. In some embodiments, titanium-rich aluminum may form a secondary layer in the core 8315 and may serve as another means of resisting corrosion of the core material. This secondary layer may also be cathodic to adjacent portions of the core 8315 to further resist corrosion.

在其中如刚刚所述富钛铝成在芯体的副层中的那些实施例中,富钛铝可以通过迫使腐蚀沿着与芯体8315平行或大体平行的方向或沿着与富钛铝副层平行或大体平行的方向传播,以帮助减慢或减少点腐蚀,从而帮助增大抗腐蚀性。在一些实施例中,芯体8315的材料包括约0.05-0.30wt%的钛。在其他实施例中,具有约0.10-0.25wt%的钛的芯体8315的材料提供了良好的强度和抗腐蚀性能。但是,在许多实施例中,包括具有约0.20wt%或略微更多的钛的芯体层8315的材料片8317提供了改善的总体性能。In those embodiments in which the titanium-rich aluminum is formed in the secondary layer of the core as just described, the titanium-rich aluminum can be formed by forcing the corrosion in a direction parallel or generally parallel to the core 8315 or along a direction parallel to the titanium-rich aluminum secondary layer. The layers propagate in parallel or substantially parallel directions to help slow or reduce pitting corrosion, thereby helping to increase corrosion resistance. In some embodiments, the material of core 8315 includes about 0.05-0.30 wt% titanium. In other embodiments, the core 8315 material with about 0.10-0.25 wt% titanium provides good strength and corrosion resistance. However, in many embodiments, a sheet of material 8317 including a core layer 8315 having about 0.20 wt% or slightly more titanium provides improved overall performance.

在一些实施例中,材料片8317具有不大于约0.15mm的厚度(注意,可以使用本文揭示的相对较薄的管道壁和插入件材料厚度中的任一者)。例如,图92和93的图示实施例中的材料片具有约100μm(3.3937密耳)的厚度。如上所述,本发明的一些实施例具有能够由其中硅的扩散产生的改良芯体副层8339。在这些实施例中,硅可以从牺牲层8337或从硬钎焊材料硬钎焊层8335扩散到芯体8315中。考虑到扩散到芯体8315中的速率可以至少部分地确定所得到的改良芯体副层8339的深度,所以可以由牺牲层8337进行这种扩散的控制。关于这一点,牺牲层8337可以用于阻碍(但不是停止)这种硅扩散,并可以包括这样的材料(例如,如上所述对硅扩散具有更大抵抗并具有腐蚀能力的铝合金),在该材料中硅以比芯体8315的材料中更慢的速率扩散。通过利用这种牺牲层8337,硅扩散可以限制为50μm(1.969密耳)的深度,同时仍允许以足够高的硬钎焊温度进行的足够的硬钎焊时间以将鳍片8313硬钎焊到材料片8317。在一些实施例中,本文所述的制造处理可以防止或显著减少超过30μm(1.181密耳)深度的扩散。In some embodiments, the sheet of material 8317 has a thickness of no greater than about 0.15 mm (note that any of the relatively thinner conduit wall and insert material thicknesses disclosed herein may be used). For example, the sheet of material in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 92 and 93 has a thickness of about 100 μm (3.3937 mils). As noted above, some embodiments of the present invention have a modified core sublayer 8339 that can result from the diffusion of silicon therein. In these embodiments, silicon may diffuse into the core 8315 from the sacrificial layer 8337 or from the brazing material brazing layer 8335 . Control of this diffusion can be performed by the sacrificial layer 8337, given that the rate of diffusion into the core 8315 can at least in part determine the depth of the resulting modified core sublayer 8339. In this regard, the sacrificial layer 8337 may serve to impede (but not stop) such silicon diffusion, and may include materials such as aluminum alloys that are more resistant to silicon diffusion and are capable of corrosion, as described above, in the Silicon diffuses in this material at a slower rate than in the core 8315 material. By utilizing this sacrificial layer 8337, silicon diffusion can be limited to a depth of 50 μm (1.969 mils) while still allowing sufficient brazing time at a high enough brazing temperature to braze the fins 8313 to Sheet 8317 of material. In some embodiments, the fabrication processes described herein can prevent or significantly reduce diffusion beyond a depth of 30 μm (1.181 mil).

在其中热交换器的两个或更多部分紧固在一起的实施例中,热交换器的第二部分(例如,鳍片8313)也可以包括或可选地包括形成在外表面上或施加于外表面的硬钎焊层,布置在硬钎焊层或硬钎焊层的一部分以下的内牺牲层,以及布置在牺牲层以下的芯体。可选地或附加地,用于形成热交换器的第二部分(例如,鳍片8313)的材料片的芯体可以包括如上所述改良芯体材料的外部或外层。此外,用于形成热交换器的第二部分(例如,鳍片8313)的材料片的层或副层的每个都可以是对于一个或多个位于其下方的层或副层是阳极。在一些这种实施例中,用于形成热交换器的第二部分(例如,鳍片8313)的材料片的层和副层中的每个都这样的材料形成或与这样的材料成为合金,使得在热交换器的第二部分的相邻层之间存在至少约30毫伏的差。In embodiments where two or more parts of the heat exchanger are fastened together, the second part of the heat exchanger (e.g., fins 8313) may also or alternatively include A braze layer on the outer surface, an inner sacrificial layer disposed below the braze layer or a portion of the braze layer, and a core disposed below the sacrificial layer. Alternatively or additionally, the core of the sheet of material used to form the second portion of the heat exchanger (eg, fins 8313 ) may comprise an outer or outer layer of modified core material as described above. Furthermore, each of the layers or sublayers of the sheet of material used to form the second portion of the heat exchanger (eg, fins 8313 ) may be anode to one or more underlying layers or sublayers. In some such embodiments, each of the layers and sublayers of the sheet of material used to form the second portion of the heat exchanger (e.g., the fins 8313) is formed of or alloyed with such a material, Such that there is a difference of at least about 30 millivolts between adjacent layers of the second portion of the heat exchanger.

在其中热交换器的两个或多个部分紧固在一起的一些实施例中,热交换器的第一部分可以由具有相对于热交换器的第二部分的外层或外部是大体阳极的外部或外层的材料片形成。例如,如图92-95所示,在一些这种实施例中,鳍片8313的外部或外层可以由对于用于形成热交换器管道8310的材料片8317是阳极的材料片形成。In some embodiments where two or more parts of the heat exchanger are fastened together, the first part of the heat exchanger may be formed with an outer layer or exterior that is substantially anodic relative to the second part of the heat exchanger. Or the outer sheet of material is formed. For example, as shown in FIGS. 92-95 , in some such embodiments, the exterior or outer layer of the fins 8313 may be formed from a sheet of material that is anodic to the sheet of material 8317 used to form the heat exchanger tubing 8310 .

可选地或附加地,鳍片8313的外部或外层可以由对于残余阿尔法相层8341是阳极的材料片8333形成,残余阿尔法相层8341是热交换器管道8310的外表面和鳍片8313之间的硬钎焊材料形成的。在一些这种实施例中,残余阿尔法相层8341对于形成热交换器管道8310的材料片8317的牺牲层8337是阳极。Alternatively or additionally, the exterior or outer layer of the fins 8313 may be formed from a sheet of material 8333 that is anodic to the residual alpha phase layer 8341 that is between the outer surface of the heat exchanger tubes 8310 and the fins 8313 between brazing materials. In some such embodiments, the residual alpha phase layer 8341 is anodic to the sacrificial layer 8337 of the sheet of material 8317 forming the heat exchanger tubing 8310 .

在本发明的一些实施例中,热交换器的第一和第二部分可以连接到热交换器的第三部分的相对联测。例如,在图94和95的图示实施例中,具有第一和第二外表面X1、X2的热交换器8310由第一材料片8317形成。如图94和95所示,材料片8317的每侧都可以包括硬钎焊层8335(其提供了第一材料片8317的外表面X1、X2的至少一部分)、布置在硬钎焊层8335或硬钎焊层8335的一部分以下的内牺牲层或防腐蚀层8337,布置在牺牲层8337之间的芯体8315。在一些实施例中,芯体8315的两个外侧都可以包括改良芯体材料的副层8339。In some embodiments of the invention, the first and second parts of the heat exchanger may be connected to the opposite side of the third part of the heat exchanger. For example, in the illustrated embodiment of FIGS. 94 and 95 , a heat exchanger 8310 having first and second outer surfaces X1 , X2 is formed from a first sheet of material 8317 . As shown in FIGS. 94 and 95, each side of the sheet of material 8317 may include a braze layer 8335 (which provides at least a portion of the outer surface X1, X2 of the first sheet of material 8317), disposed on the braze layer 8335 or An inner sacrificial layer or anti-corrosion layer 8337 below a portion of the braze layer 8335, the core 8315 disposed between the sacrificial layers 8337. In some embodiments, both outer sides of the core 8315 may include secondary layers 8339 of modified core material.

本发明人已经发现,如果硬钎焊时间(即,当热交换器或热交换器的部分通过硬钎焊炉被硬钎焊的时间)缩短,则对于具有相对较小壁厚(例如,小于约0.20mm(0.007874英寸)的壁厚)的热交换或热交换器的部分的防腐蚀性能可以得到提高。本发明人已经确定在硬钎焊时间中约10%的缩短示出了理想的结果并可以在许多其他优点之外还提供了良好的强度和抗腐蚀性。此外,如果硬钎焊时间进一步缩短约一半,则可以改善其结果。The present inventors have found that if the brazing time (i.e., the time when the heat exchanger or parts of the heat exchanger is brazed through the brazing furnace) is shortened, the Corrosion resistance of parts of heat exchangers or heat exchangers of about 0.20 mm (0.007874 inch wall thickness) can be improved. The present inventors have determined that a reduction in brazing time of about 10% shows desirable results and may provide good strength and corrosion resistance, among many other advantages. Furthermore, the results could be improved if the brazing time was further reduced by about half.

更具体而言,本发明人已经发现提高硬钎焊速度可以减少硅从硬钎焊层8335扩散到材料片8317的位于其下方的层或副层中。硅的扩散在图93和95中由虚线箭头示出。硅的扩散深度可以小于约50μm(1.969密耳),或在一些实施例中可以显著地更小。图96以图线方式示出了此关系。图96中的虚曲线表示硅的扩散过程,而实曲线表示根据传统材料和硬钎焊技术进行的扩散过程。More specifically, the inventors have discovered that increasing the brazing speed can reduce the diffusion of silicon from the brazing layer 8335 into underlying layers or sub-layers of the sheet of material 8317 . Diffusion of silicon is shown by dashed arrows in FIGS. 93 and 95 . The diffusion depth of silicon may be less than about 50 μm (1.969 mils), or may be significantly less in some embodiments. Figure 96 shows this relationship graphically. The dashed curves in Fig. 96 represent the diffusion process of silicon, while the solid curves represent the diffusion process according to conventional materials and brazing techniques.

在本发明的一些实施例中,被硬钎焊的热交换器或热交换器的部分被防止在传输器或类似的传输设备上,其通过CAB硬钎焊炉的不同温度区域。在一些这种实施例中,硬钎焊炉的温度可以在约577-610℃(1070-1130℉)的范围内。In some embodiments of the invention, the brazed heat exchanger or portion of the heat exchanger is held on a conveyor or similar transport device that passes through the different temperature zones of the CAB brazing furnace. In some such embodiments, the temperature of the brazing furnace may be in the range of about 577-610°C (1070-1130°F).

用于特定热交换器或热交换器的特定部分的优化硬钎焊时间至少部分地取决于被硬钎焊的热交换器或热交换器的部分的总质量、被一个年前韩的材料片的回火条件、被硬钎焊的材料片的厚度、以及被硬钎焊的材料片的成分。例如,在一些实施例中,在CAB硬钎焊炉中用于对具有0.20mm(0.007874英寸)或更大壁厚的热交换器或热交换器的部分进行硬钎焊的传输速度是约0.5-1.5米/分(19.69-59.055英寸/分)。The optimal brazing time for a particular heat exchanger or part of a heat exchanger depends at least in part on the total mass of the heat exchanger or part of the heat exchanger being brazed, the sheet of material The tempering conditions, the thickness of the brazed material sheet, and the composition of the brazed material sheet. For example, in some embodiments, the transport speed used in a CAB brazing furnace for brazing a heat exchanger or portion of a heat exchanger having a wall thickness of 0.20 mm (0.007874 inches) or greater is about 0.5 -1.5 m/min (19.69-59.055 in/min).

在对热交换器或热交换器的部分进行硬钎焊之前,本发明人已经发现,具有与被硬钎焊的热交换器或热交换器的部分大体相似或相同的材料属性的材料样本可以用于以实验方式确定对于被硬钎焊的热交换器或热交换器的部分的优化温度分布。本发明人还已经发现,通过确定优化温度分布,可以将热交换器或热交换器的部分的传输速度提高到约1.5-4.0米/分(4.92-13.12英尺/分),从而缩短硬钎焊时间。Prior to brazing a heat exchanger or part of a heat exchanger, the inventors have found that a sample of material having substantially similar or identical material properties to the heat exchanger or part of the heat exchanger being brazed can Used to experimentally determine the optimum temperature distribution for a brazed heat exchanger or part of a heat exchanger. The inventors have also found that by determining the optimum temperature profile, the transport velocity of the heat exchanger or portion of the heat exchanger can be increased to about 1.5-4.0 m/min (4.92-13.12 ft/min), thereby shortening the brazing time. time.

在一些实施例中,可以在硬钎焊之前将无腐蚀性焊剂施加到铝材料片8317、8333一者或两者的外表面X1。在一些实施例中,可以不需要将焊剂材料施加到施加到铝材料片8317、8333一者或两者的外表面X1来实现高质量的硬钎焊连接。此外,在一些实施例(包括其中不在硬钎焊之前将焊剂材料施加到材料片8317、8333的表面的实施例)中,本发明人已经确定可以通过将一种或多种合金(例如,镁和/或锂)增加到材料片8317、8333中在受控的气氛中产生高质量的硬钎焊连接。In some embodiments, a non-corrosive flux may be applied to the outer surface X1 of one or both sheets of aluminum material 8317, 8333 prior to brazing. In some embodiments, it may not be necessary to apply flux material to the outer surface X1 applied to one or both of the sheets of aluminum material 8317, 8333 to achieve a high quality brazed connection. Furthermore, in some embodiments, including embodiments in which a flux material is not applied to the surfaces of the sheets of material 8317, 8333 prior to brazing, the inventors have determined that the and/or lithium) to the material sheets 8317, 8333 to produce a high quality brazed connection in a controlled atmosphere.

本发明的各种特征和优点在所附权利要求书中阐明。Various features and advantages of the invention are set forth in the appended claims.

Claims (23)

1.一种热交换器管道,包括:1. A heat exchanger pipeline, comprising: 第一材料片和第二材料片,所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片一起至少部分地形成了管道体,所述管道体界定了内部空间,并具有由相对的第一和第二窄侧接合的相对的第一和第二宽侧,通过将所述第一和第二材料片的纵向边缘叠置来界定的所述第一和第二窄侧至少从所述管道体的所述第一宽侧延伸到所述管道体的所述第二宽侧;以及A first sheet of material and a second sheet of material which together at least partially form a duct body defining an interior space and having opposing first and second Opposite first and second broad sides joined by two narrow sides, said first and second narrow sides defined by overlapping longitudinal edges of said first and second sheets of material at least from said duct body the first broadside extends to the second broadside of the duct body; and 第三材料片,所述第三材料片形成了延伸通过所述管道体并至少部分地界定了第一流动路径和第二流动路径的插入件,a third sheet of material forming an insert extending through the conduit body and at least partially defining a first flow path and a second flow path, 其中,所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片的每一者的厚度不大于约0.20mm。Wherein, the thickness of each of the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material is no greater than about 0.20 mm. 2.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中:2. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein: 所述插入件具有相对端部,所述相对端部被收纳在所述管道体的所述第一窄侧和所述第二窄侧内并对所述管道体的所述第一窄侧和所述第二窄侧进行加强。The insert has opposite ends received within the first narrow side and the second narrow side of the duct body and facing the first narrow side and the second narrow side of the duct body. The second narrow side is reinforced. 3.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中:3. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein: 所述插入件的纵向边缘由第一和第二材料片的拱形部分支撑并分别处于所述管道体的所述第一和第二窄侧内。The longitudinal edges of the insert are supported by the arcuate portions of the first and second sheets of material and are within the first and second narrow sides of the duct body, respectively. 4.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一材料片的一部分界定了凹部,并且其中所述第二材料片的端部至少部分地嵌套在所述凹部中,使得所述第一材料片的与所述凹部相邻的外表面与所述第二材料片的在所述凹部中的外表面平齐。4. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1 , wherein a portion of the first sheet of material defines a recess, and wherein an end of the second sheet of material is at least partially nested within the recess such that The outer surface of the first sheet of material adjacent the recess is flush with the outer surface of the second sheet of material in the recess. 5.根据权利要求4所述的热交换器管道,其中所述凹部延伸到所述管道体的相对的所述第一和第二宽侧的一者的平面部分中。5. The heat exchanger tube of claim 4, wherein the recess extends into a planar portion of one of the opposed first and second broad sides of the tube body. 6.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中:6. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein: 所述插入件的边缘被折叠为使得所述插入件大体平行于所述管道体的所述第一和第二宽侧的至少一者。Edges of the insert are folded such that the insert is generally parallel to at least one of the first and second broad sides of the duct body. 7.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一和第二材料片在所述第一窄侧处的所述叠置部分延伸到所述管道体的所述第一宽侧的大体平面部分中的位置,并在所述位置处终结。7. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein said overlapping portion of said first and second sheets of material at said first narrow side extends to said first width of said tube body. position in the generally planar portion of the side and terminates at said position. 8.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片具有大体相同的形状。8. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material have substantially the same shape. 9.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片大体相同。9. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material are substantially identical. 10.根据权利要求7所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一和第二材料片在所述第二窄侧处的所述叠置部分延伸到所述管道体的所述第二宽侧的大体平面部分中的另一位置,并在所述另一位置处终结。10. The heat exchanger tube of claim 7, wherein said overlapping portion of said first and second sheets of material at said second narrow side extends to said second width of said tube body. and terminate at another location in the generally planar portion of the side. 11.根据权利要求7所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一和第二材料片在所述第二窄侧处的所述叠置部分延伸到所述管道体的所述第一宽侧的大体平面部分中的另一位置,并在所述另一位置处终结。11. The heat exchanger tube of claim 7, wherein said overlapping portion of said first and second sheets of material at said second narrow side extends to said first width of said tube body. and terminate at another location in the generally planar portion of the side. 12.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片每一者的厚度不大于约0.15mm。12. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein the thickness of each of the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material is no greater than about 0.15 mm. 13.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片每一者的厚度不大于约0.10mm。13. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein the thickness of each of the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material is no greater than about 0.10 mm. 14.根据权利要求1所述的热交换器管道,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片具有第一层、第二层和第三层,所述第一层包括铝合金,所述第二层包括具有金属间化合物的聚集物的铝合金,所述金属间化合物包括硅,所述第三层包括相对于所述第二层是阳极并且比所述第二层更能抵抗硅的扩散的金属材料,所述第二层位于所述第一层和所述第三层之间。14. The heat exchanger tube of claim 1, wherein said first sheet of material and said second sheet of material have a first layer, a second layer, and a third layer, said first layer comprising an aluminum alloy, The second layer includes an aluminum alloy having aggregates of intermetallic compounds including silicon, the third layer includes an anode relative to the second layer and is more resistant than the second layer a silicon diffused metal material, the second layer is located between the first layer and the third layer. 15.一种形成热交换器管道的方法,所述方法包括:15. A method of forming heat exchanger tubes, the method comprising: 将具有不大于约0.20mm的厚度的第一材料片成型为形成管道体的第一宽侧、第一窄侧和第二窄侧的每一者的至少一部分,其中所述第一和第二窄侧彼此相对;forming at least a portion of each of a first broad side, a first narrow side and a second narrow side of the duct body, wherein the first and second the narrow sides face each other; 将具有不大于约0.20mm的厚度的第二材料片成型为形成所述管道体的第二宽侧、第一窄侧和第二窄侧的每一者的至少一部分,其中所述管道体的所述第一和第二宽侧彼此相对并由所述管道体的所述第一和第二窄侧接合;forming at least a portion of each of the second broad side, the first narrow side, and the second narrow side of the conduit body from a second sheet of material having a thickness not greater than about 0.20 mm, wherein the conduit body said first and second broad sides oppose each other and are joined by said first and second narrow sides of said duct body; 将第三材料片成型为形成了延伸通过所述管道体并至少部分地界定了第一流动路径和第二流动路径的插入件;以及forming a third sheet of material to form an insert extending through the conduit body and at least partially defining a first flow path and a second flow path; and 将所述第一和第二材料片在所述第一和第二窄侧处叠置以使得所述管道体沿着所述第一和第二窄侧整体的厚度成为两倍。The first and second sheets of material are stacked at the first and second narrow sides such that the overall thickness of the duct body along the first and second narrow sides is doubled. 16.根据权利要求15所述的方法,还包括将所述插入件的端部收纳在所述管道体的所述第一和第二窄侧内。16. The method of claim 15, further comprising receiving ends of the insert within the first and second narrow sides of the duct body. 17.根据权利要求16所述的方法,还包括使所述插入件的纵向边缘由第一和第二管道部分的拱形部分支撑并分别处于所述管道体的所述第一和第二窄侧内。17. The method of claim 16, further comprising having longitudinal edges of said insert supported by arcuate portions of first and second duct sections and respectively at said first and second narrow edges of said duct body. side inside. 18.根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片的厚度不大于约0.15mm。18. The method of claim 15, wherein the thickness of the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material is no greater than about 0.15 mm. 19.根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片的厚度不大于约0.10mm。19. The method of claim 15, wherein the thickness of the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material is no greater than about 0.10 mm. 20.根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片每一者都具有第一层、第二层和第三层,所述第一层包括铝合金,所述第二层包括具有金属间化合物的聚集物的铝合金,所述金属间化合物包括硅,所述第三层包括相对于所述第二层是阳极并且比所述第二层更能抵抗硅的扩散的金属材料,所述第二层位于所述第一层和所述第三层之间。20. The method of claim 15, wherein the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material each have a first layer, a second layer, and a third layer, the first layer comprising an aluminum alloy , the second layer includes an aluminum alloy having aggregates of intermetallic compounds including silicon, the third layer includes an anode relative to the second layer and is more energy efficient than the second layer A metallic material resistant to diffusion of silicon, the second layer being located between the first layer and the third layer. 21.根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中将所述第一材料片成型包括将所述第一材料片的边缘成型在所述管道体的所述第二宽侧中。21. The method of claim 15, wherein forming the first sheet of material includes forming an edge of the first sheet of material into the second broad side of the duct body. 22.根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片大体相同。22. The method of claim 15, wherein the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material are substantially identical. 23.根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中所述第一材料片和所述第二材料片具有大体相同的形状。23. The method of claim 15, wherein the first sheet of material and the second sheet of material have substantially the same shape.
CN2007800098012A 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and manufacturing method thereof Active CN101405556B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (22)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE102006002627.6 2006-01-19
DE102006002627A DE102006002627A1 (en) 2006-01-19 2006-01-19 Heat exchanger tube has internal chamber extends from center of tube past location to interior surface of second narrow side
DE102006002789.2 2006-01-20
DE102006002789A DE102006002789A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2006-01-20 Heat exchanger tube has internal chamber extends from center of tube past location to interior surface of second narrow side
DE102006002932.1A DE102006002932B4 (en) 2006-01-21 2006-01-21 Heat exchangers and manufacturing processes for heat exchangers
DE102006002932.1 2006-01-21
DE102006006670.7 2006-02-14
DE200610006670 DE102006006670B4 (en) 2006-02-14 2006-02-14 Flat tube for heat exchanger
DE102006016711.2 2006-04-08
DE102006016711.2A DE102006016711B4 (en) 2006-04-08 2006-04-08 Flat tube for heat exchanger
DE200610029378 DE102006029378B4 (en) 2006-06-27 2006-06-27 Flat tube for heat exchangers and manufacturing process
DE102006029378.9 2006-06-27
DE102006032406A DE102006032406B4 (en) 2006-07-13 2006-07-13 Production process for heat exchangers and heat exchangers
DE102006032406.4 2006-07-13
DE102006033568.6 2006-07-20
DE102006033568A DE102006033568B4 (en) 2006-07-20 2006-07-20 Manufacturing process for pipes and rolling mill for carrying out this process
DE102006035210.6 2006-07-29
DE102006035210.6A DE102006035210B4 (en) 2006-07-29 2006-07-29 Flat heat exchanger tube and manufacturing process
DE102006041270.2 2006-09-02
DE102006041270.2A DE102006041270B4 (en) 2006-09-02 2006-09-02 Heat exchanger tube with two narrow sides and two broad sides
DE102006042427.1 2006-09-09
PCT/US2007/060769 WO2007084984A2 (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN101405556A CN101405556A (en) 2009-04-08
CN101405556B true CN101405556B (en) 2013-03-20

Family

ID=56290910

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2007800099138A Expired - Fee Related CN101405560B (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
CN2008101742450A Expired - Fee Related CN101450355B (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
CN2007800098012A Active CN101405556B (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and manufacturing method thereof
CN2007800098915A Expired - Fee Related CN101437646B (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2007800099138A Expired - Fee Related CN101405560B (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
CN2008101742450A Expired - Fee Related CN101450355B (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2007800098915A Expired - Fee Related CN101437646B (en) 2006-01-19 2007-01-19 Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (4) CN101405560B (en)

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2945614B1 (en) * 2009-05-13 2012-08-31 Valeo Systemes Thermiques TUBE PLATE FOR A HEAT EXCHANGER.
DE102010050519A1 (en) * 2010-11-08 2012-05-10 Nft Nanofiltertechnik Gmbh heat exchangers
DK178441B1 (en) * 2011-02-18 2016-02-29 Nissens As Method of producing a heat exchanger and a heat exchanger
US20120273161A1 (en) * 2011-04-29 2012-11-01 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Heat Exchanger
EP2810014B1 (en) * 2012-02-02 2017-12-13 Carrier Corporation Method for fabricating flattened tube finned heat exchanger
JP6197338B2 (en) * 2012-04-04 2017-09-20 株式会社デンソー Heat exchanger
JP5861549B2 (en) * 2012-04-04 2016-02-16 株式会社デンソー Tube and heat exchanger provided with the tube
DE102012023125B3 (en) * 2012-11-27 2013-11-28 Modine Manufacturing Co. Manufacturing method for soldered plate heat exchanger, involves adding two piece tube to connect plate stack to collecting container, where two pipe ends are pushed into each other, after single soldering operation is carried out
CN105525980A (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-04-27 泰安鼎鑫冷却器有限公司 Corrosion-resistant high-strength radiating pipe
CN206399042U (en) * 2016-06-15 2017-08-11 苏州纵贯线换热器有限公司 A kind of concurrent flow micro-channel heat exchanger
FR3061767B1 (en) * 2017-01-06 2019-05-24 Valeo Systemes Thermiques COLLECTOR BOX FOR THERMAL EXCHANGER, ESPECIALLY FOR MOTOR VEHICLE, HEAT EXCHANGER AND CORRESPONDING MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREFOR.
WO2018202630A1 (en) * 2017-05-02 2018-11-08 Valeo Systemes Thermiques A flat tube for a heat exchanger and a heat exchanger
JP6843012B2 (en) * 2017-07-14 2021-03-17 株式会社日本クライメイトシステムズ Heat exchanger tube
US10619570B2 (en) * 2017-11-14 2020-04-14 The Boeing Company Dendritic heat exchangers and methods of utilizing the same
DE102018203557A1 (en) * 2018-03-08 2019-09-12 Mahle International Gmbh Induction charging device
EP3540354A1 (en) * 2018-03-15 2019-09-18 Mahle International GmbH Corrugated fin composite for a heat exchanger
EP3587977A1 (en) * 2018-06-26 2020-01-01 Valeo Vyminiky Tepla, s.r.o. Tube of a heat exchanger and heat exchanger comprising such a tube
CN118687407A (en) * 2018-08-14 2024-09-24 杭州三花微通道换热器有限公司 Heat exchange tube, heat exchanger and method for manufacturing heat exchange tube
CN110822975A (en) 2018-08-14 2020-02-21 杭州三花微通道换热器有限公司 Heat exchange tube, heat exchanger and heat exchange tube manufacturing method
LU101492B1 (en) * 2019-11-25 2021-05-26 Ht Holding Luxembourg S A Flat heat exchanger tube
CN111455302A (en) * 2020-04-22 2020-07-28 江门市博盈焊接工程有限公司 Film wall with erosion resistance and high-temperature corrosion resistance and manufacturing method thereof
CN112845938B (en) * 2020-12-31 2023-06-23 南宁市安和机械设备有限公司 Equipment for manufacturing misplaced dotting oil cooler pipe
CN113280535B (en) * 2021-05-28 2022-03-15 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Condenser pipeline optimization method, condenser, outdoor unit and air conditioner
CN113999058B (en) * 2021-12-15 2024-07-23 中国农业科学院农业环境与可持续发展研究所 A distributed organic household waste integrated composting equipment
CN114453848B (en) * 2022-01-14 2023-04-07 惠州市七点光电科技有限公司 Technological process of super heat dissipation composite board
CN219347479U (en) * 2022-11-30 2023-07-14 浙江盾安热工科技有限公司 Flat heat exchange tube and heat exchanger
CN118002971B (en) * 2024-04-09 2024-06-04 江苏恒久钢构股份有限公司 Positioning device for assembling and welding net rack rod pieces

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4805693A (en) * 1986-11-20 1989-02-21 Modine Manufacturing Multiple piece tube assembly for use in heat exchangers

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3021804A (en) * 1955-02-18 1962-02-20 Modine Mfg Co Method of fabricating heat exchangers
US3687193A (en) * 1970-12-04 1972-08-29 Daniel James Wright Lobster tank including heat exchange means
GB1478015A (en) * 1973-07-27 1977-06-29 Delanair Ltd Heat exchanger
US4215744A (en) * 1978-06-30 1980-08-05 Solartrap, Inc. Heat exchanger
CN87105451A (en) * 1987-08-04 1988-03-16 国营郑州纺织空调设备厂 A kind of manufacture method of corrugated radiating pipe of surface cooler and surface cooler
DE3730117C1 (en) * 1987-09-08 1988-06-01 Norsk Hydro As Method for producing a heat exchanger, in particular a motor vehicle radiator and tube profile for use in such a method
DE3809944A1 (en) * 1988-03-24 1989-10-12 Sueddeutsche Kuehler Behr Heat exchanger, in particular a radiator for an internal-combustion engine of a motor vehicle, and method for producing it
DE4140729C2 (en) * 1991-12-11 1995-11-16 Balcke Duerr Ag Method and device for producing heat exchanger elements
US5351750A (en) * 1993-03-24 1994-10-04 Valeo Engine Cooling, Inc. Tubular element for a heat exchanger
JP3381130B2 (en) * 1995-12-28 2003-02-24 昭和電工株式会社 Manufacturing method of flat heat exchange tube
JPH10274489A (en) * 1997-03-28 1998-10-13 Sanden Corp Tube for heat exchanger and its manufacture
US6209202B1 (en) * 1999-08-02 2001-04-03 Visteon Global Technologies, Inc. Folded tube for a heat exchanger and method of making same
EP1090745B1 (en) * 1999-10-04 2002-06-19 Denso Corporation Aluminum alloy clad material for heat exchangers exhibiting high strength and excellent corrosion resistance
AU2002351617A1 (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-15 Dana Canada Corporation Heat exchanger with internal slotted manifold
DE10200586A1 (en) * 2002-01-10 2003-07-24 Behr Gmbh & Co Heat exchanger and method for producing a heat exchanger

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4805693A (en) * 1986-11-20 1989-02-21 Modine Manufacturing Multiple piece tube assembly for use in heat exchangers

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101437646A (en) 2009-05-20
CN101450355B (en) 2011-10-05
CN101437646B (en) 2012-04-18
CN101405560A (en) 2009-04-08
CN101405560B (en) 2011-06-08
CN101450355A (en) 2009-06-10
CN101405556A (en) 2009-04-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN101405556B (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and manufacturing method thereof
CN101405557A (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method for manufacturing flat tube heat exchanger
US8726508B2 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US8683690B2 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US8091621B2 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US7921559B2 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US8281489B2 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US8438728B2 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US8191258B2 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US20090014165A1 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
US20090019696A1 (en) Flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger, and method of manufacturing same
WO2008011115A2 (en) Flat tube for heat exchanger
JP2022008275A (en) Heat exchanger
RU2429099C2 (en) Tube of heat exchanger and procedure for its manufacture
BRPI0706674A2 (en) flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and method of manufacture
BRPI0706670A2 (en) flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and method of manufacture
BRPI0707177A2 (en) flat tube, flat tube heat exchanger and method of manufacture

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
TR01 Transfer of patent right
TR01 Transfer of patent right

Effective date of registration: 20200824

Address after: Kotingbulen, Austria

Patentee after: Modin Austria Holdings Ltd.

Address before: Wisconsin

Patentee before: Modine Manufacturing Co.

TR01 Transfer of patent right
TR01 Transfer of patent right

Effective date of registration: 20240517

Address after: Kotingbulen, Austria

Patentee after: Yi'er Ao Heat Exchange Co.,Ltd.

Country or region after: Austria

Address before: Kotingbulen, Austria

Patentee before: Modin Austria Holdings Ltd.

Country or region before: Austria